GC27 6940 4_360_1401emul 4 360 1401emul

GC27-6940-4_360_1401emul GC27-6940-4_360_1401emul

User Manual: GC27-6940-4_360_1401emul

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 148

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

~ile ~o.

S360-35

Order f-To. r.C27-G940-4

Syst~m!i _ .RE!fere_nce

Library

IBM System/360 Disk Operating System

1401/1440/1460 Emulator Programs
Compatibility Support/30
Compatibility Support/40
Program Number for CS/30: 360N-EU-484
ProgralLl Number for CS/40: 360N-EU-4BS

This publication contains information on the emulation of 1401, 1440, and 1460 object programs under the
control of the Disk Operating System. Compatibility
Support/30 and Compatibility Support/40 allow emulation
o:f tbe§e progra ms on the I ~ti Syst~~/360 M9dels 30 and
40, respectively. - Compatibility Support/30 comprises
the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program, Number 360NEU-484, and applicable Compatibility Features for the
Model 30. Compatibility Support/40 comprises the 1401/
1440/1460 Emulator Program, Number 360-EU7485, and the
applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 40. In
addition, the 1401, 1440, and 1460 object programs can
be run on the IBM System/360 Model 25 using the,1401/
1440/1460 Emulator Program for Compatibility Sun~ort/30
in coniunction with applicable Compatibility Features
for the Model 25.
General information concerning machine requirements,
program generation, simulation techniques, data formats, control cards, and programming considerations is
included, as are detailed explanations of Operator Service Functions, operating procedures, console messages,
and special instructions.added by the Compatibility
Features for the Models 30 and 40.
.
The 1400 Emulator Programs under DOS allow the user
to run 1401/1440/1460 programs, with little or no
reprogramming, under the Disk Operating System in con;unction with the Compa tibili ty Pea tures. "This allows
1400 programs to be run in a stacked job environment,
mixed with System/360 jobs.
Note: AIl informa tion in the bod v of this
manual concerning the IBM 3420 Magnetic
Tape Unit is for planning purposes only.

I

DOS

This publication provides information
concerning the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Proqrams under the Disk Operating System. The
information is presented in eight sections~
The "Introduction" section contains a
general description of the capabilities of
the Emulator Programs and the levels of
proqramming support; a description of the
runninq of the Emulator Programs as background programs in a multiprogramming
environment; and the minimum configuration
required to operate the Emulator Programs
under DOS, the devices from which problem
proqrammers can request I/O operations for
the Emulator Programs~ additional features
supported by the Emulator Programs, and the
DOS units and features that cannot be uti=
lized while the Emulator Programs are
operating.

grams; program restrictions and limitations
that the user must consider; information on
unit-record, magnetic-tape, and diskstorage operations; I/O error recoveryw
buffering, and device independence, and
simulation of I/O devices for which there
is no hardware compatibility; and EmulatorProgram support of I/O -operations for card
read punch, printer, magnetic tape, disk,
and console inquiry, as well as an explanation of the differences in printer
graphics.
The "Control Cards" section explains the
use and format of all control cards used
with the Emulator Programs.

The "Proqram Generation" section contains information on the use of keyword
macros to generate and assemble the Emulator Programs, the macro parameter values
used to generate the Emulator Programs, and
messaqes issued during Emulator-Program
qeneration.

The "Programming Considerations" section
describes the calling of System/360 inquiry
programs from the Core-Image Library and
their execution while under control of the
Emulator Programs, the ability to catalog
and fetch programs from the Core-Image
Library, the purpose and cataloging of
overlay sections, use of the // FETCH card,
and the procedure for fetching a program.

The "Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460
Facilities" section describes the layout of
the Emulator Programs in main storage; the
use of the registers by the Emulator Pro-

The "Operator Serviee Functions" section
describes the available functions and how
they are used, as well as discussing operator responses to system messages.

This is a major revision of, and obsoletes, :21-69403. This revision incorporates minor clarifications
requested by APARS and reader's comments. It also
includes a more detailed description of the Emulator
Program messages. Changes to the text and to illustrations are indicated by a vertical line to the left
of the change.
This edition ap~lies to Release 24 of IBK System/360
Disk Operating System and to all subsequent releases
until otherwise indicated in new editions or Technical
Newsletters. Changes are continually made to the specifications herein; before using this publication in
connection with the operation of IBK systems, consult
the latest System/360 SRL Newsletter, Form N20-0360,
for the editions that are applicable and current.
This publication vas prepared for production using an IBM computer to
update the text and to control the page and line format. Paqe impressions for photo-offset printing were obtained from an IBK 1403 Printer
using a special print train.
Copies of this and other IBM publications can be obtained through IBK
branch offices.
A form for reader's comments appears at the back of this publication.
Address any additional comments concerning the contents of this publication to IBM Corporation!, Programming publications!, Department 636,
Neighborhood Road, Kingston, New York 12401

©Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1968, 1969, 1910

The -Appendix- section is organized as
follows:
Appendix A presents a list of the
Emulator-Program macro keyword parameters
and a summary of their usage in tabular
form.
Appendix B describes the six special
Systeml360 instructions and the System/360
Diagnose instruction provided for use with
the 1401/1440/1460 Basic Compatibility
Feature.
Appendix C describes the use of the Pro~
grammed Mode SWitch subfeature and the four
special System/360 instructions provided
with the subfeature.
Appendix D describes the two methods
used by the Model 40 Emulator Program for
fetching 1400 instructions, I-Fetch and
I-Fetch at A-Address, and the special Diagnose instructions provided by the 1401/
1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature for use
by the Model 40 Emulator Program.
Appendix E presents character-conversion
tables to illustrate the representation of
BCD graphics in simulated storage and the
buffer areas.
Appendix F provides a Model 40 address
conversion table designed to aid the user
in reading 1400 data and instructions as
they appear in a System/360 storage dump=

Appendix J presents special programming
considerations for the Model 25 users of
the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program (360NEU-484) under DOS.
Appendix K presents detailed descriptions of the console messages issued by the
Emulator Programs.

PREREQUISITE PUBLICATIONS
Readers of this publication should be
familiar with the information contained in
the following IBM System/360 Disk Operating
System (OOS) publications:
IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating
Systems: Concepts and Facilities,
GC24-5030
IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating
Systems: Utility Program Specifications, GC24-3465
IBM-system/360 Disk Operating System:
Data Management Concepts, GC24-3427
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System:
System Control and System Service
Programs, GC24-5036
IBM System/360 Disk Operatinq System:
System Generation and Maintenance,
GC24-5033
IBM System/360 Disk operating System:
Operating Guide, GC24-5022
Model 30 users should be familiar with
the following publications:

Appendixes G and H present the algorithm
for estimating the total storage requirement for the Emulator Programs on the
Models 30 and 40, respectively, including a
sample worksheet for computing the storage
requirements.
Appendix I presents a sample program for
use with Models 30 and 40. The sample program is designed to be executed either with
a user-assembled Emulator Program, or with
an Emulator Program described in the
appendix.

IBM System/360 Model 30 Operator's
Guide, GA24-3373
IBM-system/360 Model 30; 1401/1440/1460
Compatibility Feature, GA24-3255
Model 40 users should be familiar with
the following publications:
IBM System/360 Model 40 Operating Procedures, GA22-6911
IBM-system/360 Model 40 Functional
Characteristics, GA22-6881

iii

CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION
General Description •
Multiprogramming Considerations •
Foreground Execution Considerations •
Minimum Requirements
Input/Output Devices
Additional Features •
EmUlator/DOS Exclusions •

1
1
2
2
2
5
5
5

PROGRAM GENERATION
Preparatory Procedures
General Description •
Emulator Program Generation •
Program Generation Considerations •
Description of General Parameters •
Description of Card Reader and Punch Parameters •
Description of Tape Parameters
Description of Disk Parameters
Description of Printer Parameters •
Macro Note Messages

6

6
8
9
13

SIMULATION OF IBM 1401/1440/1460 FACILITIES •
Storage Layout
Register Usage
Programming Restrictions and Considerations
Restrictions
Considerations
Timing Information
General Comments on I/O Simulation
User-Written Simulation Routines
Simulation of I/O Devices •
Card Read Punch Simulation
Printer Simulation
Magnetic-Tape Simulation
Direct-Access Simulation
Console Inquiry Simulation
Differences in Printer Graphics •

20
20
20
21
21
22
26
26
27
28
28
30
31
33
35
35

CONTROL CARDS
Emulator Job Control Cards
The // 1400 Control Card
The // TAPE Control Card
The // DVOL Control Card
The // CCTL Control Cards •
Read Operation Control Cards

38
38
38
41
42
43
43

PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS
INQUIRY •
cataloging
Cataloging 1400 Programs Into the Core-Image Library
Overlay Program Considerations
Procedures for Cataloging 1400 Programs
Fetching
Fetching 1400 Programs From the Core-Image Library
Procedures for Fetching 1400 Programs •

6
6

14
16
17
18

• 46
46
46
46
47
48
49
49
50

OPERATOR SERVICE FUNCTIONS
Available Functions
General Comments

52
52

APPENDIX A: EMULATOR-PROGRAM PARAMETERS •

59

iv

57

APPENDIX B: MODEL 30 BASIC FEATURE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS • • • • • • • 64
APPENDIX C: MODEL 30 PROGRAMMED MODE SWITCH SUBFEATURE SPECIAL
INSTRUCTIONS
e

_

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

e

e

_

•

0

•

G

•

68

APPENDIX D: MODEL 40 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
I-Fetch • • • • •
I-Fetch at A-Address
Diagnose Instructions •

71
• • • • 71
• 71
• 71

APPENDIX E: CHARACTER CONVERSION TABLES.

• 78

APPENDIX F: MODEL 40 ADDRESS CONVERSION TABLE •

• 80

APPENDIX

30 STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

• 97

APPENDIX H: CALCULATION OF MODEL 40 STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

• • • • 99

G:

CALClJT...ATION OF

MODEL

APPENDIX I: SAMPLE PROGRAMS • • • • • • • •
.101
Generating the sample Emulator Program
• • • • •• 101
Generating a User-Written Emulator Program • • • •
• .102
Cataloging the Emulator Program • • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• .102
Execution of the Sample Program • • • • • • •
• .102
APPENDIX J: EMULATOR PROGRAM CONSIDERATIONS FOR MODEL 25
• • • • 108
.108
Minimum System Configuration
Input/Output Devices • • • • •
.108
Additional Features Supported •
• .109
• • • • • . • • 110
Restrictions
• • • • • •
.110
Considerations
.110
Performance
APPENDIX K: EMULATOR PROGRAM· MESSAGES
INDEX • • •

• • • • 111
• .131

v

ILLUSTRATIONS

FIGURES
Figure 1. Assembly of User-Tailored Emulator Program Under DOS
for the Model 30 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 8
Figure 2. Cataloging of a Model 40 Emulator Program into the
Core- Image Library • • • •
• • • • • • • .. .. .. • • • • • • • • • 9
Figure 3. Typical Storage Map of Model 30 Emulator Program With
4K of 1400 Storage • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • e .. • • • •
20
Figure 4. Typical Storage Map of Model 40 Emulator Program With
4K of 1400 Storage • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • 20
Figure 5. Carriage-Control Tape and // CCTL Control Card for
11~Inch

Form

• • • • • • • • ••

• • •

• • •

• • •

• • • •

• 44

Figure 6. Carriage-Control Tape and // CCTL Control Cards for
14-Inch Form . . . • . . • • • .
• . . . . • • • . • • . . • . . 45
Figure 7. 1400 Catalog Run for a 1400 Program with One Overlay
49
Figure 8. Output of the 1400 catalog Run in Figure 7 • • • • • • • 50
Figure 9. Executing a 1400 Program From the core-Image Library
51
Figure 10. Emulator Program Generation for 1401/1460 Sample Program 101
Figure 11. Emulator Program Generation for 1440 Sample Program • • • 102
Figure 12. Control Cards, 1400 Object Deck, and Data for 1401/1460
Sample Program
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • .104
Figure 13. Control Cards, 1400 Object Deck, and Data for 1440
Sample Program • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
.105
Figure 14. SYSLOG output for EU40 Sample Program Running in the
Background • • • • • • •
••••• • • •
• • • •
• .106
Figure 15. SYSLST Output for Sample Program
• • • • • • • • • • 107

TABLES
Table 1. Input/Output Device Correspondence • • • • • • • • • • • • 4
Table 2.
Input/Output Feature Correspondence • • • • •
4
Table 3. Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator-Program Macros
• • ... 7
Table 4. Use of Registers by Model 30 Emulator Program • • • •
21
Table 5. Use of Registers by Model 40 Emulator Program
• 21
Table 6. Example of Field Lengths Affecting MICR Devices
• 23
Table 7. Performance Ratios. • • • • • • • •
• • • • •
• 24
Table 8. Unit-Record Operation Correspondence • • • • • • •
• 25
Table 9. Unassigned Operation Codes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 27
Table 10. Correspondence of 1407/1447 Functions With 1052 Functions 36
Table 11. Dissimilar Graphics: 1407/1447 vs. 1052 • • • • • • • • • 36
Table 12. Translated Codes and Graphic Symbol Differences·.. ' . • •
37
Table 13. 1400 Auxiliary Storage Bytes D~fined by W2 • • • • • • • • 66
Table 14. Eight-Bit Representation of BCD Graphics in Simulated
1400 storage for the Model 40 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 78
Table 15. Eight-Bit Representation of BCD Graphics in Simulated
1400 Storage for the Model 30, and Buffer Areas for Models 30 and 40 79
Table 16. Model 30 SYSIO Storage Estimates •
• • • • • • • • • 97
Table 17. Model 40 SYSIO Storage Estimates • • • • • • • • • • • • • 99
Table 18. Differences in Input/Output Device Correspondence for
Model 25 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• .108
Table 19. Input/Output Feature Correspondence for Model 25 •
• .109
Table 20. Example of Field Lengths Affecting MICR Devices on Model
25
• • . . • . • . . . . . • . . . . . • . • • • . • .
.110

vi

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This section contains general information concerning the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator
Programs under the Disk Operating System.
compatibility SUpport/30 and Compatibility
Support/40 allow emulation of 1401, 1440,
and 1460 object programs on the IBM System/
360 Models 30 and 40, respectively. Compatibility Support/30 comprises the following:
• IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for
the Model 30
• IBM 1401/1440/1460 Basic Compatibility
Feature (#4456)
• IBM Programmed Mode SWitch Subfeature
(#5856)
Compatibility Support/40 comprises the
following:
• IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for
the Model 40
• IBM 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility
Feature (#4460)
• IBM 1401/1440/1460 Relocatable DOS Compatibility Feature (#4462)
The IBM 1401/1440/1460 Relocatable DOS Compatibility Feature (#4462) for the Model 40
provides the capability to relocate the
Model 40 Emulator Program.
Note: When the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature (#4460) is installed,
operation of Model 40 Emulator Program
360C-EU-074 with the 1401/1460 Compatibility Feature (#4457) is excluded.
In addition, the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator
Program for Compatibility Support/30 can be
used to run 1401, 1440, and 1460 object
programs on the IBM System/360 Model 25 in
conjunction with the following Model 25
Compatibility features:
• 1400 Series Compatibility Feature
(#4440)
• 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature (#4470)
Discussions within this publication of the
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the
Model 30 are generally applicable to the
Model 25. However, Model 25 users must be

familiar with the programming considerations described in Appendix J.
The Emulator Programs allow 1400 object
programs to be run in a DOS stacked-job
environment, mixed with System/360 jobs.
All initialization required by the Compatibility Features is handled by the Emulator
Programs except for the initialization (and
clearing) of disk packs, which is performed
by an option in the DOS Initialize Disk
Utility program. All of the 1400 CPU
instructions are executed by the Compatibility Features, except the Move Characters
and Edit (MCE) and Move Characters and Suppress Zeros (MCS) instructions on the Model
40. The Emulator Programs use the physical
input/output control system (PIOCS) capabilities o~ DOS to simUlate the 1400 I/O
instructions. In addition, when the 1400
end-of-job halt is recognized, the Emulator
Programs call DOS Job Control to provide
transition to the next job. 1400 error
conditions optionally cause a halt to allow
operator intervention or an abnormal end of
job with a 1400-style main storage dump,
followed by a release to end of job.
There are three main levels of support
for the Emulator Programs. They are as
follows:
• 1400 UNIT RECORD: Support for 1400
card programs and for reading and
punching Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) and
binary data is provided.
• 1400 TAPE: Support is provided for
1400 tape operations under the Emulator
Programs. This support enhances the
performance of 1400 original equipment,
and requires no reprogramming of 1400
programs written consistent with 1400
System Reference Library (SRL) manuals
published Uj IBM.
• 1400 DISK: Support is provided for
1311 Disk Storage Drives and 1301 and
1405 Disk Storages. Some 1316 Disk
Packs previously used on 1400 devices
can be used on System/360 devices.
Since the 1311 disk drives write at a
density different from that used on
2311 disk drives, data written on a
1311 cannot be read by a 2311, and vice
versa, without reformatting. Disk programming support offers full upward and
downward compatibility between the
Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator Programs. Information on disk compatibility is given in the Section on -Direct
Access Simulation.Introduction

1

Note: Input data is represented in a form
known as the 8-bit representation of BCD as
shown in Table 15. This 'representation is
referred to throughout this publication as
BCDIC-8, and is compatible with previous
emulation representations.
MULTIPROG~NG

CONSIDERATIONS

In a multiprogramming environment the
Emulator Programs under DOS can run in any
partition. In order to efficiently utilize
this feature, it may be desirable to assign
SYSRDR and SYSIPT (the combination known as
SYSIN) to a magnetic-tape unit or disk
extent. If SYSIN is assigned to a magnetic
tape or disk, that device must input all of
the control cards that normally are
included in the job stream. A standard
file-to-file utility program that recognizes a /* card as the end of data can be
used to place the job stream on a magnetic
tape or disk, where the /* card of the job
stream contains a nonblank in card column
4.

If SYSIPT is assigned to a magnetic tape
or disk, that device must contain 80-byte
unblocked records (key length equals zero,
if on disk). Records of greater length
cause a channel program check, and the program is aborted due to an I/O error.
The assignment of SYSIN to a magnetic
tape or disk for the background program
also makes the card reader available to
read the control cards and data cards for a
foreground program. This has the effect of
reducing the number of statements entered
by the operator from the console typewriter.
Most 1400 unit-record output (card and
printer) can be produced through concurrent
peripheral operations by assigning the card
punch SYSPCH and/or the printer SYSLST to
either a magnetic tape or disk. The manner
in which this feature is implemented is
described in detail under -General Comments
on I/O Simulation- in the -Simulation of
IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities· section.
SYSPCH and SYSLST may be assigned to the
same tape unit by assigning SYSOUT to that
unit; they must be assigned, however, to
different extents when assigned to a disk
unit.
If the Emulator Program does not fit
into the partition, a storage protection
check occurs and DOS cancels the job with
message OP11I. On the Model 30, the values
of the SEND and MPGMBLK parameters determine the beginning and ending locations of
System/360 storage in which the Emulator
Program and 1400 simulated storage will
reside~

On the Model 40, the RELOC para-

meter determines the beginning location of
2

System/360 storage for 1400 simulated
storage. The main phase of the Emulator
Program begins immediately following 1400
simulated storage. When running the CS/40
Emulator Program in a foreground partition,
the partition must begin at least 2K bytes
below the location of 1400 si~1l1ated
storage for that partition. Thus, partition size allocations must be evaluated
before assembling the Emulator Program.
Only one copy of the Emulator Program
can run on the Model 30 at anyone time.
Three Emulator Programs can run concurrentlyon the Model 40. To run Emulator Programs in either foreground partition on the
Model 30 or the Model 40, the MPS parameter
in the DOS SUPVR macro must be specified as
BJF. The DOS, Single Program-Initiation
(SPI) mode of operation is not supported.

FOREGROUND EXECUTION CONSIDERATIONS
The load point of the Model 40 Emulator
Program is determined by the value of
RELOC. If RELOC=O, or is defaulted, the
Emulator Program is then assumed to begin
at location 16,384. If RELOC*O, or is not
defaulted, the value specified by RELOC
determines where the Emulator Program is to
be loaded.
In the Model 30 Emulator Program, the
load point is determined by the value of
SEND. If SEND=O, or is defaulted, the Emulator Program is then assumed to run in the
background partition. If SEND*O it's value
is used as the load point. The -MPGMBLK=
nnw parameter should be used if a foreground partition is to begin at the end of
the Emulator Program. When specifying
SEND=O the Emulator Program can still be
link edited to a foreground partition by
the use of the ACTION (F1 or F2) statement.
One should be familiar with the purpose of
this statement before attempting to use it.
Also care should be taken to ensure that
the Emulator Program will not overlay 1400
storage by its being reallocated.
For a more detailed discussion of the
above mentioned parameters see wDescription
of General Parameters·.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
The minimum requirements for the Emulator Programs under DOS are the same as for
a 24K Model 30, or a 32K Model 40 Disk
Operating system and the 1400 Compatibility
Features, except that 1400 disks need not
be on the multiplexor channel and 1400
tapes need not be on a single selector
channel = The Model 30 1400 I/O Compatibility Features for unit-record equipment are

Page of GC27-6940-4
Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33-7012
not required by the Model 30 Emulator
program.
The following are the features required
for ~ minimum Model 30 configuration for
the Emulator Program under DOS!
• An IBA System/360 Model 30 wi th a 2030
Processing Unit containing 24,576 (24K)
bytes of main storage (the amount 1S
variable and depends on the features of
the Model 30 Emulator Program and DOS
that are included)
• 1401/1440/1460 Basic Compatibility Feature (#4456)

• File Scan Feature (#438~ (supported in
Move-mode only, but ~i required)
• Storage Protection Special Feature
(#7520) (for multiprogramming)
The configuration may range from a cardoriented System/360 Model 30 to a maximum
configuration of disk, tape, and teleprocessing. One of the purposes ofemu'-la~­
tion under DOS is to provide complete flexibility of external devices for the user
who needs to grow and needs system availability to do so. Tn addition to the fea~
tures previously listed the following are
specific requirements for a minimum Model
30 or Model 40 machine configuration for
the Emulator Programs:

• programmed Mode Switch (#5856)
• Standard instruction set (see Note 1)
• Decimal Arithmetic Feature (#3231)
• Storage Protection Special Feature
(#7520; (for multi programming)
• File Scan Feature (#4385) (supported in
"ove-mode only, but nQ! required)
• Magnetic Tapes (#4461 for multiplexor
and #4468 for selector channels,
required for 1400 overlap operations)
• TiO Compaticility Features for
customer-engineer diagnostics of supported devices (recommended, but ~~i
required):
Column Binary (#1990)
1402/1403 (#4463) or 1442/1443
(#4464) Attachment
Console Inquiry Station (#4465)
Disk Storage Drives

• One I/O channel (either multiplexor or
selector) (see Note 2)
• One card reader {1442, 2501, 2520, or
2540} (see Note 3)
• One card punch (1442, 2520, or 2540)
(see Note 3)
• One printer (1403, 1404, or 1443)
Note 3)

(see

• One 1052 Printer-Keyboard
• 1051 Attachment (#791~ and 1051 Control Unit with CPU Attachment (#3130)
for the Kodel 30
• 1052 Adapter

(#792~

for the Model 40

• One 231' Disk Storage Drive or 2314
Direct Access storage Facility for DOS
system residence

(#446~

The following are the features required
for a minimum Model 40 configuration for
the Emulator Program under DOS:
• An IBM System/360 Model 40 with a 2040
Processing unit containing 32,768 (32K)
bytes of main storage
• 1401/1460 Compatibility Feature (#4457)
• 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compa tibi Ii ty Feature (#4460) (see Note 4)
• 1401/1440/1460 Relocatable DOS Compatibili ty Feature (iF 4462) (required only
if the Emulator Program is to be
relocated. )
• Decimal Arithmetic Fea ture (#3237)
• 1311 Disk Compatability Feature (#9710)

• whatever systems configuration is required for operation of the user's DOS
!Qi~l:
System/J60 language translators
may require extended instruction sets.

!Qig7~~
System/360 telecommunications
regu1re a multiplexor channel and at least
one selector channel.

IB~t~-l:

One 2400- or 3200-Series Magnetic
Unit (7- or 9-trackl may be subst ituted for this device.
(If SYSIPT, SYSPCH,
and/or SYSLST are assigned to ?-track tape
units, the Data Conversion Feature is
required) •

'l'~pe

li~t~-~:
~hen the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature (#4460) is installed, the
operation of the Model 40 Emulator Program
360C-EU-074 is exclu3ed on the system.

Introduction

3

ra~~

~~

~~_,

~_.

__

Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33-7012
Table

1.

Input/Output Device Correspondence
r

r

,

(

1401/1440/1460 I/O Device t

I

,
System/360 I/O Device
,
~-----------------------~I
f
I IBM 1402 or 1442 Card Read Punch or 1444 I IB~ 2501 Card Reader or 1442, 2520, or
I
,
Card Punch
,
2540 Ca rd Read Punch
I
~------------------------~/~I------~~~-----------~~~--------------~'
I IBM 1403, 1404, or 1443 Printer
I IBM 1403, 1404, or 1443 Printer
,

r-

.....-----~-~-+

~

II

IBM 129, 1330, or 1335 Magnetic Tape
I
Unit
,

l--I IBM 1407 Console Inquiry station' or 1441
,

Console

r-

~

-----------~

IBM 2401, 2402, or 3420 (Model 3 or 5)
Magnetic Tape Unit, or 2403, 2404, or
2415 Magnetic Tape Unit and Control

. -'-

I IBM 1301 or 1405 Disk storage or 1311

~

I 11400 program reading on more than one reader, punching on more than one punch, or
,L-____
printing
on more than one printer
is not supported.
________________________
__
______________
___

Table

2.

~

~

Input/Output Feature Correspondence

r----~--~~--·----~------~--~----~------~(Ti~-----------

I

1401/1440/1460 I/O Feature

I

System/360 I/O Feature

~-------~---------~-------------------~~,--~---~-

I IBM 1402 Punch Feed Read and Control
,
Unit (#5890 and #5895)
,

---'----....................------..-..-.~---""'--

~-----'

1

I
--.l..f
IBM 2311 Disk Storage Drive or 2314 Direct,
Access Storage Facility
,

I
Disk Storage Drive
1-'-______________________
"-_....

~

1

--t

IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard

..--

~

,
I

, IBM 2540 Punch Feed Read (#5890); Punch
,
Feed Read Control (#5895) on the 2821
Control Unitt
,

,

I
,
J

,,
~

I
,

1
~

\

, IBM Column Binary Feature (#19901, on the
,
I
2821 Control Unit if 2540 Card Read
,
,
Punch, or
I
, IBM Card Image Feature (#1531, if 2501
,
,
Card Reader or 2520 Card Read Punch,
,
,
or
I
I IBM Card Image Feature
(#153~
if 1442
,
,
Card Read Punch
I
r-....
-----"--I /
,----·-.-----------~-----f
I IBM 1402 51-Column Interchangeable Read I IBM 2540 51-Column Interchancreable Read
1
I
Feed (#4150) and Feed Adapter (#101311
Feed (#4151\2
,
IBM Column Binary Feature (#1990), or
IBM Binary Transfer (#1468) and Bit Test
(#1410) Features, or
IBM ::ard Image Features (#1531 and 9035)

~I-----------------~-....

I IBP! 1403 Preferred Character Set (#5523)
I
and Adapter (*5524)
I IBM 1416 Interchangeable Train Cartridge
,
equipped with Preferred Character
I
Set Print chain
I
,
~~>----------------------~-----------, IB M Scan Disk (# 6396)

1
1
,

1--

I IBM 1403 Universal Character Set 3 for
' M o d e l 2 (# 8641) or Model N1 (-=8640)
I
with ?rerequisite Interchangeable
,
Train Cartridge Adapter or Inter,
changeable Train Cartridge, and
,
appropriate Universal Character Set
I
Adapter for the 2821 Control Unit
'I
)
t IB M File Sca n (t4385) installed on the
,
2841 Storage Control Unit (supporte~
,
in Move-mode onl~
I

must be installed on the 2821

2When this feature is installed, reading speed is permanently reduced from 1000 cpm
to 800 cpm.
3With this feature, printing speed is dependent upon the numher of characters in the
character set and unprintable characters in the print-line (see I~f_182j_~~lr~1
~nii, Form A24-3312).

4

I

t
I
,
I
,
,
•
,
t
,
•

llf stacker selection of punch-feed-read cards or 1444 stacker selection is to he

simulated, the 2540 Compatibility Attachment (*8065)
Control Unit.

' ,

,
,,
,
,,
I

I

I

I

Page of GC27-6940-4
Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33...,7012

tions and instructions, plus the following
special features:
1400 proqrams operating with emulation
under DOS can request I/O operations on the
followinq System/360 devices:

• 1052 Printer-Keyboard (for operator
communica tions)

Advanced Proqramminq for the 1401
Bit Test
Column Binarv*
Expanded Print Edit
51-Column Interchangeable Read Feed*
High-Low-Equal Compare
Multiply-Divide
Print Storage
Additional Print Control
Punch-Feed Read*
Space Suppression
Sense Switches
Scan Disk*
Direct Seek for the 1311
Track-Record for the 1311
Binary Transfer for the 1460*
Indexing and Store Address Register for
the 1460

• 2311 Disk Storage Drive

* Refer to Table 2.

• 1442 Card Read Punch
• 2501 Card R€ader
• 2520 or 2540 Card Read Punches
• 1403 Printer
~

1404 Printer (for continuous- forms and.
cut-card operation~

• 144 3 P r in te r

• 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
• 2400-Series Magnetic Tape Units
• 3400-Series

~agnetic

Tape Units

Input/output device correspondence between a 1401. 1440, or 1460 system and
System/360 Model 30 or Model 40 is listed
in Table 1.

Additional-features supported by the
Emulator Programs under DOS are!

In addition to the preceding features r
the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature provides support for Processing Overlap on the Model 40. Processing Overlap is
not available as such on the Model 30, but
overlap is provided by the Emulator Program
for tape, disk. and 1400 unit record
devices.

The following IBM units and features,
supported by DOS, are not supported by the
Model 30 or Model 40 Emulator Programs
under DOS:
• 1445 Printer
• Paper Tape Devices

• Simultaneous Read-While-Write Tape Control (2404 or 2804)
• Any channel configuration up to one
mUltiplexor channel and two selector
channels

• 2321 Data Cell Drive
• 1285 and 1287 optical Readers
• 1259, 1412, and 1419 Magnetic Character
Readers

• Tape Switching Unit (2816)
• 7770 and 7772 Audio

~esponse

units

• Universal Character Set
Input/output feature correspondence between a 1401. 1440, or 1460 system and
System/360 Model 30 or Model 40 is listed
in Table 2.

• Selective Tape Listing Features (1Q03)
for continuous paper tapes
• Teleprocessing Devices
In addition, the Emulator Programs do not
the IBM 1401 Processing System,
Plodel G.

l~~lL1~!~L~§Q_]s§i£_£Q~Estihili!y-Feat~§
j~odel_J~_~~Q_~£Q~l_!Ql

~upport

The Emulator Program under DOS in conjunction with the 1401/1440/1460 Basic Compatibility Feature for the Model 30. and
the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature for the Model 40, provides support for
all 1401, 1440, and 1460 standard opera-

Note: The 1259, 1412, and 1419 Magnetic
character Readers require special consideration if utilized while the Emulator
Programs under DOS are operating. See the
section on "Programming Restrictions and
Considerations" for additional details.
Introduction

5

~E~g!R!lQ]!_~BQ~]QllR~~

GENERAL

DESC~IPTION

The Emulator Program under DOS for the
Model 30 or Model 40 is distributed as a
set of macros to enable the user to specify, through the utilization of macro parameters, the exact characteristics desired
~n the Emulator Program.
In gerieral, these
parameters fall into two categories!
• Characteristics of the System/360 and
the 1400 being simulated
• options desired by the user, such as
Operator Service Functions
The Emulator Program under DOS may be
tailored to fulfill all of the requirements
of an installation or may be tailored to
the requirements of a particular job.
Although only one Emulator Program need be
generated for any installation, under certain circumstances more than one generation
is desirable. If the storage requirements
exceed the available storage, separate
generations are required, each specifying
only those parameters actually needed for
that particular job or application. The
storage requirements can be calculated
using the information in Appendixes G and
H. Each Emulator Program is' assembled by
the user under a different name and may be
executed as required.
If the System/360 has 64K of available
storage, any option may be selected without
regard to storage requirements except for
unusually large tape I/O buffers or when
storage is to be reserved for multiprogramming. On a 32K system, a disk-only or
tape-only Emulator Program may be generated
along with most options. The amount of
tape I/O buffer area depends on block size
and the number of tape drives to be simulated. For large tape blocks, the maximum
number of tape drives that can be simulated
may be less than six. The simulation of
tape/disk systems in 32K requires careful
analysis of storage requirements. Under
this condition, it is advisable to list the
individual requirements of various programs
and perform a "trial" generation or calculate the storage requirements. The two
major limiting factors are based on the
size of the 1400 system to be simulated and
the size of the tape buffer area.
The Model 30 Emulator Program under DOS
is composed of 12 macros, one of which is
considered to be the mainline that selec6

tively calls the other '1 macros as needed.

The Model 40 Emulator Program under DOS is
composed of 14 macros, one of which is considered to be the mainline that selectively
calls the other 13 macros as needed. These
mainline macros are cataloged in the user's
Source Statement Library under the names
EU30 and EU40. The Modei 30 and Model 40
Emulator~Program macros are described in
Table 3, wbich contains a list of the
Source statement Library name, card identification, and the function of each macro •
Before the !mulator Program can be
executed, the following must be considered
during DOS Supervisor generation:
• The EU parameter in the SUPVR macro
instruction must be specified as YES
unless relocation of 1400 simulated
storage is desired on the Model 40. In
this case the EU parameter must be
specified as REtOC.
• The CPU model designation (MODEL=30 or
MODEL=40l must be spec,ified in the
CONFG macro instruction.
• If the Emulator Operator service functions are to be requested by the
external I~TERRUPT key for the background or by the console REQUEST key
(MSG F1 or MSG F2) for the foreground,
the oC parameter in the FOPT macro
instruction must be specified as YES.
• If SYSLST, SYSIPT, or SYSPCH may be
assigned to a disk extent, the SYSFIL
parameter in the FOPT macro instruction
must be specified as a 2311 or 2314.
• If an Emulator Program is to be run in
the foreground. the MPS parameter in
the SUPVR macro instruction must be
specified as BJF.
EMULATOR PROGRAM GENERATION
The Disk Operating System (DOS) contains
all the 'macros necessary for generating a
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program under DOS.
These macros are cataloged in the DOS
Source Statement Library.
The assemblv of the Emulator Program
under DOS tailored to meet the user's specifications is indicated in Figure 1. The
sequence of cards is important. The Emulator Program under DOS is a standard assembly language program and requires the

Table

3.

Model 30 ana Moiel 40

E~ulator-PrJgram

Macros

-------,

,.---------------,--------------~

I
,

I
!

Name

•

I
I

Cara ID
(cols. 13-16)

-------+-------~-=

,
I

Function

,

==+t~~--

I
EU30/EU40
,
i
I
I-I
E[J 3ER/E(J4ER
I
I

I-I

I
I
I
I
I

I

I
I

ri

I
1484/1485
Mainline; calls all other macros internally.
1
,
All user parameters are analyzed in this
I
i
macro. $$B-message transients are included
,
!
here.
I
,
--------~
I
E484/ElIB5
Processes 1400 error condi tions. :::ontains
,
I
the exit for user modifications for nonsupI
,
ported devices.
,
I
------f
E[J3RD/E(J4RD
I
R484jR485
Processes 1400 Card-Read instructiJns.
i
----+I-------------il----·
------,.
E[J3PH/E(J4PH
I
P484/P485
Processes 1400 Card Punch and Stacker Select
,
,
instructions.
I
I
--------..---------------f
EG 3p·r lEG 4PT
I
L 484/L 485
Processes 1400 printer instructions.
,
----~I------------------+-------

E[J3MS/EU4MS

E[J3r PlEa 4TP

I
I

,I

T484/T485

!

,

I----------------~-----------------+
I
EU3DK/EU4DK
I
DlI814/D4B5
I

1

I

,

I--------------~-------

,

I-I

EU3EJ/EU4EJ

I

J481J/J485

----~--------------

EU30S/EUIJOS
I-I
E[J3CG/EU4CG

,SIJ81J/S4B5
I
I
G484/G485

-----

Processes miscellaneous 1400 1/0 instructions
(For ms Control, Branch on 1/), etc.).

M484/~485

Processes all 1400 magnetic-tape
tions.

,I
I

--------,1
instruc-

Processes 130', 1311, and 1405 disk
tions.

I

---------fI
instruc-

I

+1-------------------------4,
I Emulator Program End-of-Job routine.
I
--tll---------------------------f
I Emulator Program Operator Service routines.
1
,Emulator Program Catalog-Option routine.

I---------------...----------~-=~--_+

,
..
,

. -------------f

I
EU3FT/EU4FT
,F484/F485
,Emulator Program Fetch-option routine.
I
I
I
I
,
I
E[J4IN
,1485
I :ontains the branch table entries and perI
,
,
I forms the scan for completion of the 1400
,
I
I
I Move :::hara::ters ana Edit (MCEt and Move
,
I
I
I Characters and Suppress Zeros (KeS) instrucI
(Kodel 40 Emulator Program only.)
I
I
I
I tions.
I-+-,
•
I
DI!G
I
X485
I Provides a mnemonic for coaing and assembly
I
I
I
I ease in programming the 1401/1440/1460 DOS
I
i
i
i ::: ompa tibili ty Fea ture.
(Kodel 40 Em ulator
I
JI
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I _____________________ I_______________________________________________________
Program only.)
~,

~1

~,

standard control cards in addition to those
indicated. An object-module deck, however,
!g~~ be punched.
Therefore, the II OPTION
CATAL st atement must l l i be used.
Following the last parameter statement
for each Emulator Program assembly, an end
statement must be included in the group of
cards as follows:
eunall e E(J 30( E(J 40] parama,...
paramy,
paramz
END
ACOKP01

x
x

These cards shoula be followed by standard
/* and /& cards.
The output of the assembly consists of
linkage-editor control cards followed by
the Emulator Program object deck. The output of an EU30 assembly is illustrated in
Figure 1. Figure 2 illustrates how the assembly output must be rearranged to perform
the required cataloging of E[J40 to the
Core-Image Library. It should be noted
that // ASSGN cards are not included; they
~ust be provided if required by the user.

PrograM Generation

1

/&
I I JOB
EUJOBI
II OPTION LIST,DECK,XREF
I I EXEC
ASSEMBLY

euname

EU30

END

euparaml, ... X
euporomn
ACOMP01

1*

Consists of the output of EUJOB1:
JOB CATALOG eunome TO CORE IMAGE LIBRARY
OPTION CATAL
I PHASE eunome, + (SEND param value) ,NOAUTO
INCLUDE, (ACOMP00)
PHASE eunomeX,ACOMP00+nnn
INCLUDE, (ACOMP01)
PHASE $8BEU3M I, +0
INCLUDE, ($$BEU3Mll
PHASE ISBEU3M2,+0
INCLUDE,(ltBEU3M2)
PHASE eunomeB, ATRNAREA
INCLUDE,(eunameB)
and 'PHASE' and 'INCLUDE' cards
for any of 11 other transients
which are generated
INCLUDE
*** REPLACE WITH OBJECT DECK

II
II

End Statement

18

EU Macro
Parameters
DOS Job
Control Cards

1*

ENTRY EUENTRY

II EXEC LNKEDT
18

(emulator object module)

DOS
SYSRES

Note: nnn=size of emulator communications
region (variable)

Assemble
Tailored
EU Program

NOAUTO is specified to prevent
Automatic Library Lookup from
being performed in this phase.

EU Output
Module
Figure

1.

Assembly of

User-T~il~red

Emulat~r

Program Under DOS for the

~odel

30

euname EU30
The Kodel 30 or Ko~el qO Emulator Program under DOS is assembled and tailored to
the user's particul~r nee~s by means ~f
macro generation. The macro parameter
values used to generate the program must be
composed by the user in ~ m!~ner similar t~
the way in which a define-the-file (DTF)
macro instruction is composed. continuation cards are allowed in the preparation
of these parameters, with each parameter
separated by ~ comm~.
The symbolic par~meters follow the
II EXEC ASSEKBLY card, as shown in Figure
1.
The first of these cards must have a
program name punche~ in tbe label field
(starting in column 1) and EU30 or EU40
punched in the oper~tion fiela:

or
euname EU40
The "en name" parameter provides the n~me
under which the object .odule ~f the nser's
Emulator Program is cataloged in the CoreImage Library. Therefore, it is the n~me
that appears in the II EXEC card whenever
the Emulator Program is executed. The name
may consist of one to seven characters. No
embedded blanks or special characters may
appear in the name, and the first ch~r~cter
must be an alphabetic character. An X is
appended by the Emulator Program to the
name to form tbe name of a second phase of
the Emulator Program, which is then called

(

(/&
r--/*-~I

I

LJ

A~~-~-iilIU
Output Module
EUJOB3 only

"--._1

~OS

~

( SYSRES
.
_
I

II
II

1*
II

I,

DESCRIPTION OF GE&ER1L PARAMETERS
CATALOG=~~ES~

U!Q ,

If this parameter is included r the
generated version of the Emulator Program
~nder DOS is capable of producing a Systeml
360 object module from a 1400 object deck.
rhis module can be executed only under the . .
Emulator Program. FETCH=YES need not be
included in the same assembly. If theCATALOG parameter is omitted or NO is spe~­
ified, the System/36J object module cannot
be produced from a 1400 object deck.
EOJAADR=nnnnn

Catalog EU in
Core-Image
Library

JOB CATALOG euname TO CORE IMAGE LIBRARY
OPTION CATAL
PHASE euname,+ (RELOC parameter value x 1024),NOAUTO
INCLUDE, (ACOMP~0)
PHASE eunameX,+ (RELOC+IZ21400 parameter values x 1024)
INCLUDE, (ACOMP0I)
PHASE SSBEU4MI,+0
INCLUDE, (UBEU4Ml )
PHASE ttSEU4M2,+0)
INCLUDE, (SSBEU4M2)
INCLUDE
(emulator object modulei
ENTRY EUENTRY
EXEC LNKEDT

18

This parameter is used t~ specify the contents of the 1400 A-Storage Address RegiSter (A-STARI at normal end-of-job (EOJ)
halts. If this or the following parameter
("EOJBADR=nnnnn") is coded with a standard
value (for example, 00999), the Emulator
Program automatically calls in DOS Job Control upon encountering a 1400 end-of-job
halt. Valid entries are in the range of
00000 through 15999. The entry is compared
to the contents of the 1400 A-STAR each
time a 1400 halt is trapped by the Compatibility Feat~re and before the printing of
the 1400 registers. If a match occurs, the
Emulator Program automatically goes to its
EOJ and issues a DOS EOJ macro that calls
DOS Job Control for the next System/360 job
that is to be batchei in the background
partition (see "EOJBADR=nnnnn"). If this
parameter is omittei, tne routine to test
for A address is not generated.
EOJBADR=nnnnn

Figure

2.

cataloging of a Kodel 40 Emulator Program into the Core-Image
Library

by the first phase. Other letters (A, B,
C, D, E, F, L, H, Q, s, T, or Z) are also
appended to the name to form the na~es of
transient phases which are called by the
second phase when requested. The parameters may be inserted in any sequence, following the rules for the writing of macro
statements of the keyword variety.
~tQ!!QH:

Since transient phase nales are
modified versions of the specified Emulator
Program name, care should be exercised when
assigning names for multiple Emulator Programs. For example: If an Emulator Program, EMNAKE, is generated, a second Emulator Program should not be assigned the name
EHNAKE since a transient phase, EKNAKE,
would also be created. The transient
phase, EKNAME, would replace the generated
copy ~f the Emulator Program, EK~AME.

rhis is the same as the preceding parameter
("EOJAADR=nnnnn") , except the value of the
B-Storage Address Register (B-SrAR) is
checked. If this parameter is omitted, the
routine to test for B address is not
generated.
If only one of these two parameters is
included, only that compare is made to
satisfy EOJ. If both parameters are
included, both compares must be equal to
satisfy EOJ. If neitner paraleter is
included, no test for EOJ is made and message EC81I or EC821 is displayed unless the
I-STAR option (p~rameter "hhhhh") in the
II 1400 control cari is provided.
(See
"The II 1400 Control Card" in the "Control
:ards" section for a description of this
par ameter. )

If this parameter is included, the Emulator
Program interprets a 1400 ~peration code of
Pr~gram

Generation

9

G with a wordmark as a request for a ~snap­
shot" dump of 1400 storage. This invalid
op code can be pat::he:l by tile user into
1400 programs run unier test mo:le. Contr~l
is returned to the next sequential instruction in the 1400 program. If this parameter is omitted or NO is specifie:l, an operation code of G with a wordmark is treated
as invalid. If PTR1400=1404, PTR360=1404,
or PTRLNG=100. this parameter must be
omitted or specified-as NO.

If this parameter is specified, the
generated version of the Emulator Program
is capable of executing 1400 programs that
have been cataloged in the Core-I.age
Library. 1400 programs so =atal~ged may be
called from the Core-Image Library and
executed only by the Emulator Program.
(1400 programs cannot be called by Job Control&l CATALOG=YES need ~~1 be included in
the same version of the Emulator Program
that fetches.
(See "Catalo~in~ 1400 Programs Into the Core-Image Library~ in the
"Programming Considerations" section.) The
inclusion of this parameter does not preclude the use of a generate:l Emulator Program from loading a 1400 object program
from cards or tape. If this parameter is
omitted or NO is specified, the 1400 programs are not fetched from the Core-Image
Library.

If this parameter is included with the
operand YES, the operator may call for the
Sense Switch Operator Service routine in
response to a halt message or through the
external INTERRUPT key for the background
or by the console REQUEST key (KSG F1 or
MSG F2) for the foreground while in Compatibility mode (Dial F must be set at :1 for
the Kodel 30). If this parameter is
omitted or NO is specified, the routine is
not gene ra ted.
IOCOA TE= 82
195
BOTH
!iQ
The 1400 input/output control system (IO:S)
requires a date in the form "yyddd" to be
available in main storage during label
checking. By specifyi ng thi s paralleter,
the Emulator Program moves the date from
the DOS communication region to the respective 1400 storage location 82-86, 195-199,
or both.

r he method of loa ding the program determines when the move occurs. The move
occurs ~~12£~ a program is loaded from

~!I~§,

but

!f!~I

a program is fetched from

~Q~ima~~_Libr~rY.
Cl~~r_~t~r~g~
~~~~must be ~~Qved-f£2!~Ig_g~~!2 since

the

they clear the IOCDATE that was placed
there by the E.ulator Program. The bootstrap card, however, should be retained. If
this parameter is omitted or NO is specified, the date is not moved.

This parameter is used only for the Model
30 Emulator Program to specify the number
of 2K (2,048 bytes) blocks of storage to be
reserved for multiprogramming (foreground
partitions). If MPGKBLK does not equal
zero, the Emulator Program allocates 1400
program storage "nn" 2K blocks below the
highest System/360 main storage location
specified. The Emulator Program allocates
storage from the top of memory down, and
from the value in the SEND parameter up, in
the following manner:
(al

Highest storage location available
from the "SIZ360=nn" parameter, specified by 1024.SIZ360 (minus 256 if
SIZ 360=64) •

(~

Highest 1400 storage location specified by the value of (a) minus
2048.KPGKBLK.

(cl

1400 storage location 0 specified by
the value of (b) minus 1000.SIZ1400.
Therefore, values (a), (b), and (c)
allocate storage from the top of
storage down at Emulator-Program
generation time.

(d)

The si ze of the Emulator Progr am
depends on the parameters specified
and is linkage-edited'according to
the value of the SEND parameter.

(e)

Tape I/O buffer areas are allocated
above the Emulator Program (value
(d), and the size of the area is
indicated by the ~BUFSIZE=nnnnn"
parameter.

If this parameter is specified, the facility for converting 1400 decimal addresses to
their System/360 hexadecimal equivalents is
included in the Emulator Programs. This is
done to facilitate address-stopping in 1400
programs. If this parameter is omitted or
NO is specified, the facility for 1400address conversion is not generated.
Note: Address conversion f~r the Model 40
Is-also provided in tabular form in Appendix F.

OSALTER=

l~S!

If this parameter is specified~ the facility for altering the current 1400 instruction address through the console typewriter
is included in the Emulator Programs. This
is done to allow the operator to perform a
1400-program branch. If this parameter is
omitted or NO is specified, the facility
for altering the 1400 instruction address
is not included.

bility to e~ecute a System/360 nativelanguage inquiry program are included in
the Emulator Programs. If this parameter
is omitted or NO is specified, none of the
above facilities are included. ffovever, if
the 1400 program includes Read Console
Printer instructions, message EC91I is
issued, and the operator service functions
may be used to obtain read-to-console messages.
(See message EC91I in the section
on "Console ~essages.")
BELOC={Q }
nnn

OSDSPLY=lYESI
nn l
!!Q }
If this parameter is specified, the facility for displaying 1400 storage on SYSLOG in
blocks of 100 bytes (YES) or less ~nn") is
included in the Emulator Prograas. If this
parameter is omitted or NO is specified,
the display facility is not included.

OSDcrHP=

1~~Si

If this parameter is specified as YES, the
facility for dumping 1400 storage on the
simulated printer device in standard 1400
format, whenever desired by the operator,
is included in the Emulator Programs.
(See
"Available Functions" in the section on
"Operator Service Functions".) Additionally a System/360 main storage dump is provided if the test-mode option in the
II 1400 control card. is specified. as !!S ft.
If the OSDUMP parameter is omitted or NO is
specified, the dumping facility is not
included. If PTR1400=1404, PTR360=1404, or
Pl'RLNG=100, this parameter must be omitted
or specified as NO.

This parameter is used only with the Bodel
40 Emulator Program. It is to be used in
conjunction with the IB~ 1401/1440/1460
Relocatable DOS Compatibility Feature
(#4462) and EU=RELOC in the SUPVR macro
instruction of the DOS Supervisor. RELOC
will relocate 1400 simulated storage to the
valll e specified by "nnn" where "nnn'" is a
multiple of the 16K byte boundary on which
1400 simulated storage is to be relocated.
Acceptable values for "nnn" are 16, 32, 48,
64, 80, 96, and 112. Tne default vaille is
o which provides operations without the
relocation feature with 1400 simulated
storage fixed at decimal location 16,384.
When the Model 40 Emulator Pr~gram is
executed in the foreground, consideration
must be given to the DOS register save
areas that occupy the first 88 to 120 bytes
of a foreground partition. Therefore, the
foreground must begin on a 2K byte boundary
below the beginning of 1400 simulated
storage.
l'he Kodel 40 Emulator Program allocates
storage in the following manner:
(a)

If RELOC is equal to 0,. 1400 simulated storage location 0 is 16,384.
Otherwise, 1400 simulated storage
location 0 is 1024*RELO:.

(b)

The amount of simulated storage allocated is the value of 1024*SIZ1400.

(c)

The total disk and tape buffer size

OSENTER= lYESJ

!Q ~

If this parameter is specified, the facility for altering 1400 storage through the
console typevriter is incluiea in the Emulator Programs. If this parameter is
omitted or NO is specified, the alteration
facility is not included.
OS INQRY= 114001
YES
1!Q
If this parameter is specified with 1400,
the facility for simulating the setting of
the 1400 Q latch is included in the Emulator Programs. Also, support for 1400 Read
and Write Console Printer instructions is
included. If this parameter is specified
with YES, the above facilities and the a-

then is calculated from the BUFSIZE,
DISKDR, and SECTORS parameters.
These buffers are allocated immediately above the Kodel 40 Emlllator
Program.
(d)

The size of Kodel 40 Emulator Program
depends on the parameters specified
and is linkage-edited immediately
above 1400 simulated storage.

(e)

The Emulator Program will automatically add any space between the end of
the Emulator Program and the next
2,048 byte boundary to the user's
tape bu ffer pool.
program Generation

11

SEND={Q
}
nnnnn

SYSIO={ iPI}

This p~rameter is used only with the Model
33 Emulator Program. When specified, SEND=
nnnnn indicates the load point of the Emulator Program. SEND must be specified to
execute the Emulator Program in a foreground partition. To determine the value
for nnnnnw determine the starting address
of that partition in decimal and add 88
bytes decimal to it for the D)S foreground
save area. If FP=YES has baan specified in
the CONFG macro of the supervisor generation, add another 32 bytes decimal to this
figure for the floating point register save
area. For example, if a foreground partition has been, or is to bew assigned to
start at 32K, the decimal starting address
of the forground partition is 32,768.
Adding 88 bytes, SEND is now aqual to 32,
856 and, if FP=YES is specified in the DOS
Supervisor, add another 32 bytes. The
total of 32,888 bytes decimal is the SEND
address. The Emulator Program will then be
assembled to begin execution at this
address.

This parameter must be specified if the
user wishes to support device independence
for 1400 unit-record devices. "in, "pH,
and "I", represent SYSIPT, SYSPCR, and SYSLST, respectivelj, and
v
Uo.l ....
.. u. ..
u.
value of 0 through 3. The meanings of the
values are:

If the Emulator Program is to be
executed in the background w the value for
SEND should correspond to the value specified on the SEND macro for the Supervisor
Assembly. If SEND is defaulted or is specified as zero, the Emulator Program will be
defaulted to execution in the background
partition. SEND, if specified, will also
force the assembler to assign Emulator Program storage addresses identical to those
at object time. Thus, a System/360 storage
dump of the Emulator Program can be related
directly to the Emulator Program listing.

{1& }

S1 Z 1 4 00 =

This parameter is used to specify the
storage size of the 1400 system to be simulated. Allowable values for "nn" are 2, 4,
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, and 16. If this parameter is omitted, "nn" is assumed to be 16.
!~!~:

1400 programs that require more
storage than has been specified for the
SIZ1400 parameter may not execute properly.
See also restriction 19 on page 22 and consideration 19 on page 24.

This parameter is used to specify the
storage size of the user's Systam/360.
Allowable values for "nnn" on the Model 30
are 24, 32, 48 and 64. Allowable values
for "nnn" on the Model 40 are 32, 64, 128,
192 and 256. If this parameter is omitted,
the assumed value for "nnn" is 64.
12

QQQ

a'!:l"~

W .....

o-

A'

m~t1'

UI

I.

'!:lU'.t""lI.

c;

~

Associated device may be assigned
~lL to unit record.

1 - Associated device may alternately be
assigned to a unit-record device or a
magnetic-tape drive (9-track or 7track with the Data Conversion Feature for SYSLST).
2 - Associated device may alternately be
assigned to a unit-record device, a
magnetic-tape drive, a 2311, or 2314
disk drive.
3 - Associated device may alternately be
assigned to a unit-record device, a
2311, or 2314 iis~ drive.
If this parameter is omitted, the assumed
value for "ipl" is 000.

Rill:

If "i"w "p", or "1" is specified as
a 2 or 3, a 2311 or 2314 disk drive must be
specified in the SYSFIL parameter of the
FOPT macro during DOS Supervis~r generation. If SYSFIL=2314 is specified,
OISKTYP=2314 must also be specified (refer
to DISKTYP parameter under "Description of
Disk Parameter") •

This parameter is used to specify whether
or not the user wants the Emulator Program
to change from input on SYSRDR to input
from SYSIPT during the execution of a 1400
program. If the SYSROPT parameter is specified YES, the II IP control card is
optional, but must be in the customer's
deck if he ~ishes the job stream transferred from input on SYSRDR t~ SYSIPT d~r­
ing 1400 program execution. However, if
the II IP control card is used, the SYSROPT
parameter must be specified YES. If specified as YES, the Emulator job control cards
are read on SYSRDR, and then, the 1400 program, data, and read operation control
cards are read on SYSRDR until a II IP card
is encountered. The II IP control card
transfers card read simulation to SISIPT.
If this parameter is omitted or NO is specified, all Emulator job contr~l cards, the
1400 program, data,
and read operation control cards are read
on SYSIPT. SYSRDR and SYSIPT may be specified as either card reader, disk or tape.

TIMER={~~S}
This parameter specifies the availability
of the interval timer to log the time of
day on beginning and ending messages.
Emulator-Program use of" "the timer in this
manner does not prevent a foreground program from using the timer for interval
interrupts. If this parameter is omitted
or NO is specified, the timer is not used.

USRPROG={~~}
This parameter is used to specify that the
user wishes to insert a user-written routine to handle operation codes not supported by the Emulator Program. If this
parameter is omitted or NO is specified,
the entry to the user-written routine is
not generated. If specified YES, the userwritten routine must be included at assembly time. (See ·User-Written Simulation
Routines" section.)
DESCRIPTION OF CARD READER AND PUNCH
PARAMETERS
COLBINP={!~S}

This parameter is used to specify whether
or not the user wants column-binary support
for the card punch. If COLBINP=YES is
specified, support for punch-Column-Binary
or Card Image instructions is generated.
If COLBINP=NO is specified or if this parameter is omitted, any such instructions are
treated as invalid op codes.

COLBINR={~~S}
This parameter is used to specify whether
or not the user wants column-binary support
for the card reader. If COLBINR=YES is
specified, support for Read-Column-Binary
or Card Image instructions is generated.
If COLBINR=NO is specified or if this parameter is omitted, any such instructions are
treated as invalid op codes.

This parameter is used to specify whether
or not the user wants 51-Column Interchangeable-Read-Feed feature support for
the 1402/2540 card reader. If COL51=YES is
specified, support for reading 51-column
cards is generated. If COL51=NO is specified or if this parameter is omitted, the
51-Column Interchangeable-Read-Feed feature
is not supported. This parameter pertains
to the 1402/2540 card reader only.

PCH1400=f1442 }
1444
1402
This parameter is used to specify the 1400
punch to be simulated. If this parameter
is omitted, it is assumed that the 1400
punch to be simulated is a 14020
Note: If a 1440 is being emulated, this
parameter must be coded PCH1400=1442 or
1444. This is so that punching can occur
from any location in 1400 storage and be
terminated by a groupmark with wordmarke
PCH360={1442}
2520
2540
This parameter is used to specify the
System/360 punch. If this parameter is
omitted, it is assumed that the System/360
punch is a 2540.
PFR={YES}
COM
NO
This parameter is used to specify whether
or not the user wants his Emulator Program
to use the Punch-Feed-Read (PFR) feature.
If PFR=YES is specified, the Emulator Program provides support for 1402 Punch and
Punch-Feed-Read (PFR) instructions, or 1442
read, stacker select (READRSS=YES), and
punch operations utilizing the Punch-FeedRead feature of the 2540. Specify PFR=COM
and PUNCHSS=YES when simulating both 1402
punch-feed-read and stacker select operations with the 2540 Compatibility Attachment (#8065) installed on the 2821 Control
Unit. If 1402 punch-feed-read is supported
and 1402 stacker select is not supported,
use PFR=YES. If PFR=NO is specified or if
this parameter is omitted, any PFR instructions are treated as invalid operation
codes. If PFR is used, separate routines
for PFR and normal punching are generated
so that the normal punch overlap is not
lost if the 1400 program does not require
any PFR instruction emulation.
PUNCHSS={~~S}

This parameter specifies whether or not the
user wants his Emulator Program to be able
to simulate 1402 or 1444 punch stacker
selection. (1442 punch stacker selection
is supported by READRSS.) If coded as NO
or if omitted, all punch stacker select
commands are treated as No-Ops, or as
unconditional branches if stacker selection
and branch. A parameter ("d") must be
inserted in the // 1400 control card (see
"The // 1400 Control Card" in the ·Control
Cards" section) for each 1400 program in
which 1402 or 1444 punch stacker selection
Program Generation

13

is to be simulated. Punch stacker selection is handled in this manner for 1402 or
1444 simulation because if it is to be
simulated but the 1400 program does not, in
fact, issue stacker select instructions,
all punch overlap is lost.
READRSS={YES~

NO J

This parameter indicates whether or not the
user wishes to support reader stacker
selection or all 1442 stacker selection.
If coded NO or omitted, all Reader-Stacker,
or all 1442-Stacker instructions are
treated as No-Ops or unconditional
branches. If coded YES, the generated version of the Emulator Program has the ability to simulate 1402 reader, or 1442 reader
punch stacker selection, but cannot automatically do so. A parameter (WC W) must be
included in the 1400 control card (see -The
// 1400 Control card- in the -Control
cards- section) for each 1400 control card
for each 1400 program in which reader
stacker selection is to be simulated.
Also, a // LC control card should be
included. (See item 1 in the section on
-Considerations. W ) This parameter is not
recommended if the System/360 reader is a
2540 or 2520, since simulated stacker
selection reduces card read speed, and
hence reduces throughput.
RDR1400={1442 }
1402
This parameter is used to specify the 1400
reader to be simulated. If this parameter
is omitted. it is assumed that the 1400
reader is a 1402.
Note: If a 1440 is being emulated, this
parameter must be coded RDR1400=1442. This
is so that reading can occur from any location in 1400 storage and be terminated by a
groupmark with wordmark.
RDR360={1442l
2501
2520
2540
This parameter is used to specify the
System/360 reader. If this parameter is
omitted, it is assumed that the System/360
reader is a 2540 ..
SSQUANT={~}

This parameter applies only when RDR360=
2540 is specified and the user wishes to
support reader stacker selection (READRSS=
YES). Normally, the Emulator Programs
handle several Stacker Select commands following a Read command. Only the last
Stacker Select command, however, is effec14

tive. No card movement occurs until the
next card is encountered. This method is
inefficient for users who have only one
Stacker Select command following the Card
Read.
If the value ONE is specified, the
Emulator-program routine initiates a card
feed when it encounters the first Stacker
Select command. Subsequent Stacker Select
commands are ignored. If the value MANY is
specified, or if the parameter is omitted,
normal handling of Stacker Select commands
is generated.
This parameter is ignored if READRSS=YES is
not specified. If READRSS=YES is not specified, or if it is specified and the
SSQUANT parameter is omitted, the absence
of a Stacker Select command causes the Emulator Program to wait until the next 1400
Read is encountered.
Note: If reader stacker selection is
required, maximum throughput can only occur
when a Stacker Select command follows most
or all Read Card commands and SSQUANT=ONE
is specified.
DESCRIPTION OF TAPE PARAMETERS
BLKSIzu={nnnnn}
00000
This parameter is used t·o specify the maximum block length plus one that is normally
read or written in Move mode on 1400 tape
drive -u- (Wu" is 1 ~~rough 6). -nnnnn" is
the size of an area (maximum block length
plus one) of System/360 main storage set
aside for use as a tape buffer associated
with a given drive. If this parameter is
omitted for a given drive number, the
assumed value is zero.
The value given by this paraItleter may be
changed at execution time through the use
of a // TAPE control card. Normally, the
user should include as many -BLKSIZu=nnnnn·
parameters as he has 1400 drives to be
simulated, although the user with abundant
main storage may wish to include a
-BLKSIZu=nnnnn" for each drive that is
accessed by 1400 programs. Load-mode
operations do not depend on -BLKSIZu=nnnnnparameters. (See -BUFSIZE=nnnnn-.)
BUFSIZE={nnnnn}
00000
This parameter is used to specify the total
main storage to be set aside by the Model
30 or Model 40 Emulator Program for use as
tape buffers for Move-mode operat~ons.
This amount should not be less than the sum
of the -BLKSIZu=nnnnn" values, and may not

be increased at object time. If this parameter is omitted, the assumed value is
zero. The area defined by this parameter
may be considered to be a pool of buffers
that is divided among the 1400 tapes on
line in a given job according to (1) the
values given in the wBLKSIZu=nnnnn w parame=
ters or (2) the revised values given by a
// TAPE control card(s) at object time.
Because Load-mode operations must be
assumed to include the reading and writing
of very large (checkpoint) blocks, each
Load-mode operation has access to the
entire area defined by wBUFSIZE=nnnnn w•
The user should be aware that 16K 1400 checkpoints require a buffer size in excess of
16,000 bytes since each wordmark in storage
generates a word separator character in
addition to the character associated with
the wordmark when written out on tape.

TAPERRS=l~~
LSTCHAR

(~~GCHAR )
1400 hardware permits the reading of tape
error blocks by means of an operatorinitiated diagnostic read. The block of
tape may then be scanned for out-of-parity
characters, and the operator has the choice
of correcting the characters and allowing
the 1400 to process the block or of bypassing the error block. No direct equivalent
to the diagnostic read exists in System/360
hardware, but the Emulator Program is able
to approximately simulate the feature when
a data-check condition is logged by DOS.
The meanings of the values are:
LST

- The error block is printed on the
device simulating the 1400 printer in EBCDIC after the block has
been translated for unprintable
characters and may then be
printed in hexadecimal.

LOG

- Same as LST, except all printing
occurs on SYSLOG. This is advisable if SYSLST is to be assigned
to a magnetic device.

For the Model 40, the Emulator Program will
automatically add any space between the end
of the Emulator Program and the next 2,048
byte boundary to the user's tape buffer
pool.

OSTAPE={~~S}
If this parameter is specified, the facility for dynamically changing and/or displaying 1400 magnetic-tape drive assignments
through,the console typewriter is included
in the Emulator Programs. If this parameter is omitted or NO is specified: the
facility for changing tape-drive assignments is not included.
TAPEDR={~}

This parameter is used to specify the number of physical tape units that the user
has on his 1400, where wnw is a value from
1 to 6. If this parameter is omitted, the
assumed value for wnw is o.
TAPEMOD=MXEDPAR
This parameter must be included if the
user's 1400 program requires the capability
to read and/or write both BCD and binary
records (mixed-parity records) on either a
7- or 9-track tape. This parameter may
also be specified to read or write either
even-or odd-parity records if it is desired
to process tape errors in the 1400 program.
(See parameter WyW in the // TAPE control
card.) However, when this parameter is
specified, tape reading on an applicable
drive is not overlapped. If this parameter
is omitted, the assumed mode for 7-track
tapes is translator on and converter off,
and the density is as specified on the
DOS // ASSGN control card; for 9-track
tapes even parity is assumed.

I

LSTCHAR - An EBCDIC-only printout of the
error block on SYSLST, with
asterisks replacing unprintable
characters.
LOGCHAR - An EBCDIC-only printout of the
error block on SYSLOG, with
asterisks replacing unprintable
characters.
Note: If PTR360=1404 is specified, LST and
LSTCHAR facilities are not included.
After printing the error block, the operator is given the choice of allowing the
1400 to process the block or bypass the
block. If the parameter is omitted or NO
is specified, the only option available to
the operator in the event of a tape data
check is to ignore, the data and bypass the
block, or to cancel the job. No printout
of the block in error occurs.
TAPEu=SYSnnn
This parameter is used to assign a DOS programmer logical unit (SYSOOO - SYS221) to a
1400 tape unit, where Wu ft is the 1400 tape
unit assignment (a number from 1 to 6).
Assignments can be made for each of the six
1400 tape unit assignments. Several 1400
tape units can be assigned to the same programmer logical unit, but only during Emulator Program generation. The assignments
may be changed during program execution if
Program Generation

15

OSTAPE=YES is specified.
(See TAPE function in the wOperator Service FUnctions w
section.) The default values for unassigned values of ·u· are:
Proqrammer Loqical Unit
SYS011
SYS012
SYS013
SYS014
SYS015
SYS016

1
2
3
4
5
6

If this parameter is omitted, the default
value for the parameter is 0 and indicates
that no disks are to be simulated.
DISKTYP={2314 l
,2311{
This parameter is used to specify the type
of System/360 device that is to simulate
the 1400 disk unit. It also applies to
SYSIPT, SYSPCH, and SYSLST when they are
assigned to disk. If this parameter is
omitted, the assumed value is 2311.
DISKu=SYSnnn

This parameter must be included if tape
Load-mode operations are to be simulated.
If this parameter is omitted or NO is specified, tape Load-mode operations are not
simulated. It should be noted that 1400
IOCS opens tape operations in the Load mode
even though 1400 IOCS Move mode is
specified.

This parameter is used to assign a DOS programmer logical units (SYSOOO - SYS221) to
1311 Disk storage Drives, or to a 1405 Disk
Storage. The proper values for au· are 1
to 5 for 1311 Disk· Storage Drives, 1 and 2
for Modell 1405 Disk Storages, and 1 to 4
for Model 2 1405 Disk Storages. When simulating a 1311 on a 2311 or 2314, the
default values for au· are:
Programm~r

1400 Drive

o

DESCRIPTION OF DISK PARAMETERS

2
4

DISKDR={n
130n }
1405

6
8

Q
This parameter is used to specify the number and· type of 1400 direct-access storage
devices (DASDs) to be simulated on 2311 or
2314. To simulate 1311 drives only, the
acceptable values for wnw are 1 through 5,
and indicate the number of 1311 drives to
be simulated. To simulate one module of a
1301 and also wnw 1311 drives, the correct
value is -130n·. To simulate one module of
a 1301, the correct value for -130n- is
1300. To simulate a 1405, the value should
be 1405. The following are given as
examples:
DISKDR=5
DISKDR=1303

All five 1311 drives to be
simulated
One 1301 module and three
1311 drives to be simulated
(Drives 0, 2, and 4)

Note: When less than five 1311 drives are
specified, the low-numbered 1400 drives are
assumed.
DISKDR=1300
DISKDR=1405

One 1301 module to be simulated (no 1311)
1405 only to be simulated

Note: 1405 and 1301/1311 disk drives are
mutually exclusive.
16

Logical Unit
SYS001
SYS002
SYS003
SYS004
SYS005

When simulating a 1405 on a 2311, the
default values for ·u· are:

·u·1
2
3
4

1405
Sector Address
00000-24999 (Models 1
25000-49999 and 2)
50000-74999 (Model 2
75000-99999 only)

Programmer
Logical Unit
SYS001
SYS002
SYS003
SYS004

When simulating a 1405 on a 2314, the
default values for -u w are:

2

1405
Sector Address
00000-49999 (Models 1
and 2)
50000-99999 (Model 2
only)

Programmer
Logical Unit
SYS001
SYS002

The assignments may be changed during program execution time if OSDISK=YES is
specified.

DVOL={~~S}
This parameter, when specified as YES, provides the facility for verifying the volume
serial number of disk packs accessed by the
Emulator Program. Verification is performed for each disk pack specified on a
// DVOL control card or initiated by the

operator using the operator service functions. Volume serial number verfication is
recommended to avoid the possibility of the
1400 program accessing the wror~ disk pack
in the DOS multiprogramming environment.
If this parameter is omitted, or NO is
specified, verification is not performed.
D1301u=SYSnnn
This parameter is used to assign DOS programmer logical units (SYSOOO - SYS221) to
a 1301 Disk Storage. The proper values for
W
WU
are 1 to 5 for emulation on a 2311, and
1 to 3 for emUlation on a 2314. These
assignments are required only when DISKDR=
130n is specified. When simulating a 1301
on 23118, the default values for ·u· are:
1301
Sector Address
000000-039999
040000-079999
080000-119999
120000-159999
160000-199999

Pr,ogrammer
Lo,gical Unit
SYSOOl
SYS002
SYS003
SYS004
SYS005

When simulating a 1301 on a 2314, the
default values for wu w are:
1301
Sector Address
000000-079999
080000-159999
160000-199999

Programmer
Logical Unit
SYSOOl
SYS002
SYS003

OSDISK={!~}
If this parameter is specified, the facility for changing 1400 disk-drive assignments
in mid-program through the console typewriter is included in the Emulator Programs. If this parameter is omitted or NO
is specified, the facility for changing
disk-drive assignments is not included.

SECTORs={nnn}
020
This parameter is usea to determine the
disk I/O buffer size and dictates the simulation technique to be employed. Valid
entries of wnnnw range in-value from 001
through 020 for the Model 30 Emulator Program and 001 through 100 for the Model 40
Emulator Program. This value indicates the
maximum number of sectors that can be read
or written in one physical I/O operation.
Program requests for disk I/O exceeding the
number of sectors specified in this parameter cause two or more physical I/O operations to be executed. If this parameter is
omitted, the assumed value for WnnnW is
020, which should be used, storage permitting. The only reason for specifying less
than 020 is to conserve main storage. If
TRACKOP=YES or OSINQRY=YES is specified,
the assumed value 020 should be specified.

This parameter must be specified if track
operations on 1311, 1301, or 1405 are to be
simulated. If this parameter is included,
the WSECTORS=nnn" parameter, if included,
should be given a value of 020. If this
parameter is omitted or NO is specified,
track operations are not simulated.

If this parameter is included, disk records
written by the Emulator Programs are verified. Verification is accomplished in the
standard System/360 manner (cyclic redundancy check). If this parameter is omitted
or NO is specified, the 1400 Write Disk
Check command is treated as a No-Op, except
the simulated Write Disk Check Interlock
switch is released.
DESCRIPTION OF PRINTER PARAMETERS

This parameter is used to specify that 1311
Scan Disk instructions are issued in the
1400 programs. If this parameter is
omitted or NO is specified, 1311 Scan Disk
instructions are not supported.

If the user has the File Scan Feature, this
parameter is used in conjunction with the
SCAN=YES parameter to implement the 1400
Scan Disk Feature on System/360 directaccess storage devices. If SCAN360=NO is
specified or if this parameter is omitted,
the Emulator Program perfo~s the Scan Disk
function.

This parameter is 1l:~,ed to specify whether
o~ not the user wants to support the
carriage-control tape pointer option. If
CARRCTL=YES is specified, an image of the
printer carriage-control tape is retained
in main storage and a pointer is used to
indicate the position of the carriage. Use
of this parameter:
(1) eliminates the need
for moving the channel-9 or channel-12
punch up one line, and (2) allows complete
simulation of variable-line and preprintedform printing when SYSLST is assigned to
tape or disk. If CARRCTL=NO is specified
or if this parameter is omitted, the program uses the DOS "LINECT=nn- method to
Program Generation

17

control the printer spacing when SYSLST is
assigned to tape or disk.

EDITINV={i~S}
This parameter is used only with Model 40
Emulator Program, and provides support for
Inverted Print Edit. If required, the user
specifies this parameter as EDITINV=YES.
Inverted Print Edit is primarily used in
countries outside the U.S.A., such as in
France where 1000 francs, 5 centimes is
represented as 1.000,05. The default for
this parameter is NO.
PTRASGN={SYSnnn}
SYSLST
This parameter is used to assign the
System/360 printer to a specific programmer
logical unit (SYSOOO - SYS221). This parameter must be used if PTR360=1404 is
specified. It also may be used when job
control statements directed to SYSLST are
not desired on the printer, such as on preprinted forms.. PTRASGN=SYSnnn must identify a printer; no support is provided for
tape or disk. The default for this parameter is SYSLST.
PTRLNG={nnn}
132
This parameter is used to specify the
length of the print line on the 1400, where
-nnn- is 100, 120, or 132 for the 1403, 120
or 144 for the 1443, or 132 for the 1404.
PTRLNG must not be greater than the number
of print positions on the System/360 printer. Also, when PTRLNG=100 is specified,
the actual line-length assignment on the
System/360 device is 120 characters (padded
by blanks). If this parameter is omitted,
it is assumed that the print line is 132
characters long.
PTR1400={1443}
1404
1403
This parameter is used to specify the 1400
printer to be simulated. If this parameter
is omitted, it is assumed that the 1400
printer is a 1403. 1404 should be specified only if cut-card operations are to be
simulated; if continuous forms only are
printed on the System/360, 1403 should be
specified. If 1404 is specified, a 1404
must be installed on the System/360, and
the OSDUMP and ERROPNG parameters must be
omitted or specified as NO.
Note: If a 1440 is being emulated, this
parameter must be coded PTR1400=1443. This
is so that printing can occur from any
location in 1400 storage and be terminated
by a groupmark with wordmark.
18

PTR360={1443}
1404
1403
This parameter is used to specify the
System/360 printer. If this parameter is
omitted, it is assumed that the System/360
printer is a 1403.
~ACRO

NOTE MESSAGES

The following messages could be issued
during Model 30 or Model 40 EmulatorProgram system generation and are selfexplanatory:
BLKSIZu PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
BUFSIZE PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
BUFSIZE TOO SMALL FOR STANDARD BLOCKSIZES,
BUFSIZE ASSUMED AS SUM OF BLOCKSIZES
CARRCTL NOT SUPPORTED IF PTR1400 IS A 1404
CARRCTL PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
CATALOG PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
COLBINP PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
COLBINR PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
COL51 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
DISKDR PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
DISKTYP PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
DISKu PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
DVOL PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
D1301u PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
EDITINV INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
EOJAADR PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
EOJBADR PARA~ETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
ERROPNG NOT SUPPORTED IF PTR1400 EQ 1404 OR
PTRLNG EQ 100
ERROPNG PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
FETCH PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
GENERATION TERMINATED
HALTS PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
IOCDATE PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
MPGMBLK PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSADDR PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSALTER PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSDISK PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSDSPLY PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSDSPLY SPECIFIED GREATER THAN 100, 100
ASSUMED
OSDUMP NOT SUPPORTED IF PTR1400 EQ 1404 OR
PTRLNG EQ 100
OS DUMP PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSENTER PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSINQRY PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
OSTAPE PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PCH1400 AND PTR1400 PARAMETERS INCORRECTLY
SPECIFIED
PCH1400 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PCH360 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PFR PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PROGRAM NAME INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PTRASGN PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PTRLNG PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PTR1400 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PTR360 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
PUNCHSS PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
RDR1400 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
RDR360 MUST BE 2540 IF COL51=YES

RDR360 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
READESS PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
RELOC PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SCAN OR SCAN360 INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SCAN PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SCAN360 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SECTORS PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SEND PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SIZ1400 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SIZ360 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SSQUANT PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SYSIO PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
SYSROPT PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPE PARAMETERS INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPEDR PAR~TER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED

TAPEMOD PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPERRS DISPLAY NOT SUPPORTED IF PTR1400 EQ
1404
TAPERRS PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAFEl PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPE 2 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPE3 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPE 4 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPES PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPE6 PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TAPLDMD PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TRACKOP PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
TIMER PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
USRPROG PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED
VERIFY PARAMETER INCORRECTLY SPECIFIED

Program Generation

19

SIMULATION OF IBM 1401/1440/1460 FACILITIES

STORAGE LAYOUT

The EmUlator Program under DOS for the
Model 30 is designed to reside in main
storage at the location determined by the
SEND parameter. The Emulator Program consists of an.initialization phase and a main
phase. The initialization phase initializes the interphase communication region,
and remains in main storage only until the
first Programmed Mode switch (PMS) supervisor call (SVC). It then fetches the main
phase, which overlays all but the interphase communication region. The main phase
is made up of individual modules that
simulate the various 1400 processes and an
area for transient routines. The System/
360 tape and disk buffer area begins immediately after the main phase and may extend
to the beginning of the 1400 simulated
storage area.
Figure 3 shows the storage allocation
for a Model 30 Emulator Program with SEND=O
and 4K of 1400 storage.
(The algorithm for
estimating the total storage requirement
for a Model 30 Emulator Program, as a function of the parameters specified at generation time, is presented in Appendix G.)
The Model 40 Emulator Program consists
of an initialization phase and a main
phase. The initialization phase is loaded
at the same location as the starting location of simulated 1400 storage which is
determined by the RELOC parameter. The end
of the DOS supervisor area must not exceed
this location. The main phase is loaded
immediately above 1400 simulated storage.

DOS Supervisor

Initialization
Phase (overlaid)

/
Interphase Communication Region

DOS Suoervisor

/

/

Initialization
Phase

/

---I

X'4000'
1400 Simulated Storage

----------------

_J

X'4FFF'
1----------------1- - -

4,096 Bytes

---

Branch Table

MCE and MCS

Interphase Communication Region

Model 40
Emulator
Program

Main Phase

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- --

EU40 Buffer Area

Figure

4.

Typical Storage Map of Model 40
Emulator Program With 4K of
1400 Storage

The initialization phase fetches the
main phase which copies the branch table
and the interphase communication region
from the initialization phase into the
storage locations above 1400 simulated
storage. The main phase, which is made up
of individual modules that simulate the
various 1400 processes, then clears 1400
simulated storage. The System/360 disk and
tape buffer areas begin immediately after
the main phase.
Figure 4 shows the storage allocation
for a Model 40 Emulator Program with RELOC=
o and 4K of 1400 storage. (The algorithm
for estimating the total storage requirement for a Model 40 Emulator Program, as a
function of the parameters specified at
generation time, is presented in Appendix
H. )

Main Phase

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --Transient Area

Model 30
Emulator
Program

EU30 Buffer Area

1400 Simulated Storage (4K)

Figure

20

3.

Typical Storage Map of Model 30
Emulator Program With 4K of
1400 Storage

REGISTER USAGE
The utilization of the general purpose
registers by the Model 30 Emulator Program
is illustrated in Table 4. Usage for the
Model 40 is shown in Table 5. All general
purpose registers may be used by user routines if registers 0 through 14' are saved
and restored.

Table

4.

Use of Registers by Model 30
Emulator Program

PROGRAMMING RESTRICTIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS

r--------------T--------------------------,
I
Use by Model 30
I

I
i

Register

i

Emulator Program

I

~--------------+--------------------------~

I 0 and 1

I Temporary computationsQ

I

.--------------+--------------------------~

i 2, 3, 4,
I Base registers.
I 11, 12, 6 151

I
I

.--------------+--------------------------~
I 5
I Temporary computations. I
~-------------+--------------------------~
I 6
I Holds address of 1400
I
I
I instruction that caused i
I
I the program-mode switch I
I
I
I when the Emulator ProI
I gram branched to a simu- I
I
I
I lation routine.
~-------------+--------------------------~
I 7, 8, 6 10
I Used within individual
I
I
I routines.
I
.--------------+--------------------------~
! 9
I Holds 1400 offset
!
I
I address throughout
I
I
I
I execution.
~--------------+--------------------------~
I 13
I Holds address of Emula- I
I
I
I tor communications
I
I Region.
I
~--------------+--------------------------~
I 14
I Used for Branch and
I
JI
!L ______________ ! __________________________
Link.

RESTRICTIONS
Before an installation utilizes the
Model 30 or Model 40 Emulator Programs
under DOS, the user must consider the following programming restrictions:
1.

Time-dependent programs may not yield
results identical to those obtained on
a 1400 system.

2.

The Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator
Programs do not check for an effective
address greater than the main storage
capacity of the 1400 system. The Model
40 hardware always assumes a 16K 1400
main storage, except for 1400 Clear
Storage, Set Wordmark, and Clear Wordmark instructions. Therefore, for the
Model 40 Emulator and for a 16K 1400
memory simulated on a Model 30 Emulator~ addresses between 0 and 15,999
are valid; addresses greater than 15,
999 cause a wraparound.

3.

Simulated 1400 locations 0000 and 0100
are not used by the Model 30 and Model
40 Emulator Programs for timing control of read and punch operations as
they are on a 1400 system. The contents of ~~ese locations are undisturbed by the Model 30 and Model 40
Emulator Programs.

4.

Programs cataloged under the Model 30
Emulator Program may not be executed
on the Model 40 Emulator Program, and
vice versa.

5.

1050 control codes are not supported.

6.

The Selective Tape Listing Feature is
not emulated for printers •

7.

Reassignment of SYSIO to magnetic
devices restricts I/O operations.
(See Item 10 under -Considerations.-)

8.

stacker selection to the RP3 pocket is
not supported when SYSPCH is assigned
to tape or disk.

9.

Catastrophic 1400 processing errors
can result in System/360 program
checks, which may occur in lieu of
14QO wprocess errors.-

~

Table

5.

Use of Registers by Model 40
Emulator program

r--------------T--------------------------,
I
I
Use by Model 40
I

I

Register

I

Emula tor Program

I

~--------------+--------------------------~

I 0
I

I 1400 Instruction Address I
I
I Register.

.--------------+--------------------------~

I 1
I

I 1400 A-Address and BI Address Registers.

I
I

~--------------+--------------------------~
I 2, 3, 6 4
I Base registers.
I
~--------------+--------------------------~
! 4
I Used for Edit Get/Put
I
I
I Diagnos e instructions.
I
~--------------+--------------------------~

I 5 6 6

I Temporary computations.

I

~--------------+--------------------------~
I 7
I Used by Compatibility
I

I
I

I Feature to store senseI switch settings.

I
I

.--------------+--------------------------~

I 8, 9, & 11
I

I Used by Compatibility
I Feature.

I
I

10.

~--------------+--------------------------~
I 10
I Branch Table Pointer.
I
~--------------+--------------------------~
I 12 & 13
I Temporary computations. I
~--------------+--------------------------~
IL ______________
14 6 15
I _________________________
Subroutine linkage.
_JI

When a Divide instruction is executed
by the Model 40 Emulator Program,
high-order blanks in the dividend
field are converted to zeros.

11.

The cataloging of overlay programs on
the Model 40 Emulator Program is restricted because of the non-contiguous
layout of simulated 1400 storage.

~

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

21

12.

Read release operations on the card
reader are not supported.

13.

When the System/360 punch unit is not
a 1442, the 1442 Punch-Column-Skip
instruction cannot be used in conjunction with the Card-Image-Punch instruction for the same card, nor can
both BCD and Card Image data be
punched into the same card.

14.

Multiple readers, punches, or printers
are not supported (such as the second
1442 on the 1440), nor is concurrent
punching on both a 1442 and 1444
supported.

15.

Stacker select operations are limited
by the System/360 card devices. (See
Table 8, Note 5.)

16.

Since the 2540 has an additional prestacker station on the read side,
operations involving merging into the
RP3 pocket of punched and read cards
may not be consistent with the original 1400 program.

17.

While simulating the 1442 on the 2540,
the Punch-Feed-Read Feature will not
support card image reading or punching, or the catalog facilities.

18.

Load-mode, file-scan operations using
System/360 File Scan Feature are not
supported. Simulation support is provided but, due to the difference in
scan arguments, accurate results are
not always guaranteed.

19.

The SIZ1400 parameter must be specified as one of the actual 1400 storage
sizes for programs whose coding is
dependent upon actual machine size
(e.g., AUTOCODER programs)e

20.

On the Model 40 invalid disk seeks
with no d-modifier will not be emulated as seeks, but rather as move
operations. Therefore, modifications
to programs with such instructions
will be required.

21.

When executing more than one Model 40
Emulator Program, each specifying
RELOC*O, th~ EDITINV parameters for
the concurrently executing Emulator
Programs should be the same. If the
EDITINV parameters are not the same
for the concurrently executing Emulator Programs, the character editing is
determined by the last initiated Emulator Program.

22.

If an attempt is made to execute an
Emulator Program in a DOS/SPI mode of
operation, the Emulator Program issues
message EC211 and is terminated. The

22

DOS/SPI mode of operation is not
supported.
CONSIDERATIONS
Before an installation utilizes tbe
30 or Model 40 Emulator Program, the
user must take into account the following
programming considerations:
~odel

1.

The Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator
Programs clear 1400 storage between
catalog runs. Therefore, multiphase
1400 programs that require the presence of data or instructions from a
previous phase may not be executed
correctly after cataloging.

2.

Programs with undetected programming
errors may not yield results identical
to those obtained on a 1400 system.

3.

Data prepared for input to the Emulator Programs by System/360 programs
must be restricted to the 64-character
BCD set.

4.

The Emulator Programs move the date
(Wyyddd W ) from the DOS communication
region into 1400 locations 82-86 and/
or 195-199 and set wordmarks if the
parameter wIOCDATE=xw is specified.
These are the locations where the disk
and tape 1400 input/output control
system (IOCS) routines expect the current date. If the 1400 program is
loaded from cards, this. move occurs
before the program is loaded: therefore, the user should remove the
clear-storage cards from his 1400
object decks except for 1400 cataloging. (When the 1400 program is loaded
from the Core-Image Library, the date
is moved after the program has been
fetched. )

5.

The 1400 tests for unit-record and
disk errors are not effective since
the DOS supervisor performs error
checking.

6.

Magnetic ink character reader (MICR)
devices in foreground partitions may
not operate correctly when the Model
30 or Model 40 Emulator Program is in
operation. In the execution of 1400
instructions, it is Rossible to stay
in execution time in excess of safe
time for stacker selection on MICR
devices, although the probability of
this occurring is low. The problem is
caused by extremely long data fields.
Examples of this condition are shown
in Table 6. An example of the use of
the table is as follows: If a user is
on a Model 30 with a 1.5 microsecond
memory, and is executing a 1400 opera-

tion of Load Character to A-Field
Wordmark having a field length of 314
characters, the operation is executed
with less than a millisecond delay_
(~£ initial assessment of
the problem
can be obtained from Table 7, -Performance Ratios.-) These timings should
be evaluated together with the timings
shown for MICR devices in IBM system/
360 Disk Operating System, Performance
Estimates, Form GC24-5032, for any
potential timing conflict.
7.

When READRSS=YES is specified, and
when either stacker selection or 1442
read-punch updating is being performed, the // LC control card should
be placed just prior to the last card
of the 1400 data file.

8.

Since tape errors are handled by DOS,
user-written 1400 error recovery procedures are not executed unless mixed
parity is specified for tape in the
// TAPE control card.

9.

It is possible to saturate a disk pack
when SYSLST or SYSPCH is assigned to a
disk extent. DOS issues a warning
when the residual capacity of the

Table

6.

extent is reached if the SYSFIL parameters of -n1- and -n2- in the FOPT
macro are properly assigned at DOS
system generation.
10.

Reassignment of SYSIO is not available
for Column Binary, or Card Image Read,
or Punch operations, or 1442 Read
Punch updating.
(Refer to Table 8.)

11.

A /* card must appear in the job
stream for every 1400 program, whether
or not the program has any card input.
This is because the Emulator Programs
read ahead on the card reader, or the
device assigned to SYSIPT, before they
know if the 1400 program contains a
Read instruction.

12.

1400 disk files written on either
stacked or unstacked packs under the
Model 30 Emulator Prog ram are compatible with files written under the
Model 40 Emulator Program, and vice
versa. In addition, disk files
created by the stand-alone compatibility on Models 25 and 30 are accepted
by the Model 30 and the Model 40 Emulator programs as unstacked packs.
(Disk files created by the Emulator

Example of Field Lengths Affecting MICR Devices

r---------------------------T-----------------------------------------------------------,
I
I
DELAY
I

r------------------T--=-===-=---------~-------------------~
11.5 uSEC MODEL 30 I 2.0 uSEC MODEL 301 2.5 uSEC MODEL 40
I
I
.--------T---------t-------~---------+_------~------------~
!
I <1MSEC I <4MSEC I <1MSEC I <4MSEC I <1MSEC I <4MSEC
I
~---------------------------+--------+---------+--------+---------+--------+-----------~
ILoad Characters (LCA)
La=314
La=1314
La=231
La=981
La=312
La=1274

I

I

1400 Instructions

I

IMove Characters (MLC)

La=251

La=1051

La=184

La=784

La=260

La=1060

La=252

La=1052

La=185

La=785

La=131

La=531

La=178

La=750

La=131

La=559

La=115

La=468

IMove & Binary Decode (MBD)

La=220

La=926

La=153

La=653

La=115

La=468

I
I Multiply
I
I

La=5;
Lb=11

La=13;
Lb=27

La=4;
Lb=9

La=11;
Lb=23

La=6;
Lb=13

La=16;
Lb=33

La=2;
Lb=5

La=7;
Lb=15

See
Note 7

La=7;
Lb=9

La=23;
Lb=36

La=131;
Lb=150

La=2;

La=65;
Lb=100

I

IMove Record (MRCM)

I

IMove & Binary Encode (MBC)

I

I Divide

I
I
I Edit
I

~-_--

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

___

I Lb=26

La=4;
La=9;
Lb=9
Lb=19
~-------~------------~
IEmulator Program editl
I No MICR Delays
I

--=----------------L--------L--------~--------~---------~

____________________

Notes:
1. La=Length of A-Field.
2. Lb=Length of B-Field.
3. Instructions listed are those most likely to have large data fields.
4. All Model 30 1401 Addresses are assumed to be over 4K.
5. All Model 30 1401 A and B Addresses are assumed to be indexed.
6. No special characters are assumed to be in any data field.
7. Unable to execute this instruction in less than 1 millisecond.

L______________________________________________________

~

I
I
I
I
I
I

I

_______________ JI

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

23

Table
,

7.

Performance Ratios

-------------------------------T---------------------------T---------------------------,
Original Computer I
I
I

I
I Under DOS
.-----~-----------------------

iI
I
I
I

iI

I
I

IBM 1401

I
I

IBM 1460

I
I

---------------------------+---------------------------~

Processina (1.5 micro- I Annrox. 3.5 times as fast. I AnDrox. 1.8 times as fast. I
~~~~~d - ~tC;ragej - ~ - - -

i ....

-

i ....

i

Model~------------------------+---------------------------+--------------------------~

30

I I/O
I

I Depends on specific units I Depends on specific units I
I involved.
I
I involved.

~------+------------------------+---------------------------+--------------------------~

I
I Processing (except for I Approx. 4.5 times as fast. I Approx. 2.3 times as fast. I
I
I
I
I
I MCE instruction)
I
~------------------------+---------------------------+---------------------------~
I Modell MCE instruction
I Approx. 5 times slower.
I Approx. 10 times slower. I
I 40 ~------------------------+---------------------------+---------------------------~
I
I I/O
I Depends on specific units I Depends on specific units I
LI ___________________________
JI
involved.
involved.
IL_____- iI -_______________________ LI ___________________________

programs are not accepted by the Model
25 or 30 stand-alone compatibility if
1400 labels are being processed.)
However, only Move-mode files written
under the stand-alone emulation on the
Model 40 are compatible with unstacked
packs produced under the Model 40 Emulator Program.

characters (121 including the control
character). If SYSLST is assigned to
tape, the maximum actual data length
is 144 characters (145 including the
control character). The first
character of each record corresponds
to the carriage-Control command that
is the System/360 Channel command Word
(CCW) command byte (known as type A in
the Multiprogramming Support (MPS)
utility macro instructions). For this
reason, the magnetic-tape unit must be
either a 9-track unit, or a 7-track
unit with the Data Conversion Feature.
DOS job control writes 121-character
records with an ASA control character
(known as type D in the MPS utility
macro instructions). See the publication IBM Syste~j360 Disk and Tape
Operating Systems: Utility Programs
Specifications, Form GC24-3465.

If the user desires to take advantage
of the stacked pack capabilities of
the Emulator Programs under DOS, the
user can perform a 1400 disk-to-tape
operation under stand-alone emulation.
Then, perform a tape-to-disk operation
with the Emulator Programs under DOS
to recreate the files on stacked
packs. This technique can also be

used to convert Load-mode files written under the stand-alone emulation on
the Model 40 to either stacked or
unstacked packs.
13.

A Scan Disk operation is not stopped
by cylinder overflow, but only by a
match or the sector count going to
zero.

14.

The Write Disk Check operation, a
disk-file-to-main-storage compare, is
a System/360 cyclic check of the data
on the 2311/2314.

15.

A check is not made to determine if
all records written on a specific
track are written in the same mode.

16.

1400 programs that depend on wronglength-record checks or cylinder overflow may not run correctly. These
conditions, as well as other disk
error conditions, are not passed to
the 1400 program.

17.

If SYSLST is assigned to disk~ the
maximum actual data length is 120

24

18.

The higher-order position of the
address portion of the disk control
field is assumed to be O. Fileprotection techniques using the highorder position of this address may not
be effective.
(Example: Normal
address and normal address plus xOO,
000 are treated as the same address.)

19.

1400 p~ograms that depend on the
absence of a feature may not be emulated properly (see RAdditional Features R in the RIntroduction R section).
For example, because the Emulator Program under DOS appears as a 16,000pOSition system to the 1400 program,
programs written for use on 1400 systems with lesser storage capacity may
require modification. The SIZ1400 parameter must be specified as one of
the actual 1400 memory sizes for programs generating coding dependent upon
actual machine size (e.q •• 1400 autocoder program).
- .

Table

8.

Unit-Record Operation Correspondence
2540

I

•
!1400 lait
laad Operatioa
I

1442
lodel
12

2501
lodel
B1~B2

2520
lodel
81

2520
lodel
B2~B3

lag.etici
Dayices I
(SISIO)!
I
,

Ileadia, oaly
t---IPaackia, oaly
~--

Ileadia, & Paackiaq

I

IPwack Peed lead
~-

Ileader Stacker Select
I--

lPa.ck Stacker Select
i-IPPI Stacker Select

t--,Iead

1442
lodel
11

51-Col Cards

lIS

YIS

III

lIS

lIS

1/1

IES

lIS

IlS1

YIS1

III

IlS1

lES1

lES

YIS

lOa

III

III

lOa

III

lES12

YIS~

10

III

III

10

III

10

YIS

YIS·

III

IIA

YES-

III

1/1

lIS

YIS·

III

III

YES-

YIS·

YES

liS.

10

III

III

10

III

10

YIS.

1/1

III

1/1

III

III

10

I
I
I
I

I

1
I

I
l
I
I
I
I

II

•
11442

I
1

t-------------------~i------_T------_r------~------~------~------r_------~I

Ileadia. oDly

j'aacaia. oaly

• lIS
I
I IIS7

t--

I

~

,Ieai data cards,
J
ItkaD
I YIS'
IPaack iato bIaak cards I
I
I
Ilead & PaDch saae card •• 115 10
~-

Ileader Stacker Select
I
'Paack Stacker Select
i
11444

I
I 115
I
I lIS

III

lIS

lIS

III

lIS

lIS

1/1

liS·

YES

YES

115·

1/1

1/1

lIS·

1/1

110

!ES·

III

1/1

1/1

10

liS

III

III

liS

liS

1/1

YIS

1/1

1/1

!ES

YIS

YES

YIS

I
f

~----------------~------T-----~r-----~-------r------~------.------~
t!S11
IESU.
I!S
YES
n:s
I'anchia!
Y!S
1/1

r--

IStacker Select
!2~!:

lIS

liS

1/1

1/1

lIS

YIS

YES

1/1=not applicable becaase of hardware liaitatioas.

110 execates oae additioaal feed before tae first Paack coaaaad is execated.
aperaissible if paDcaiag follows all readia,; i.e., data to be read followed by blaat
cards.
10 execates oae additional faed before tae first PaDck coaaaad is execQted.
3rf the PPI featares are iastalled oa tae 25_0 ('5890)
('5895).

aad

tae

2821

Coatrol

UDit

·:ards selectad to tae 1 or 4 pocket go into stacker 2; cards selected to the 2 or 8,
aad II aad IP cards
iato stacker 1.

,0

SIf

tke 2540 Coapatibility lttackaent ('8065) is installed oa tae 2821 Coatrol Oait •

• If the 51-Colaa. Intercha.geable Read Peed ('4151) is iastalled

08

tae 2540.

7Tkis applies oaly w.eD paachiDg into blaak cards. 1440 lead iastructions require a
blank data card i. the read uRit to sia.late initial aoyeaent to the punch station
of a 14.2. Panch-and-Stop and Punck-aDd-Skip instractioas are not siaalated on tke
2540 vitkoat the PPI feat.re •
• If punching is re,aired ia tke prograa, the 1/ 1.00 card aast iadicate tais by tae
oaissioR of opera.d Rd R •
• P~nchin9 the saae card oa a 1"2 (1400) allows tae sia.latioa
Panch-aad-Skip, Paach-aad-Peed, and lead Card iast.CtiORS.

of

Puaca-aDd-Stop,

10reraissible oaly if the PPI feat.re is installed. PPI=IIS aad PCH1400=1442 aQst be
specified aad a II PI card a.st be ased as the last card ia the reader t.o switch
readiag froa the reader to the p.ach side. card-iaage readiRq or pURcaiaq caRaot be
sia.lated in this way.
1110 execates one additioa.l feed before PQaching beqins to accoaodate tae deTices
with reading capability_ ~kerefoce tae first card will be a blaat card.
1&Two tape driYes aeeded, oae for SISIPT and one for SISPCH.

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

25

20.

The Emulator Program operator service
functions may be requested through the
INTERRUPT key only when OC=YES is
specified in the FOPT macro parameter
during DOS Supervisor generation.

21.

On nine-track tapes, a substitute
blank character (1401/1440/1460 A-bit
only) is never converted to a blank.

26.

Programs which rely on tape to be initially positioned at other than load
point may not execute properly. CS30/
40 assumes all tapes to be rewound and
at load point.

TIMING INFORMATION

22.

The DOS copy and restore disk utility
programs cannot be used for stacked
disk packs. When these operations are
required, 1400 disk-to-tape and 1400
tape-to-disk operations must be performed for each half of the stacked
pack using the Emulator Programs under
DOS.

23.

24.

When executing a 1440 program that
issues a read command to eject the
last card during 1442 file closing,
one blank card must be placed after
the last data card if not reading
ahead, or two blank cards after the /*
card if reading ahead.
The Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator
Programs do not provide System/360
disk or tape file label creation,
verification, or protection. If a
user's 1400 program does not perform
these functions, a 1400 or System/360
tape or disk file could be destroyed
without operator notification.
Disk file protection can be attained
only through 1400 p:f=ogrammill9. However, if user label checking is not
used in the 1400 program, then the
following techniques should be used to
afford volume protection.
•

•

25.

Use the DOS Clear Disk Utility Program to format all 1400 files and
specify an unexpired date in the
DLBL or DLAB statement. This
creates a VTOC entry for the file,
and thus, protects the file from
other System/360 programs.
Use the // DVOL control card and
specify DVOL=YES when generating
the user'S Emulator Program. By
initializing all user disk volumes
with different and unique volume
serial numbers, the OVOL facility
i~ures that the correct volume is
being used.

When Simulating a 1442 on the 2540,
the user must clear the previous read
information before iSSuing punch and
stop instruction. otherwise, repunching the same data read causes a 2540
hole count error, and message EC51D
PFR PUNCH ERROR is issued.

Throughput under emulation is not dictated so much by the Emulator as it is by
the 1400 program being executed. It is the
mix of CPU operations (executed by Read
Only Storage), I/O operations (executed by
program support), and the amount of interference from higher-priority partitions
that determines total throughput. Assuming
a normal distribution of the above considerations, a minimum throughput of one to
one with the original equipment can be
expected. However, this will vary by
application.
A comparison of processing times using a
representative sample of 1400 instructions
under the Model 30 and Model 40 Emulator
Programs with the 1401/1460 is presented in
Table 1. The estimated processing times
are based on the assumptions that the timer
is off and that there is no multiprogramming.
GENERAL COMMENTS ON I/O SIMULATION
In general, all I/O error recovery is
attempted in System/360 mode. The 1400
program is not notified of I/O errors and
need not include error tests. The exception to this situation is when mixed-parity
1-track tapes have been specified. Either
standard DOS operator intervention messages
from the physical input/output control system (PIOCS) or Emulator Program initiated
error-recovery messages are displayed when
necessary.
In effect, all I/O is double-buffered
since the Emulator Program reads and writes
from its own I/O areas in. System/360 main
storage. Hence, the Emulator Program usually is a card read ahead, a punch or print
behind, a tape read ahead, and a tape write
behind. Disk read operations are not overlapped nor read ahead, but disk write and
verify operations are written behind. Data
is always passed between the I/O areas of
the Emulator and the I/O areas of the 1400.
I/O device independence is provided for
all 1400 unit-record devices. The Emulator
Program simulates requests for unit-record
I/O (card reader, card punch, and printer)
from a comparable unit-record device or
magnetic-tape or disk unit. This enables
the user to efficiently utilize the System/
360 in a multiprogramming environment for
both 1400 and System/360 programs, while
reducing the total processing-time required
for most commercial 1400 applications.

USER-WRITTEN SIMULATION ROUTINES

Table

It is possible for the user to include
his own System/360 routine to support I/O
devices which are not supported by the Emulator Programs. The user~written simulation routine can be used to process 1400
instructions that use any of the unassigned
operation codes gi ven in Table 9. These
codes are normally considered to be invalid
by the ~ulator Programs and are treated as
1400 program errors. However, if USRPROG=
YES is specified at Emulator Program
generation time, control is passed to the
user-written simulation routine when the
Emulator Program encounters-any of these
unassigned codes. The user's routine
should test for those codes which are supported in his simulation routine. (Note:
1400 instructions which contain emulated
operation codes are not passed to the userwritten simulation routine unless an error
is detected in that instruction.) Desired
codes can be processed in any manner. Upon
completion of the processing. control can
be returned to the Emulator Program for the
Model 30 to continue normal processing with
the instruction:
BR

14

(normal return)

or to the Emulator Program for the Model 40
...
to either the 1400 NSI or to I-Fetch Q.'A-address with the instructions:

9.

UnaSSigned Operation Codes

r-------------------------T---------------,
I
I Model 40
I

I
I
I

I Operation
I
Unassiqned
! Code Nnmber
I
Operation Code
I (Hexadecimal) I
~-------------------------+---------------i
No word mark
I
00
+ Plus
I
01
( Left parenthesis
I
02
< Less than
I
03
Group mark
04
Minus
05
$' Dollar sign
06
* Asterisk
07
) Right parenthesis
OS
; Semicolon
09
f).
Delta
OA
¢
A bit only
OB
Word separator
OC
, Backward slash
OD
iffSegment mark
OE
bl Blank
OF
Colon
10
> Greater than
11
v Tape mark
20
Record mark
30
I
40
J
44
T
50
X
60
o Letter 0
SO
o Zero
90
- - - - - - - - - - - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

*

*

~

BR
B

14
4(14)

• Inserts a hexadecimal -operation code
number- into byte 3 of register O.
Table 9 lists the operation codes and
the corresponding operation code number
for one-, two-, seven-, or eight- position instructions. The operation code
number for four- or five-position
instructions is the ones complement of
the number listed in Table 9.

(Back to 1400 NSI)
(Back to I-Fetch at
A-address)

For all undesired codes, control should be
returned to the Emulator Progr~m for the
-ModeJ. 30 -withth-e instruction:
B

4(14)

(Error--Abort job)

or to the Emulator Program for the Model 40
with the instruction:
B

S(14)

(Error--Abort job)

In the Model 30 Emulator Program the
address of the 1400 instruction to be
executed is contained in register 6. The
instruction is in 1400 simulated storage.
All 1400 instructions and data are represented in 1400 simulated storage as shown
in Table 15. Also, the user must use the
special compatibility feature instructions
given in Appendix B when moving data
between 1400 simulated storage and the
user's System/360 routine.
In the Model 40 Emulator Program, 1400
instructions are not directly accessible.
Instead, the compatibility feature, when
encountering one of the operation codes
shown in Table 9, performs the following
functions:

• Places the A address, if any, into
bytes 0 and 1 of register 1.
• Places the B address, if any, into
bytes 2 and 3 of register 1.
8

Places the d-modifier, if any, into
byte 2 of register O.

• Places the address of the next sequential 1400 instruction into bytes 0 and
1 of register O.
Data in simulated 1400 storage and the dmodifier in register 0 are represented as
indicated in Table 14. The 1400 addresses
in registers 1 and 0 are represented in the
Emulator -hddd- format, Where -h- is a
hexadecimal digit and -d- is a packeddecimal digit. (For example: The 1400
address 13,444 (U4D in BCD) is a hexadecimal -D444- in the -hddd- format.) When moving data between 1400 simulated storage and
the user's simulation routine, the user
Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

27

--_. - - - - -

--.L----

-

-

•

By TNL: GN33-7012
must use the specia I compa tibili ty feature
instructions given in Appendix D. General
purpose register 15 contains the address of
the simulation routine and can be used as a
base register.
All user-written routines must save and
restore registers 0 through ;5, and the
routines must be cataloged in the Assembler
Source statement Library~ To catalog a
program in the Assembler Source Statement
Library, the following sequence of cards
must be used:
CATALOG
// JOB
~AINT
/1 EXEC
CATALS A. progname
BKEND

:!

User-written routine

BKEND

1*

/&

To include the user-written routine in
the Emulator Program, the following sequence of cards must be used when generating the Emulator Program:
II JOB

// OPTION LI S'I

1/ EXEC

euname

•·.li
END

ASSE~BLY

MACRO
USRPROG
COpy progna me
MEND
EU30[EU40]
Emulator Program parameters
ACOMP01

The name "progname" is the name used to
catalog the user-written routine in the
Assembler Source statement Library.
Any CSECTS generated in the user's
routine must be added by means of userinserted INCLUDE cards placed after the
'!NCLUDE, (ACOMPO',' card (punched by the
emulatorl at link-edit time, unless AUTO·
LINKING procedures are employed.

~Q!~:

Two methods are used to read cards. The
method used depends on whether overlapped
operations are possible. When it is, cards
are preread into buffer areas and the standard 1* DOS data delimiter card is used to
provide a last card indication for the preceding data card. However, cards are not
preread by the Emulator Program during 1442
read-punch-update simulation or during
read-staCKer-select simulation. In the
case of no prereading, the ~400 program
initiates the nhysical reading of the card.
To inform the Emulator Program of a pending
end-of-file condition, the 1/ LC Emulator
control card must be placed before the last
data card in the deck. Although the II LC
card is required only when preread operations will not occur, it is suggested that
both the II LC and 1* cards be used. This
procedure will relieve the user from having
to distinguish each time whether there is a
preread operation or not. The system makes
this distinction and ignores the 1/ LC card
during preread operations.
When readinq ahead and not stacker
selecting, a Reader Stacker Selection instruction will be treated as a No-Operation
(No-apl, and a Reader Stacker Selection and
Branch as an unconditional branch. It
should be note~ that it is possible to name
a stacker for all input cards in the
II 1400 control card.
Punch stacker selection is optionally
supported. Unless a 1401/1460 program is
known to inclu~e stacker selection for all
or most punch instructions, punch stacker
selection should not be simulated. This is
because punch overlapping is lost if the
Emulator Program expects a stacker select
following a punch and does not get one.
A 1402 and/or a 1442 can be simulated on
a card-read-punch or magnetic-tape or disk
unit extent attached to the System/360 subject to the limitations of Table 8. Eighty
columns will be read and punched into or
from 1400 locations 1 to 80 and 101 to 180,
respectively, if a 1402 is being simulated.
Either 80 columns or the number of columns
preceding a groupmark with a wordmark are
read into or punched from the B-Address of
a 1442 instruction if that device is being
simulated.
If PDP1400=1442, PCH360=2540, and PFR=
a-re sp-ecified, the -instructions to read
and punch the same card can be emulated if
the PFR feature is installed on the 2540
Card Read Punch. READ~SS=YES is required
when simulatino stacker selection. A II PF
card conditions the program to read all
following cards from the punch side. Consequently, all data cards should be on the
punch side of the 2540, and a blank card
should be placed in front of the first data
card. The data cards are not read ahead,
and the 1/ LC card and a hlank card should
YES

~lnULA!lON_QE-ILQ_~~!I£~2

CARD READ PUNCH SIMULATION
Reader stacker selection is optionally
supported. Because card read speed is
reduced when such simulation is specified,
the user is advised to employ it only when
essential. Cards are read ahead except
when simulating reader stacker selection,
or 1442 read-punch updating.
28

follow the last data card.
After the user
end-of-job routine, DOS controls card reading and thus reinitializes the read functions to normal. Programs with overlays
cannot be cataloged if using this option.

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

28.1

1402 punch-feed-read operations may be
simulated on a 2540 with both the PunchFeed-Read feature ~~~ the-2540 Compatibility Feature. The Compatibility Feature is
required only when simulating stacker
selection (PUNCHSS=YES) of punch-feed-read
cards. A blank card should be placed in
front of the first data card.
Because standard DOS or Emulator Program
initiated operator-intervention messages
are given in the case of card errors, 1400
Branch on Punch-Error or Read-Error
instructions are normally treated as NoOps. However, on the ~odel 40 the Branch
on Read Error indication optionally can be
returned to the 1400 program. 402/403 MLP
code conversion is automatic on the ~odel
40 and optional on the Kodel 30. Refer to
parameter c of the II 1400 card in the
"Control Cards" section.
1400 Card-Read instructions may be simulated on any card reader or magnetic-tape
or disk unit assigned to SYSIPT. The Emulator Program checks for the type of device
assigned to SYSIPT a t execution time and
constructs proper 1/0 commands for that
particular device. If the unit assigned to
SYSIPT is a magneti:- tape or disk unit,
all records must contain 80-byte unblocked
records, and disk record s must be organized
either as a standard sequential file
(E XTENT Type 1; or 3. s a spii t=c ylinder
sequential file (EXTENT Type 128) with a
key length of zero and a data length of 80.
All disk records must be contained within
one extent, specified in the standard manner; however, multireel magnetic-tape files
are supported. The Emulator Program
rewinds and unloads a tape unit upon encountering a ta pemark.
The 51-:olumn Interchangeable Read Feed
feature is supported by the utilization of
a II 51 control card, which is the last
8D-column card before the first 51-column
card. This card causes the Emulator Program to issue console message EC03D •. After
the operator has mounted the device on the
2540 Card Read Punch and readied the reader, he enters START in response to message
EC03D to continue processing. The II 51
control card conditions the program to move
columns 15-65 of the card buffer area into
1400 storage. When the 51-column feature
is being utilized, column-binary and punchfeed-read operations are excluded. Stacker
selection is limited by the device to the
R1 and R2 pockets; therefore, parameter "c"
of the II 1400 control card must not be a
2.
(See "The II 1400 Control Card" in the
"Control Cards" section.) SYSIPT must be
the 2540 :ard Read Punch.
The Column-Binary or Card-Image feature
utilizes a II CB control card to cause all
following cards to be read in data mode 2.

If the 1400 program ~as normal BCD Read
instructions, the data is translated to
data mode 1 when loaded into 1400 storage.
Unrecognized characters are replaced with
blanks. This facility could .be used for
bypassing data checks. The II CB control
card must immediately precede the first
column=binary data card. When the ColumnBinary feature is being utilized, 51-column
and PFR operations are excluded for that
run. SYSIPT must be on the card reader.
Column-Binary or Card-Image-Punch instructions do not require control cards, and are
executed in the correct mode when encountered.
These cards are punched in 1400
column binary representations and can only
be read by 1400, or simulated 1400 devices
or emulators.

BQ~~:

1400 Card-Punch instructions may be
simulated on any card punch or magnetictape or disk unit aSSigned to SYSPCH within
the physical limitations of the device (see
Table 8). The Emulator Program checks for
the type of device aSSigned to SYSP:ff at
execution time and constructs proper IIO
commands for that particular device. If
SYSPCH is assiqned to a magnetic-tape or
disk unit, either 80- or 81-character records are written unblocked.
If the symbolic parameter PUN:HSS=NO is
specified at assembly time or no punch
stacker selection is indicated in the
1/ 1400 control card, 80-character records
are written unblocked on the magnetic unit.
If the symbolic parameter PUN:RSS=YES for
1~44 or 1402 simulation, or if READRSS=YES
for 1442 simulation and the II 1400 control
card indicates that punch stacker selection
is to be simulated, 81-character records
are written unblocked on the magnetic unit.
The first character of each 81-character
record corresponds to the Stacker Select
command that is the standard extended
American Standard Association (ASA) code
(V is pocket 1, W is pocket 2). Since ASA
codes provide for only two possible pockets
for stacker selection, 1~02 Card-Punch
instructions directing the output to pocket
8 (read-punch pocket) contain the code V.
Rhen SYSPCH is assigned to a magnetictape unit, multireel output files are supported as the Emulator Program writes a
single tapemark at t~e end of the reel,
rewinds, and unloads the unit upon detection of an end-of-reel condition. A tapemark is written at the beginning of the
next reel. Upon termination of the 1400
program (either normally or abnormally).
the Emulator Program writes a 1* delimiter
followed by a character other than blank in
column 4. It then writes a single tapemark
to indicate end of file, then backspaces
one record (past the tapemark) so that the

Simulation of IBK 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

29

next job in the job stream may continue to
use the unit for SYSPCH, or the unit may be
rewound and unloaded to preserve the integrity of the file.
No tape labels are
written by, nor are any tape labels
required by the Emulator Program. The tape
unit is presumed to be properly 6positioned
_
.~

~r~._

.~~

~w

.~~~a

~ll~

~~_~.

~~~o~

_____ __ __
~

~a~VLU

~

~L~VL

.~_

~V

~u~

execution of the 1400 program. If SYSPCH
is assigned to a disk unit, 80- or 81character records are written unblocked
within one extent. All disk records have a
key length of zero.
Proper DLBL and EXTENT
cards must be submitted. to DOS prior to the
assignment of SYSPCH to a disk unit; therefore, no label checking is required by the
Emulator Program. File organizations supported include standard sequential (EXTENT
Type 1) and split-cylind.er sequential
(EXTENT Type 128). If end of extent is
reached prior to the termination of the
1400 program, console message EC741 is displayed followed by message EC83I, and the
1400 program is abnormally terminated~ The
Emulator Program does ll2i close a disk file
assigned to SYSPCH upon termination of a
1400 program; therefore, the operator must
issue a standard CLOSE command to SYSPCH
upon completion o£ the job stream. The
number of records written on each disk
track is 25 for the 2311 and 39 for the
2314. The user should calculate his file
requirements to ensure that the assigned
extent contains sufficient space to hold
the file prior to the execution of the
program.
PRINTER

SI~ULATION

All printer operations are supported
except selective tape listing. This operation may be added by the user if desired.
1401 and 1460 combination IIO instructions
are supported.
As in the case of reader punches, a 1403
andlor a 1443 may be supportei on either
device (or a magnetic-tape or disk unit)
attached to a System/360.
If a 1403 is to be simulated, 132 positions are printed from 1400 locations 201
to 332, unless otherwise indicated by the
PTRLN:; parameter. If a 1443 is being simulated, 120 or 144 positions or the characters preceding a groupmark are printed from
the B-Address of a 1443 instruction, whichever is specified in the PTRLNG parameter.
To achieve maximum overlap, Branch-OnCarriage-Overflow instructions do not cause
the Emulator Program to wait for printer
device end. Therefore, the 1400 program
does not know of a channel-overflow condition until it bas executed the Print command (or Space command) after the command
that caused the overflow. This requires
30

that the channel-12 hole be moved up one
line in the carriage tape from its 1400
position. The channel-overflow latch
remains set until the 1400 program executes
a Skip command or, if a 1440 is being emulated, a Branch-On-Overflow instruction.
When the CARRCTL=YES parameter option is
specified, the Emulator Program maintains a
carriage-control-tape image area in main
storage. As printer operations are performed, a pointer in this area indicates
the position of the print line on the page.
This area is checked for overflow and channel indications rather than interrogating
the printer indicators. When the user
wishes to utilize the"carriage-control-tape
image option, he uses the II CCTL control
cards at 1400-program execution time (see
"The II CCTL Control Cards" in the "Control
Cards" sectionl. The proper carriagecontrol tape still must be placed in the
printer to provide the skip to channel
punches~
The 1/ CCTL control card 9 and 12
punches must correspond to those on the
System/360 carriage control tape (i.e., the
channel 9 and 12 holes must be moved up one
line in either case from its 1400
position) •
Since all 1/0 error recovery is done in
System/360 mode, a 1400 branch on printer
error or branch on printer busy is treated
as a No-Op.
1404 cut-card operations are simulated
only on a 1404. Thus, both PTR1400 and
PTR360 must specify a 1404 and PTR1S:;N must
specify a programmer logical unit other
than the default value SYSLST. A billfeed-read operation, as well as any v.alid
combination instruction, causes 30 bytes to
be transferred to 1400 storage. During
bill-feed-read operations, the carriagecontrol-tape-image option provided by the
II CCTL card is discontinued and the billfeed-read operations are not overlapped.
If continuous forms operations are to be
simulated, parameters PTR1400 and PTR360
must specify a 1403, therefore, a different
generation of the Emulator Program must be
used.

I

1400 printer instructions (excluding
1404 bill-feed operations) may be simulated
on any printer or magnetic-tape or disk
unit assigned to SYSLST. The Emulator Program checks for the type of device aSSigned
to SYSLST at execution time and constructs
proper I/O com.ands for that particular
device. If SYSLST is assigned to a
magneti=-tape unit, records are written
unblocked, and have a length dependent on
the line length specified in the PTRLNG
parameter. The record length is equal to
Pl'RLNG + 1. (Exception: when PTRLN:;=100,
the record lenqth is 121 characters.) The
first character of each record corresponds

to the Carriage-Control command that is the
System/360 Channel Command Word (CCW) command byte (known as type A in the multipro-

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

30.1

gramming support (MPS) utility macro
instructions). For this reason, the
magnetic-tape unit must be either a 9-track
unit or a 7-track unit with the Data Conversion Feature. DOS Job Control writes
121-character records with an ASA control
character (known as type D in the MPS utility macro instructions).
The Emulator Program uses the type-A
forms control character for throughput
efficiency. Since most 1400 forms-control
commands are of the form "write a line and
space" or "skip after printing," the use of
ASA codes causes two records to be written
for each 1400 command (one for the line of
print, the other for the forms movement
after printing). Type -A control characters provide the print-and-space-after
facility in one record. Multireel output
files are supported since the Emulator Program writes a single tapemark at the end of
the reel, rewinds, and unloads the unit
upon detection of an end-of-reel condition.
A tapemark is written on the beginning of
the next reel. Upon termination of the
1400 program (either normally or abnormally), the EmUlator Program writes a single
tapemark to indicate end of file, then
backspaces one record (past the tapemark)
so that the next job in the job stream may
continue to use the unit for SYSLST, or the
unit may be rewound and unloaded to preserve the integrity of the file. No tape
labels are written by, nor are any tape
labels required by the Emulator Program.
The tape unit is presumed to be properly
positioned to write the fi~st record prior
to the execution of the 1400 program.
If SYSLST is assigned to a disk unit,
121-character records are written unblocked
within one extent (key length zero, data
length 121). The first character of each
record corresponds to the carriage-Control
command, followed by the first 120 print
positions. The remaining 12 print positions are truncated. DOS Job Control messages may be bypassed, except that ali records are 121 bytes in length; therefore,
the user must separate the records in some
other manner, such as testing the first
character of each record (forms-control
character). Proper DLBL and EXTENT cards
must be submitted to DOS prior to the
assignment of SYSLST to a disk unit; therefore, no label checking is required by the
Emulator Program. File organization supported includes standard sequential (EXTENT
Type 1) and split-cylinder sequential
(EXTENT Type 128). If end of extent is
reached prior to the termination of the
1400 program, console message EC73I is displayed, and the 1400 program is abnormally
terminated. The Emulator Program does not
close a disk file aSSigned to SYSLST upon
termination of the 1400 program; therefore,
the operator must issue a standard CLOSE

command to SYSLST upon completion of the
job stream. The number of records written
on each disk track is 19 for the 2311 and
32 for the 2314. The user should calculate
his file requirement to ensure that the
assigned extent contains sufficient space
to hold the file prior to the execution of
the 1400 program.- It should be noted that
the 1400 Printer commands, which cause
immediate spacing or skipping without writing a line, cause a record to be written.
If SYSLST is assigned to either tape or
disk, and the CARRCTL=YES parameter option
is not specified, the standard DOS linecount facility (initialized for each job to
the value of the "LINECT=nnft parameter of
the SET card, or to the standard value) is
used to simUlate end-of-form conditions
(channel 9 or channel 12 in the carriagecontrol tape, but not both). As each line
is written, the count is decremented by the
number of lines spaced (e.g., a write and
space two lines after print decrements the
count by two). Since the number of lines
skipped when simulating a skip to channels
2 through 11 cannot be predicted, the count
is decremented by one. It is not desirable
to assign SYSLST to a magnetic unit when
the 1400 program prints a variable number
of lines between form skips and a preprinted form is being used. To calculate
the value to be used in the DOS ·LINECT=nn"
parameter, the number of lines written from
the channel-1 punch in the carriage-control
tape to the channel-12 punch are counted,
and to this are added the number of lines
spaced between the two punches plus one for
each immediate skip to channels 2 through
11.
~AGNETIC-TAPE

SIMULATION

All magnetic-tape operation codes for
the 1400 programs are supported. Process
overlap is treated in the same manner as
described in the publication IBM System/360
Model 30 1401/1440/1460 Compatibility Feature, Form GA24-3255.
7-track tapes should be specified to run
the appropriate parity with the translator
on and the converter off. Mixed even- and
odd-parity tapes can be'simulated only with
a loss of read ahead capability.
The following specifications, which are
made in the DOS ASSGN card for assigning a
logical I/O unit to a physical device, are
used to specify mode settings for 7-track
and 9-track tapes. The first six entries
are valid only for 7-track tape. The last
four entries are valid only for 9-track
tape. If the mode setting is not specified
in the ASSGN card, the system assumes odd
parity at 800 bpi with the translator off
and the converter on for 7-track tapes

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

31

which can cause invalid recording of data
for emulation. X'CO' is the normal reset
mode for a 9-track tape unit and specifies
the maximum byte density for that device.
x'CS' is an Alternate-mode setting for 9track dual-density tapes only. The specifications are:
setting BPI
X'2S'
200
X'3S'
200
X'6S'
556
X'7S'
556
SOO
X'AS'
X'BS'
SOO
SOO
X'CO'
1600
X'CO'
X'CO'

1600

X'CS'

SOO

parity
even
odd
even
odd
even
odd
single-density 9-track
single-density 9-track
(phase-encoded)
dual-density 9-track
(phase-encoded)
dual-density 9-track
(phase-encoded)

labels are not supported by the Emulator
Program.
Tape Error Recovery
A Tape Error Recoverv routine is provided as an option and is used in conjunction with an IGNORE response to a standard
DOS data-check message. This routine is
available only if ·TAPERRS=xxx· is specified when the Emulator Program is generated
(·xxx· may be LST, LOG, LSTCHAR, or LOGCHAR
in order to define where and in 'what format
the display is to take place).
The Tape Error Recovery routine provides
a simUlation of the diagnostic read and
storage scan operations used on 1400 systems. These operations are simulated using
the System/360 I/O area, so changes are not
made by the operator to 1400 storage.

The operations performed by the Emulator
Program are read, write, and control operations. Therefore, all logical IOCS functions (i.e., label checking, blocking/
deblocking, etc.) remain the responsibility of the 1400 program with one exception.
This exception is that the Emulator Program
provides error recovery if mixed parity has
not been specified for the given drive. A
Tape Error Recovery routine is provided to
simulate an operator-initiated diagnostic
read and storage scan.

When a data-check condition is detected
(after the DOS supervisor has tried to
reread the tape block), a standard DOS
error message is displayed by the operating
system on the console. The only valid
responses to this DOS message are CANCEL or
IGNORE. The IGNORE response returns control to the Emulator Program, since it is
the System/360 problem program that issued
the I/O request.

Load-mode operations are supported, but
they are not overlapped with processing or
other tape operations. This is because
Load-mode operations must support checkpoint records, which require the combining
of all tape I/O buffers. A 16K 1400 checkpoint, as written by SORT 7, requires a
System/360 I/O area in excess of 16,000
bytes. Checkpoint is, therefore, not feasible on a System/360 with less than 64K.

When the operator enters IGNORE, the
tape block is displayed on SYSLST or SYSLOG
by the Emulator Program. The first four
characters of each line indicate the
System/360 storage address of the first
byte displayed (in hexadecimal). This
address is followed h¥ ten S-byte fields of
data. Nonprintable characters are translated to an asterisk (*), except the 1400
groupmark, which is translated as a dollar
sign($).

The Emulator Program, does not support
read-ahead operations if the tape being
read contains mixed even- and odd-parity
records. When th~ Emulator Program recognizes a Read in the wrong mode, it sets the
1400 error indicator and returns to the
1400 program; thus, read-ahead operations
on tape are impractical with mixed-parity
tapes. Tape error recovery is performed by
the 1400 program and not ~ the Disk
Operating System. If the user wants the
1400 program to handle tape error recovery
on a particular tape drive, he should specify mixed parity even though mixed-parity
records are not on the tape.

After printing the entire error block,
the following messages are typed on SYSLOG:

1400 tapes written or read by the Emulator Program are completely compatible with
those written under machine compatibility
or on a 1400 system (provided 7-track tapes
are used). System/360 volume and header-

A response of B causes the tape block in
error to be bypassed and not given to the
1400. Processing continues with the,next
block. The 1400 is not informed that a
block has been bypassed.

either
EC601 MESSAGE RESPONSES ARE B=BYPASS,
P=PROCESS
or
EC611 MESSAGE RESPONSES ARE B=BYPASS,
P=PROCESS, B=BEX-DISPLAY
followed by
EC62D TAPE BLOCK IN ERROR
The output of message EC601 or EC611 is
determined by the options specified at Emulator system generation.

A response of P causes the tape block to
be passed to the 1400 as is. Control then
is returned to the 1400 program.
A response of H causes the error block
to be displayed in hexadecimal format
exactly as it was read into System/360 main
storage. Parity is, of course, corrected
by the channel. After the hexadecimal display, the operator again has the option of
responding with a B or P.
Magnetic-Tape Data Representation
Nine-Track Tape Data: The 9-track
magnetic-tape output of 1400 compatibility
applications is similar to the ~track tape
format used with normal System/360 operations, except that parity is represented by
bit 1 of the byte. This allows for the
processing of mixed-parity data on 9-track
tape. With even parity, each 6-bit Binary
Coded Decimal (BCD> character is represented by its corresponding BCDIC-8 bit
configuration.
(See Table 16.) Bit 1 of
the BCDIC-8 character is always on (1).
With odd parity, each 6-bit BCD character
is represented by its corresponding BCDIC-8
character representation as shown in Table
lS. Bit 1 of the 8-bit BCDIC-8 byte is off
(0).

Example:
EVen parity:

xlxxxxxx

Odd parity:

xOxxxxxx

DIRECT-ACCESS SIMULATION
The Emulator Programs support up to five
1311 Disk Storage Drives or one module of
1301 Disk Storage on 2311 Disk Storage
Drives or, alternately, five 1311 drives
and/or one module of a 1301 drive on 2314
Direct Access Storage Facilities. Alternately, a Modell or Model 2 140S Disk
Storage may be simulated. Simulation of
the 140S, however, excludes simulation of
1301/1311. The five 1311 drives may be
simulated on as few as two-and-a-half or as
many as five disk packs on 2311s. // ASSGN
cards may be used at object time to assign
each 1311 to a 2311 or a 2314, and a parameter in the // 1400 control card specifies
which half of the 2311 or which quadrant of
a 2314 is to be used for the 1311 file(s).
Hence, any 1311 can be simulated on either
half of any installed 2311 or on any quadrant of a 2314, with the necessary assignments made at object time.
One module of 1301 Disk Storage requires
five complete 2311 Disk Storage Drives or
two-and-a-half disk packs on 2314 modules.
These 2311 drives and 2314 modules must be
separate and distinct from any 2311 drives
and 2314 modules used to simulate 1311 Disk
Storage Drives.

where ·x· may be either 1 or O.
A tape error is recognized during evenparity operations when bit 1 is a 0 and
during odd-parity operations when bit 1 is
a 1. The 9-track, Normal-mode, odd-parity
tape format is not compatible with conventional EBCDIC System/360 tape. Its sole
purpose is to preserve character compatibility between Emulators; for example, when
card-to-tape operations are being performed
on a 1401 Emulator and the output is to be
input to a 1410 Emulator.
Alternate mode provides for the recording of either 6-bit binary or BCD data in
standard EBCDIC format on 9-track tape
operating in Compatibility mode. Use of
Alternate mode is desirable when processing
6-bit binary information with System/360
programs.
If specified at Emulator system generation, the Alternate tape mode of operation
sets bit 1 to 1 (see Table 16, note 1).
The input/output (external storage) EBCDIC
should not be confused with the internal
code used with the Compatibility Features.

Seven-Track Tape Data: Seven-track tape
data is represented exactly as it is on
1400-series systems. Seven-track tape
requires that the appropriate 7-Track Compatibility FeatUre be installed on the tape
control unit to convert BCD data to EBCDIC,
and that the 7-Track Read/Write Head be
installed on the magnetic-tape unit.

The programmer logical units to be used
for 1311 and 1301 simulation are assigned
according to assembly parameter cards.
Unless changed by the user, the following
assignments for 1301 simUlation on a 2311
are assumed:
---Programmer
1301 Sector Address
Logical Unit
SYS001
000000-039999
SYS002
040000-079999
SYS003
080000-119999
120000-159999
SYS004
160000-199999
SYSOOS
Unless changed by the user, the following aSSignments are assumed for 1301 simulation on a 2314:
Programmer
1301 Sector Address
Logical Unit
000000-079999
SYS001 (Module 1)
SYS002 (Module 2)
080000-159999
160000-199999
SYS003 (Module 3)
The assignment of these logical units to
physical units is accomplished with the
// ASSGN card used by DOS Job Control.)

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

33

Both 1311 and 1301 are simulated by
writing 100-character records without keys,
20 to the track.
(Track record uses one
2980-character l::ecord without a key.)
(See
-Disk-Pack Initialization" in this section.
A 1405 may be simulated

,n

lieu of 1311

or 1301. In this instance, two 2311 drives
or one module of a 2314 facility are
required for a Modell and four 2311 drives
or two modules of a 2314 facility for a
Model 2. As with 1311 simulation, the programmer logical units are assigned in the
macro generation. Each 2311 contains
twenty-five thousand and each 2314 module
contains fifty thousand 200-character records.

r~~l

i

disk operations are supported,
including Load mode, track record, sector
count overlay, and s can disk. Disk errors
are handled in System/360 mode, so the 1400
is never informed of disk error conditions.
Therefore, those programs that depend on
error conditions from disk in order to run
may not run correctly (e.g., cylinder overflow). Seek operations are overlapped with
subsequent processing or other I/O operations, as are write operations. Read
operations are not overlapped, since the
assumption is made that processing is random in most cases. Write-check operations
may be optionally accomplished by specifying VERIFY=YES at assembly time. In order
to provide maximum overlap, this write
check is not performed when requested by
the 1400 program, but is done on a delayed
basis. If VERIFY=YES is not specified at
assembly time, the 1400 program Write-Check
instruction is treated as a No-Operation.
However, when specified, the time for per~
forming disk write operations may be
increased by as much as 50 percent. The
1311/1301 disk control field is updated by
i te- check operation.

a--'' W

Disk-Pack Initialization
Emulator/DOS 1311 and/or 1301 disk routines are designed to operate with formatted 1316 (on the 2311) and 2316 (on the
2314) disk packs. That is, each track must
be written with either 100-character or
2980-character records without keys prior
to accessing it under the Emulator Programs. This may be done using the DOS
Initialize Disk and Clear Disk utility programs, with or without the option for
assigning cylinder 200 as a prime data
cylinder, and specifying the appropriate
parameters for clearing or initializing
tracks or sectors. The only times that the
option for assigning cylinder 200 as a
prime data cylinder is selected is when the
user wishes to simulate:
(1) two 1311
drives on one 2311, (2) four 1311 drives on
one 2314 module, or (3) one module of the
1301 on either a 2311 or 2314.
34

The Emulator Program reads and writes
100-character records when the 1400 program
requests sector operations (either Move or
Load mode) and 2980-character records when
the 1400 program requests track-record
operations (either Move or Load mode).
When Load-mode operations are performed.
the 1400 program either gets or puts the
first 90 characters of the 100-character
records or the first 2682 characters of the
2980-character records.
The reason the Emulator Programs do not
read and write 90- or 2682- character records is that such an approach makes it
impossible for the Emulator Programs to
alternately use a track for both Move- and
Load-mode operations, such as is done in
1400 disk sort programs. The Model 30
stand-alone Compatibility Feature and the
Model 40 stand-alone Emulator Program write
compatible move-mode records on the first
half of a 1316 (i.e., cylinders 1 through
100). However, Model 40 stand-alone emulator load-mode records on the first half of
a 1316 are not compatible with the Emulator
Programs under DOS because these load-mode
records are 90 or 2682 characters in
length.
1311 Disk Initialization: the Emulator
Programs under DOS use cylinders 1 through
100 to simUlate a 1311 on the first half of
a 2311, just as straight compatibility
does.
(Tracks 0 and 1 of cylinder 0 are
reserved for the volume label and VTOC and
are not used by the Emulator programs.) In
addition, the Emulator Programs under DOS
use cylinders 101 through 200 to simUlate a
1311 on the second half of a 2311. On a
2314, the Emulator Programs use cylinders 1
through 50 and heads 0 through 19 to simulate a 1311 on the first quadrant, cylinders 51 through 100 and heads 0 through 19
to simulate a 1311 on the second quadrant,
cylinders 101 through 150-and heads 0
through 19 to simulate a 1311 on the third
quadrant, and cylinders 151 through 200 and
heads 0 through 19 to simulate a 1311 on
the fourth quadrant.
Users who run their programs under 1400
emulation under DOS first must initialize
their disk packs using the DOS Initialize
Disk utility program. If the user desires
to simUlate two 1311 drives on a 2311 or
four 1311 drives on a 2314, he must use the
stacked-disk option in the DOS Initialize
Disk program. Normally, the user then runs
the DOS Clear Disk utility program for
clearing and formatting unstacked packs.
For stacked packs, he uses the stacked-disk
option in the DOS Clear Disk utility
program.
In using the stacked-disk option in the
DOS Clear Disk utility program, the user
should specify a high expiration date of

to cylinder 110, head 19 for the 2314.
Cylinders 111 to 199 of the 2314 module are
available to the user, as are cylinders 194
to 199 of the 2311.

99365 to reserve an extent in the VTOC,
thus preventing Emulator-allocated space
from being allocated to another file.
Since cylinder 200 normally is used for
alternate tracks, users desiring to simulate two 1311 drives on a 2311 (four on a
2314) or a 1301 on a 2311 or 2314 must use
the stacked-disk option in the DOS Initialize Disk utility program to initialize the
1316 or 2316 packs for use by the Emulator
Programs. Normally, the DOS Initialize
Disk program assigns defective tracks to
alternate tracks beginning on cylinder 200
and indicates the correct number of unassigned alternate tracks in the Format 4
label. Optionally, tracks 2 to 9 of
cylinder 0 and cylinders 201 and 202 are
assigned as alternate tracks, with cylinder
200 assigned as a prime data track. If the
entire disk pack is dedicated to emulation
under DOS (stacked), cylinder 200 is used
as a data track. If the entire disk pack
is not dedicated (unstacked), cylinder 200
is used as an alternate track. If a pack
that formerly used cylinder 200 as a data
track is released for open-shop use, the
pack should be reformatted with the normal
option of the DOS Initialize Disk utility
program prior to release.
AUTOCODER/COBOL assemblies can be accomplished under the Emulator Programs with
generally improved timings. The AUTOCODER
system pack can be simulated on either half
of a 2311 or either quadrant of a 2314 and
should be Dreformatted to all 100-character
records. it can be built under the Emulator Programs from standard card input,
using normal 1400 system generation
procedures.
1301 Disk Initialization: Users of a 1301
drive on the 2311/2314 should initialize
the 2311/2314 drives with the DOS Initialize Disk utility program, using the option
for cylinder 200. The 2311/2314 drives
should be cleared with the DOS Clear Disk
utility program, using the option for
cylinder 200 and specifying a key length of
o and a data length of 100 for sector
operations and a key length of 0 and a data
length of 2980 for full-track operations.
1405 Disk Initialization: 1405 disk routines are designed to operate with formatted 1316 or 2316 disk packs; however,
all operations (sector and track) require
200-character records. Load-mode operations are accomplished in the same manner
as described for the 1311. The disk packs
should be initialized normally with the DOS
Initialize Disk utility program. The user
must clear the 1316 and 2316 disk packs to
200-character records (key length of zero)
with the DOS Clear Disk utility program
from cylinder 1, head 0 to cylinder 193,
head 9 for the 2311, and cylinder 1, head 0

CONSOLE INQUIRY SIMULATION
Read and Write Console Printer instructions in Move or Load mode are supported
when OSINQRY=1400 or YES. A single console
Read instruction transfers up to 50 characters including wordmarks entered from the
console and places a groupmark with a wordmark after the last character entered. A
single console Write instruction types 200
characters or those characters preceding a
groupmark with a wordmark. Wordmarks in
Load mode count as a character. Read Console Printer instructions in Load mode can
be executed. However, a groupmark/wordmark
in 1400 storage does not lock the PrinterKeyboard, and the operator may continue to
type data. When the Emulator Program
encounters a groupmark/wordmark in 1400
storage while transferring data, data
transfer is stopped. In order to determine
if a groupmark/wordmark has stopped data
transfer, the DISPLAY operator service
function can be used. The Emulator Program
does not support the functional control
character tabulate ([). The console
inquiry Q latch function is also supported
when OSINQRY=1400 or YES.
The 1052 printer-Keyboard emulates the
1407 or 1447 Console Inquiry Station. The
correlation of the functions of the 1407/
1447 with those of the 1052 are shown in
Table 10.
There are certain differences between
the 1407/1447 graphics and those of the
1052. The 1407/1447 record mark (*),
exclamation mark (!), and question mark (1)
are not produced by the 1052. Substituted
for these special characters are the lowercase alphabetics "x·, .p., and .g., respectively. A wordmark is represented on the
1052 by an underscore (_) preceding the
character associated with the wordmark. A
word separator character is represented as
a lower-case w. The graphics of the 1052
that are dissimilar to those produced by
the 1407/1447 are listed in Table 11.
DIFFERENCES IN PRINTER GRAPHICS
Wherever possible the Emulator Program
attempts to translate 1400 BCD graphic symbols to corresponding EBCDIC graphic symbols. On the other hand, a number of the
1400 BCD graphic symbols are not on the
standard System/360 printer chains. The
Emulator Program, therefore, translates
these BCD symbols to EBCDIC symbols that
can be printed.

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

35

Table 10.

Correspondence of 1407/1447 Functions With 1052 Functions

r-------------------T--------------------T----------------------------------------------,

,

1407 Function

,1447 Function

I

,1052 Function

~-------------------+--------------------+----------------------------------------------1

'TYPE key

,

,

,

REQUEST key

,

I

I

I

I

I

I

"Tl\1ATlTDV

,

,

,

ALTN CODING KEY AND "5" key (EOB)

I

Console INTERRUPT key
"EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION"
-'-",,-!V..L~,".L

1/. {\{\II
-,--rvv

,

I
I

,...,,~1.,

I

..L'C.I::'-'-1'

I

t-------------------+----~---------------+----------------------------------------------~

,

ENTER light

'PROCEED light

'PROCEED light

,

t-------------------+--------------------+----------------------------------------------~

,

RESPOND key

'RELEASE key

I

ALTN CODING key and "5" key (EOB)

,

t-------------------+--------------------+----------------------------------------------~

,

CLEAR key-light

,

CANCEL key-light

,

For Read Operation:

,

,l ___________________ I ____________________ , ______________________________________________
ALTN CODING key and "0" key (CANCEL)
J,
~

Table 11.

~

Dissimilar Graphics:
vs. 1052

1407/1447

Table 12.

,r--------------------T--------------------,
,
,
I
,

1407/1447
Character

'Corresponding'
,1052 Character
,

t--------------------+--------------------~

,

, .

I

t--------------------+--------------------~

,

v

,

n

,

t--------------------+--------------------~
,
>
,
=
,
t--------------------+--------------------~

,

D'

,

Translated Codes and Graphic
Symbol Differences

r--------T-------T----------------T-------,

,
,
,

, BCD ,System/360 8-Bit,EBCDIC ,
'GraphiclCode Sent to the 'Graphic ,
'Symbol,
Printer
'Symbol ,

Card
Code

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

, 12-8-5,

[

,

0100 0000

,blank

,

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

I 12-8-6,

<

,

0100 0000

,blank

,

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

, 12-8-7,

* ,

0100 0000

]

0100 0000

Iblank

I

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~
,
12
I & + I
0101 0000
,&
,
t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

t--------------------+--------------------~
I
~
,
?
,

I 11-8-5 I

t--------------------+--------------------~

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

t--------------------+--------------------~

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

,

I

n
f:j,

,

I

<

,

,

I

t--------------------+--------------------~

I

[

I

(

I

t--------------------+--------------------~

,

*

,

,

I

t--------------------+--------------------~
,
<
,
+
,
t--------------------+--------------------~

,

'\

I

>

I

,

, 11-8-6,

I 11-8-7 I

;

f..

,
,

I

0100 0000
0100 0000

,blank

I blank
Iblank

,

I

I

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

I

0-8-5 I

i

0100 0000

I blank

i

~--------+-------+----------------+-------~

i

0-8-6,

,

0-8-7,

'\

,

0100 0000

Iblank i

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~
~

I

0100 0000

I blank

I

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

I

8-2

,

D

,

0100 0000

,blank

I

t--------------------+--------------------~

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

t--------------------+--------------------~

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

,

]

,

)

,

8-5

,

:

,

0100 0000

I blank

,

I
?
,
9
,
t--------------------+--------------------~
,
!
,
P
,

,

t--------------------+--------------------~

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~
, 12- a ,
?
,
0101 0000
I &
I
t--------+-------+----------------+-------~
I 11-0 I
!
I
0110 0000
I
I
t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

b

I

space

I

t--------------------+--------------------~

I

,W,

t--------------------+--------------------~

Il ____________________
*
,____________________
x
JI
~

36

,

I

8-7

,

>

I

0100 0000

,blank

,

v

*

I

0100 0000

,blank

,

Il ________
0-8-2 I _______ LI ________________
0100 1110
+
LI _______
JI
~

I

8-6

t--------+-------+----------------+-------~

Table 12 lists these "unprintable" BCD
symbols and indicates the EBCDIC translation for each.
The Emulator Program uses a translation
table (ALSTABLE) to translate these special
BCD symbols. ALSTABLE can be modified to
enable the Emulator Program to print any of
the special BCD symbols that may be on a
non-standard System/360 printer chain.
The Print Word Mark instruction is emula.ted as in the 1460 system. A groupmark
character is printed in the wordmark line
as "2"; a groupmark with wordmark as "3".

Simulation of IBM 1401/1440/1460 Facilities

37

CONTROL CARDS

EMULATOR JOB CONTROL CARDS

// CCTL

The job control cards for 1400 programs
appearing in a job stream should be as
follows:

If the carriage-control-tape image
option is desired. See ftThe / / CCTL
Control Cards· in this section.

// JOB jobname

1400 object deck
or

// ASSGN

// FETCH card
and/or
1400 data cards

If 1400 devices are reassigned.
/*

Always required.

// UPSI
/&

The User Program Switch Indicator
(UPSI) card is used to set 1400 sense
switches. UPSI bits 0-6 coincide with
sense switches A-G. A 1 in the appropriate bit position indicates that the
sense switch should be initially set
on for this run; a 0 indicates off.
All sense switches are initialized off
when a // JOB card is encountered.
Sense switch A should not normally be
set on for a run unless the user wants
the first 1400 test for last card to
be successful. The Emulator Program
sets sense switch A on when it encounters a /* card"

If end of job stream.
If DOS is logging job control statements
(// OPTION LOG card before the // EXEC
card), the Emulator control cards are
printed on SYSLOG in card- image format. It
is possible to correct Emulator Control
card errors (on // 1400, // TAPE, // DVOL,
and // CCTL cards) by typing a correct
response on the console typewriter. If LOG
is specified, the control card in error
will be the last card printed on the console output~ Information on an invalid
control card is not accepted by the Emulator program. (See Operator Message EC29D.)

/ / EXEC euname
fteuname8 is the name given by the user
to his Emulator Program. It is the
same name as that punched into the
name field of the EU30/EU40 macro when
it was generated.

THE // 1400 CONTROL CARD
Each 1400 program to be executed under
the Emulator Program requires, immediately
following the // EXEC card, an Emulator
control card of the following format:

// 1400
Always required. See -The // 1400
Control cardft in this section.
// TAPE
If nonstandard block sizes, mixed
parity on 7-track, or 9-track compatibility is desired. See -The // TAPE
Control Cardft in this section.
// DVOL
Verification of a given volume serial
number(s) for a disk pack(s) accessed
by the Emulator Program is desired.
See ftThe // DVOL Control Cardft in this
section.
38

// 1400 name,a,b,c,d,e,fof2f4fefe,g,hhhhh
There can be only one //
card per job step. Until a
control card is read or the
celled, any other card read
control card error.

1400 control
valid // 1400
job is canis considered a

The card is free form in the same manner
as all other job control cards. At least
one blank must separate the ft//ft from the
operation code (1400) and at least one
blank must separate the operation code from
the operands. The operands are poSitional
and conform to the standard rules for writing positional parameters; that is, any or
all operands may be omitted, but if one
operand is omitted and a following operand

is included, the comma following the first
operand must be included. Embedded blanks
are not allowed.

corresponding to 1400 tape drive 1,
just as if the operator had pressed
the TAPE LOAD key on a 1400. In this
case v iata cards or, if no card input,
a 1* card immediately follows the
II 1400 control card and any other
associated control cards.

II 1400

All operands have default values.

c

II 1400 PAYROL"b",e

specifies that the 1400 program is to
be loaied from cards~ but is not to be
executed. Instead, the Emulator Program punches a System/360 object
module from the 1400 program that can
be cataloqed by the user into his
Core-Image Library. The 1400 object
deck (or overlay) must immediately
follow the II 1400 control card.
Overlay programs may not be cataloged
on the Kodel 40.

Operands "a", "c", "d", "fof~f4f6f8"'
UgH, and "hhhhh" have default values.

The name is blank and all operands
after "b" have default values.
The meaning of the operands and their
default values are:
D

specifies that the 1400 program is to
be loaded from the Core-Image Library
and executed. In this case, the
II FETCH card, punched by the Emulator
Program as a part of the catalog function, must immediately follow the
II 1400 control card, or II TAPE,
II DVOL, and II CCTL control cards if
included. Otherwise, the job is
cancelled.

name
specifies the name of the 1400 program
to be executed. This name is used in
logging the start and ena of job messages, and is the name under which the
1400 program is cataloged in the CoreImage Library if cataloging is
requested. This operand may consist
of from 1 to 6 characters or may be
omitted. If used in the catalog function, it should be 6 characters.
Names less than 6 characters in length
are left-justified and filled with
blanks when they appear in the start
a nd end me ssage s. If." name" is greater than 6 characters, only the first 6
bytes are used.

b

when cataloging is not being done,
this parameter is used to specify a
1400 storage dump on an abnormal job
termination. If this parameter is
omitted or if it is other than a 1, a
1400-style main storage dump accompanies abnormal job termination. In
addition a System/360 main storage
dump is provided if the test-mode
option in the II 1400 control card is
specified as US". If lib" is a 1, no
dump occurs. Parameter may be coded a
1 if preprinted forms are in SYSLST or
SYSLST is assigned to a magnetic unit.
This parameter takes on special meaning when the catalog option is being
executede By coding this parameter
with a 1 (scan for 1728 blanks), the
catalog routine will interpret this to
mean that either a non-overlaying 1400
program, or the first (root) section
of an overlaying 1400 program is being
cataloged. This will conserve library
space and improve retrieval time.
Subsequent sections of overlaying 1400
programs must ~Qi specify a , in this
parameter when cataloging. This parameter has its normal meaning when
the 1400 program is actually executei.

a

specifies the 1400 lOad device. This
parameter may be a 1, 2, C, D, or it
may be omitted. Omitting this parameter is equivalent to makin~ it a 1.
The meanings of the values of "a" are:
1

specifies that the 1400 program is to
be loaded from cards, or from SYSRDR
if SYSROPT=YES was specified, or from
the unit assigned to SYSIPT, and immediately follows the II 1400 control
card, and II TAPE, II DVOL,' and
II CCTL control cards if included. If
the user wishes to have the Emulator
Program move the inputloutput control
system (IOCS) date ("yy ddd") into
those positions in which 1400 logical
IOCS expects it (82-86 and 195-199),
he should remove the two clear-storage
cards from his 1400 object program.
The Emulator Progra m clears 1400
storage to blanks.

c
2

specifies that the 1400 pro~ram is to
be loaded from the logical tape drive

specifies an input card stacker option
for 1402 simulation or both the input
and output stacker options for 1q42
Control Cards

39

lator Proqram is generated, punch
stacker selection is simulated. If
"d" is other than a 1, or if it is
omitted, all punched cards are
directei to the normal punch stacker.
Using this parameter for a program in
which Punch Stacker Select commands
are not issued results in a loss of
punch overlap. If SYSPCH is assigned
to a tape or disk device, 80- (no
stacker selection) or 81-character
(with stacker selection) records are
written based on this parameter. In
the latter case, the first character
is the DOS code for stacker selection.

simulation. This parameter can be
used to specify simulation of Read
Stacker Select instructions or to
specify a stacker for all input cards
following the II 1400 control card up
to and including the 1* card.
On the
Model 40, the parameter is also used
to specify a 1400 branch-on-readererror option. In addition, this parameter is used on the Kodel 30 to
request 402/403 MLP coie conversion.
The proper values for "c" are 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, or omitted. If this parameter is omitted, all cards go into
stacker 1.

When simulating a 1442 card read
punch, "d" specifies whether or not
punching into the same card is
required when a 1442 Card Read Punch
is being simulated by a 1442 or 2520
Card Read Punch. If "d" is a 1, read
punch update is desired and input
cards are not re~d ahead. If ltd" is
omittei or specified as other than a
1, input cards are read ahead.

If "c" is coded as a 1 or 2, all input
cards are read ahead and directed to
the R2 or RP3 stackers, respectively.
This is the reccmmenied coding, since
card-read speed is maximized and full
overla p occurs.
If "c" is coded as a 3, input cards
are not read ahead, but are stackerselected according to the 1400 progra m.
(READRSS=YES must be specified
when the Emulator Program is
generated.)
A II LC card must be
placed just ahead of the last data
card the 1400 program is to read. The
card, which is not passed to the 1400,
is directed to the R1 stacker.
A 1*
card should be included following the
last da ta ca rd. I t should be noted
!h~!_~_!ggY£!!QB_IB:~!~[:!~£oug~~i
results if stacker selection is simu-

!!1~~~::!hi§:~iI!ID~!~I~=if=2~~£ified­

~§_1L_!§_ig~Q!~~_fQ!_!_£!!!i~[

cnera tiona

_.1:: _ _ _ _ _ _ _

If ncR is coded as a 4, 5, 6, or 7,
the same stacker select options are
provided as when the parameter is
omitted, or coied as a 1, 2, or 3,
respectively. In addition, on the
Model 40, the 1400 branch-on-readererror option is activatei. When an
invalid BCD character is encountered
by the reader, control is returned to
the 1400 program to process the reader
error, and message EC49 is suppressed.
On the Model 30, the 402/403 MLP codes
are converted to numeric as they are
encountered by the reader.
d

specifies either a punch stacker
select option or a punch option
depending on the 1~00 ievice to be
simulated. The meanings for the value
of "d" are:
When simulat_ing a 1402, "d" specifies
a punch stacker select option for 1402
simulation. If "d" is a 1 and
PcrNCHSS=YES is specified when the Emu40

e

specifies a 1400 halt option. If "e"
is a 1, operator restart is possible
after 1400 halts other than end of
job.
(See "Operator Messages" in the
"Console Messages" section.) If "e"
is other than a " or if it is
omittei, 1400 halts other than end of
job are considered abnormal termination and result in the termination of
the 1400 iob. If OSDUMP=YES is specified at Emulator Program generation, a
1400-style main storage dump is
provided.
fof2 f 'lofsfe
specifies a disk part option. The
five characters in the parameter correspond to 1311 disk drives 0, 2, 4,
6, and 8, respectively. 1 disk part
option may be specified for each of
the five drives starting with drive o.
If less than five are specified, the
high-numbered drives are defaulted to
O. Each character of the parameter
may be coded as either a 0 or a 1 for
simulation on a 2311, and a 0, 1, 2,
or 3 for simulation on a 2314.

For simUlation on a 2311, a 0 indicates that the respective 1311 drive
is to be simulated on the first 100
cylinders of the 2311 to which this
file is assigned; that is, cylinders 1
through 100. 1 1 indicates that the
respective 1311 drive is to be sim~­
lated on cylinders 101 through 200 of
its assigned 2311 unite For simulation on a 2314, a 0 indicates that the
respective 1311 drive is to be simulated on cylinders i-50, using heads

0-19, of the first quadrant of the
2314 to which~his file is assigned.

Control Cards

40.1

A 1 indicates that the respective 1311
drive is to be simulated on cylinders
51-100, using heads 0-19, of the
second quadrant of the 2314 to which
this file is assigned. A 2 indicates
that the respective 1311 drive is to
be simulated on cylinders 101-150,
using heads 0-19, of the third quadrant of the 2314 to which this file is
assigned. A 3 indicates that the
respective 1311 drive is to be simulated on cylinders 151-200, using
heads 0-19, of the fourth quadrant of
the 2314 to which this file is
assigned.
Examples:
01010 - 1311 disk drives 0, 4, and 8 are
to be simulated on the first 100
cylinders of their assigned 2311
units, which must be different
2311 units. 1311 disk drives 2
and 6 are to be simulated on the
second 100 cylinders of their
assigned 2311 units, which must
be different units.
01230 - 1311 disk drive 0 is to be simulated on cylinders 1-50, using
heads 0-19, of the first quadrant
of the assigned 2314. 1311 disk
dri ve 2 is to be simulated on
cylinders 51-100, using heads
0-19, of the second quadrant of
the assigned 2314. 1311 disk
drive 4 is to be simulated on
cylL~ders 101-150, using heads
0-19, of the third quadrant of
the assigned 2314. 1311 disk
dri ve 6 is to be simulated on
cylinders 151-200, using heads
0-19, of the fourth quadrant of
the assigned 2314. 1311 disk
dri ve 8 is to be simulated on
cylinders 1-50, using heads 0-19,
of the first quadrant of the
assigned 2314, which must be a
different 2314 than the unit to
which drives 0, 2, 4, and 6 are
assigned.
Note: Stacking of disk packs can reduce
disk throughput to the 1400 program if
sequential access organization is being
used.
9

specifies a test-mode option. This
parameter is coded either S or T (or
TEST). The meanings for the values
are:

Services routine in the Emulator Progr~.
This permits the operator to
attempt to restart the 1400 program
using the operator service functions.
A 1400 style storage dump is provided
automatically if OSDUMP=YES is specified at Emulator program generation.
S

provides all of the RTest ModeR functions provided by RTR. Additionally,
provides a System/360 main storage
dump following 1400-style storage
dumps.
If RgR is coded other than an S or T, or if
it is omitted, 1400 program errors result
in an abnormal job termination.
hhhhh
End-of-job instruction address (1STAR) option. When the Emulator Program is generated i standard end-of-job
halt indications can be specified
through the EOJAADR and EOJBADR parameters. If the user has standard endof-job halts, the Emulator Program
will automatically transfer control to
DOS Job Control upon encountering a
halt instruction whose A and/or B
address equaled the values specified
by ~~e EOJAADR and EOJBADR parameters.
The RhhhhhR parameter, issued at
execution time, enables the user to
supply the instruction address of the
end-of-job halt unique to the particular 1400 program. The EOJ halt
instruction address is always compared
first to the contents of the A- and/or
B-address registers (if the parameters
were specified) and then is compared
with the value supplied in this parameter. All comparisons are made upon
encountering a 1400 halt instruction
but before its execution is completed=
This parameter is specified as a fivedigit decimal number with leading
zeros and having a maximum value of
15999.
THE // TAPE CONTROL CARD
Standard tape I/O buffer assignments are
made when the Emulator Program is generated
through the RBLKSIZu=nnnn- parameters,
where ·u· refers to the 1400 tape unit number. These standard buffer assignments may
be changed at execution time through the
use of the // TAPE control card. The general format of the // TAPE control card is
as follows:

T

specifies that the 1400 program is to
be executed in the RTest ModeR which
causes 1400 program errors to be
trapped automatically to the Operator

// TAPE

u~=nnnnn,y,u2=nnnnn,y,

•••

The card is free form in the same manner as
all other job control cards. At least one
Control Cards

41

blank must separate the R//R from the
operation code (TAPE) and at least one
blank must separate the operation code from
the operand(s). The operands are positional and must be separated from each other by
a comma; the first blank encountered terminates the operands. The remainder of the
card may be used for comments. As many
// TAPE control cards as desired may be
used. However, cards that decrease buffer
size from the standard values must precede
cards that increase buffer size. continuation cards are not allowed. The tape buffers are reset to the standard values upon
termination of each 1400 program. The
meaning of the operands are as follows:

specified, tape errors are passed to the
1400 program for processing.
If parameter WyW is omitted, WB R is
assumed. Even though the RyR parameter is
positional, if the .yW parameter is
omitted, the comma must be omitted.
Examples :
// TAPE 3=1000,A
1400 tape drive 3 is allotted 1000
bytes of the tape buffer area, which
allow a maximum of 999 characters to
be read or written as one physical
block on 1400 tape unit 3 in the Move
mode. In addition, 1400 tape unit 3
is assigned to a tape to be written
in mixed, odd or even parity.

u

specifies the number (from 1 to 6) of
the 1400 tape unit to be assigned to
the I/O buffer area.

// TAPE 1=0,2=580
nnnnn
1400 tape drive 1 is not used in this
program, freeing the standard block
size for unit 1 for use by any other
unit. 1400 tape drive 2 is allotted
579 bytes of the tape buffer area.

specifies the amount of storage to be
allocated for the tape I/O buffer.
This value must exceed by at least one
byte the physical block size of all
records read or written from this unit
in the Move mode.

THE // DVOL CONTROL CARD
y

specifies the mode of 7- or 9-track
tape that is being used. RyW may be
either an A or B. The meanings for
these values are:
A

For 7-track tape; either even, odd, or
mixed parity as determined by the mode
specified in the 1400 program
instruction.
For 9-track tape; either even, odd, or
mixed parity as determined by the mode
specified in the 1400 program instruction. Parity is indicated by the setting of bit 1. For example:
even parity:
odd parity:

X1XXXXXX
XOXXXXXX

The optional // DVOL control card identifies the volume serial numbers of disk
packs for which volume serial number verification is to be performed by the Emulator
Program at initialization time. To use
this option, the DVOL=YES parameter must be
specified at Emulator Program generation
time. Verification is performed between
the data specified in the control card and
the unique volume serial number in the
Standard Volume Label. The general format
of the // DVOL control card is as follows:
// DVOLyyyy DISKn=xxxxxx, •••
Where WyyyyW is the 1400 DASD device type
for which verification of volume serial
number is to be performed. RyyyyW must be
specified as either a type 1301, 1311, or
1405.

where X may be either a 0 or 1.
B

For 7-track tape; the mode specified
in the DOS // ASSGN card.
For 9-track tape; alternate mode (Bit
1 = 1). For example:
even parity:
odd parity:

X1XXXXXX
X1XXXXXX

The card is free form in the same manner
as all other job control cards. At least
one blank must separate the w//w from the
operation code (DVOL) and at least one
blank must separate the operation code from
the operand(s). As many // DVOL control
cards as desired may be used; continuation
cards, however, are not allowed. The meaning of the operand is as follows:
DISKn

where X may be either a 0 or 1.
WAR may be specified only when TAPEMOD=
is specified at &uulator Progr~T!
generation. When wA w and wMXEDPAR w are

MXEDP~~

42

specifies the 1400 disk drive on which
the disk pack is mounted. wnw is the
1400 disk drive number (0, 2, 4, 6, or
a). See the wDISKu=SYSnnn and D1301u=
SYSnnnw parameters under wDescription

of Disk Parameters" in the "Program
Generation" section.

Note: 132 lines is the maximam form size
for-the 1403 or 1443 printer.

xxx xxx
specifies the volume serial number
(six alphameric characters).
Although the use of the II DVOL contr~l
card is optional, it is recommended that
the volume serial number verification capability be used to avoid the possibility of
the 1400 progra m acce ssing the wrong disk
pack in the DOS multiprogramming environment. Additional verification may be performed at the operator's option for 1311
direct-access storage devices assigned
through the DVOL DISKn and DVOL DISKn=
xxxxxx operator service functions.
(See
"Available Functions" in the Operator Service Functions section.)
The operator
initiated option is not available for 1301
and 1405 direct-access storage devices
because they are considered fixed devices
that are not changeable during execution of
a 1400 progra m.
THE II CCTL CONTROL CARDS
The II CCTL control cards provide the
Emulator Program with the carria~e-control­
tape image.. The CARRCTL~YES parameter
option must be specified at EmulatorProgram generation time to use this option.
If only one card is needed to define the
carriage-cantral-tape image, the I I C:TL
control card should be used. If two cards
are needed, the II CCTLl and II :CTL2 control cards should be used. A CCTLl card
must be read before a CCTL2 card is considered valid. If a CCTLl card is read,
there must be a CCTL2 card or the job will
be cancelled. The formats of the II CCTL
control cards are as follows:
~I----------~'--------------------~----------'

il 3 4

9il0

80;

I
---f--,
III CCTL I 'Lines 1-69 of the
t
I
I
carriage tape image' I
I
I
(up to 69_ lines)
I
L--________
_____________

The card is free form in the manner of
other ;ob control cards. At least one
b la nk must se pa ra te the "I/" from the
operation CCTL (or CCTLn) and at least one
blank must separate the operation from the
carriage tape image. An apostrophe is used
to delimit the image in each card.
Although the card is free form, it is suggested that the apostrophe be in column 10
of the first card to simplify the positioning of the control punches. If this is
done, adding 10 to the line number of the
control tape will determine the line location on the card. Thus, tape line 4 would
be positioned in column 14 (see Figure 5).
Frequently, carriage-control tapes are made
with the form image repeated several times.
One image in ~he II CCTL card(~) is all
that the Emulator Program regu1res, however, the form image may be repeated exactly
as on the carriage-control tape. Each
column in the card represents a line on the
carriage-control tape~ and the rows of the
card correspond to the channels of the
tape. The punches are as follows:
Card Punch
12 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Channel Punch 12 11 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A maximum of two punches is allowed in each
card column; if there are two punches, one
must be a 12 or 9 punch.
At 1400-proqram execution time, the Emulator Program automatically initializes the
carriage-control tape on the printer to
channel 1.
A carriage-control tape and a II CCTL
control car~ for an l1-inch form to be
printed at 6 lines per inch is illustrated
in Figure 5. A carriage control tape and
II CCTL control cards for a 14-inch form to
be printed at 6 lines per inch is illustrated in Figure 6.

~

r----------~,--------------------------------,

I' 3 4
91 10
80 I
I
-+_--..-I
III CCTL1 I 'Lines 1-69 of the
I
I
I
carriage tape image"
I __________ I ________
(up
,
L
__ to 69 lines)
~,~

r

1134

i

9110

t

1-------+--------III
I
I

~

'

741801
1
,

I'

CCTL2 "Lines 70-132 of the
carriage tape image' I
(up to 63 lines)
I

,

I
I

,

Six read operation control cards are
used by the Emulator Programs to control
1400 program rea~ operations. These cards,
when required, must be placed at appropriate positions in the 1400 program data
cards.
The read operation control cards (with
the exception of the II FETCH card) are
prepared by the user in a standard format.
All cards are punche~ with a II in c~lumns
1 and 2, a blank in column 3. and the
~peration code in columns 4 and 5.
The
II FETCH card is punched in the proper
format by the Emulator Program during cataloging operations. The functions of the
control caras are as follows:
Control Cards

43

0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
12345618,9

11113141516111819101111131415161718293031313334353637383940414143444546414849505151535455565758596061616364656667686910117113H75

.1111111111

J

111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111

J

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2'2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
33 3111m 3333333333333133333333333333333333333333333333333333 3333333333333 a3 3 3 3 3 3 3

44444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444

5555555551555555555555555555555555555555555555555555 5 5 5 5 555555555555555555551555
66666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666

77777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 81 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 88 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 18 8 8
9999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9999999
1 1 3 a 5 6 1 8 9 10 11 1113 14 15 16 ll1B 19 10 11 ,,1314151617 1819 30 31 3Z 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
IBM

Figure

5.

II FETCH

- This card is automatically
produced by the Emulator Programs during
a catalog run of a 1400 program. The
card is required only when executing a
cataloged 1400 program.
(For more details, see "Fetching" in the section on
"Programming Considerations."t
- This card is used as a data
delimiter card, and is required by the
Emulator Program when performing either
1442 read-punch-update simulation, or
read-stacker-select simulation. This
card is placed just prior to the last
data card in the deck. Although this
card is not required for other opera44

44 45 46 4148 49 50 51 515354555657585960,1,2 5JbH5 66 67 68 691011 717374757617 78

n 80

Carriage-Control Tape and II CCTL Control Card for 11-Inch Form

II:B - This card is required only when
performing column-binary operations. The
control card must be placed following the
II 1400, II TAPE, II CCTL, and II DVOL
emulator job control cards, and prior to
the first column-binary da ta card.
(For
more details, see "Card Read Punch Simu·
lation" in the section on "Simulation of
IIO 0 evices.")

II LC

~2 t]

I3.li!iD

tions, it is suggested that both the
II LC and the conventional 1* cards be
used.
(For more details, see "Card Read
Punch Simulation" in the section on
"Simulation of IIO Devices@"t
II IP - This card is required when the
user desires to read Emulator job control
cards from SYSRDR and 1400 programs or
data from SYSIPT. If the SYSROPT parameter is specified YES, the II IP control
card is optional, but must be in the customer's deck if he wishes the job stream
transferred from input on SYSRDR to SYSIPT during 1400 program execution.
However, if the 1/ IP control card is
used, the SYSROPT parameter must be specified YES. Upon encountering the II IP
control card, reading operations are
transferred from SYSRDR to SYSIPT. Thus,
when this card is used, SYSRDR and SYSIPT
should be assigned to separate devices.
The SYSIO parameter must specify SYSIPT
on the desired type of device (SYSIO=
iOO). The II IP control card is placed
in the SYSRDR job stream

I'

n,
[

.

ill,

//
,.

;0(0
II

122

1133

e
I ~ 0 0 0mOO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

~,i~",i

ili4 4

~~;;;;;~i~~~~~~~1~~~~~~~7~~~~~~~~~Y~~~~Y~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Y77~~~~~~~~~7~~~~~~~~~~7

155

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22m 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1116 6

3 3 31 mmI 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 d 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 4 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 51 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5' 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 I

:I: .
17 7
79,0

66666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666666

.. '.'

.L-/"

7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7 77 77 77 7 7 77 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
8888888881888888888888888 B8 8 8 8 888888888888888888888888 B8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 81

Figure

6.

Carriage-Control Tape and // CCTL control Cards for 14-Inch Form

following the // 1400, // TAPE, // CCTL,
and // DVOL emulator job control cards.
The only read operation control card that
may be included in the same program as
this control card is the // FETCH card.
The // FETCH card may either precede or
follow the // IP card. Reading operations are returned to SYSRDR by the DOS
Supervisor following 1400 end of job.
// PR - This card is required only when
simulating 1442 punch-feed-read operations on a System/360 2540 Card Read
Punch. Since cards are not preread during punch-feed-read operations, a // LC
card must also be included. The // PR
card conditions the Emulator Program, to
read all of the following cards from the
punch side of the 2540. Thus, all data

cards, including the // LC control card
and the conventional /* card must be on
the 2540. For proper operation a blank
card must be placed in front of the first
data card.
// 51 - This card is required only when
performing 51-column cut card operations.
The control card must be placed just
prior to the first 51-column data card.
The control card causes an operator message to be issued requesting the operator
to mount the 51-Column Interchangeable
Read Feed Feature.
The control cards // CB, // IP, // PR, and
// 51 are mutually exclusive and combinations of these cards in the same 1400 program are not supported.

Control Cards

45

PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS

INQUIRY
Standard System/360 inquiry programs can
be called from the Core-Image Library and
executed while under control of the Emulator Program if OSINQRY is specified at Emulator system generation. This should not
be confused with the multiprogramming facilities of DOS, since the inquiry program is
called as a background program phase. All
1400 program processing is stopped while an
inquiry program is being executed. Inquiry
programs that have already been written in
Assembly Language require minor modifications to be linkage-edited and called under
the Emulator Program because certain programming considerations must be met:
• The inquiry program must be linkageedited with the generated Emulator Program. The PHASE card required for the
inquiry program is as follows:
PHASE progname,INQPROG
where INQPROG is a label defined in the
Emulator Program as an ENTRY. The
"progname" must adhere to standard
phase name restrictions and is the name
used by the operator when requesting an
INQUIRY.
• The program must not exceed 2,980 bytes
of storage; it may, however, contain
multiple overlay phases.
• Upon completion of the inquiry program,
when the user would normally code the
EOJ macro, control is passed back to
the Emulator Program, and in turn back
to the 1400 program, by executing the
following instructions:
L 1,=V(INQEXIT)
BR 1
• Any I/O device may be used except the
card reader and the magnetic-tape units
used by the 1400 program. Disk-storage
drives may be referenced by the inquiry
program without interfering with the
1400 program. The user is cautioned
against altering data on disk that is
being referenced by the 1400 program
because the result of the 1400 program
may not agree with expected control
totals.
46

CATALOGING
CATALOGING 1400 PROGRAMS INTO THE
CORE-IMAGE LIBRARY
One of the major benefits of System/360
operating systems is the ability to catalog
and fetch programs from the Core-Image
Library rather than having to load each
program from the card reader. Emulation
under DOS provides this function for the
compatibility user. Through the use of the
Emulator Program, 1400 programs may be converted into System/360 object modules.
These object modules are then cataloged in
the Core-Image Library in the normal DOS
manner. Thereafter, the Emulator Program
is able to fetch 1400 programs as they are
needed in the job stream. The 1400 programs may he in any form of object deck
that is loadable from the card reader.
However, only 1400 programs for the Model
30 may consist of overlays.
Briefly, the method for converting a
1400 object deck into a System/360 object
module is as follows. The 1400 program (or
overlay section> is allowed to load itsel~
into System/360 main storage in the normal
manner under control of the Emulator Program. Immediately following the 1400 END
or XFR card is a /* card. This /* card
signals to the Emulator Program that the
1400 program or overlay has been loaded.
Because the Emulator Program is a card read
ahead of the 1400, the situation at that
point is that the END or XFR card has been
passed to 1400 storage, but control has not
yet heen returned to the 1400 Compatibility
Feature. Hence, the 1400 program has been
effectively cut off just at the point at
which it was to execute the program.
The Emulator Program can therefore save
the current 1400 address registers and,
providing the 1400 storage area can be
restored to the way it now looks and the
address registers returned, 1400 processing
may be restarted at any time in the future.
1400 storage may be saved easily if it is
punched out in the form of an object
module. The Emulator Program translates
what it finds in the 1400 storage area into
ESD, TXT, END, and ENTRY cards.
There are two methods of representing
1400 storage as an object module. The
method chosen by the user is indicated to
the Emulator Program at execution time by
use of the // 1400 control card parameters
Ra R and "hR.
(Refer to the section on

// 1400 Control card for a description of
these parameters.)
Method 1 - Scan for 1728 Blanks: This
method should be used for 1400 programs
which do not contain overlays. This method
punches an object module from 1400 storage
as a series of non-contiguous phases. Any
area of 1728 or more consecutive blanks is
not cataloged in the DOS Core- Image
Library. Since the Emulator Program
initializes all of 1400 storage to blanks
prior to loading the 1400 program, this
should present no problems to the user.
This method offers:
• Conservation of space in the OOS CoreImage Library
• Fast retrieval due to the low number of
phases to be loaded
Method 2 - Scan for 100 Blanks: This
method should be used when 1400 overlay
programs are to be cataloged on the Model
30. (1400 overlay programs on the Model 40
are restricted due to the non-contiguous
layout of simulated 1400 storage.) This
method also punches an object module from
1400 storage as a series of non-contiguous
phases. Any area of 100 or more consecutive blanks is not cataloaed in the DOS
Core-Image Library. This-approach yields a
greater number of phases than Method 1, and
the Emulator program will abort cataloging
if the number of internal phases exceeds
27. However; this method offers the ability to catalog most 1400 overlay programs on
the Model 30.
For both methods, scanning of 1400
storage is contiguous from the start of
1400 storage to the end. As soon as a
character other than a blank with no wordmark is discovered, a phase is assumed to
begin, and the scan of main storage continues. EVentually, another blank with no
wordmark is found. At that point, the
address of the last nonblank is saved as
being the tentative phase end, and the scan
continues. If 100 (or 1728) consecutive
blanks ar~ found, the phase is considered
to have ended at the last nonblank. If
less than 100 (or 1728) consecutive blanks
are found, the tentative phase end address
is updat~d, and the phase is assumed to
include embedded blanks. This causes no
problems for the Model 30 Emulator Program
since 1400 storage addresses run contiguously. For the Model 40 Emulator Program,
however, all of the storage area is cleared
to 1400 blanks and, even though 1400
addresses are noncontiguous, memory is
scanned sequentially on the assumption that
some blank areas can be eliminated.
In short, a 1400 storage load is punched
by the· Emulator Program as one or more

internal phases. Each phase is considered
to be terminated by either 100 (or 1728)
consecutive blanks or the highest 1400
storage address.
The user should keep two important facts
in mind. First, that a 1400 storage load
may be either an entire program or merely
an overlay. An Emulator-program catalog
run is required for each overlay in a program and is done using Method 2. Second,
that a nonblank (such as a record mark or
blank with a wordmark) that is preceded and
followed by at least 100 blanks is cataloged as a separate phase. This could lead
to inefficient use of the Core-Image
Library and should be avoided where
possible.
The Emulator Program used to catalog a
1400 program need not be the same that
fetches· it. Nor is it necessary for 1400
storage to occupy the same absolute System!
360 addresses in the Model 30 Emulator Program since Model 30 1400 storage is reloeatable. Programs cataloged by the Model
30 Emulator program, however, cannot be
fetched and executed by the Model 40 Emulator Program, and vice versa.
OVER~~Y PROGR~~

CONSIDERATIONS

Normally, each 1400 proaram overlav section must be cataloged in a separate ~un-of
the Model 30 Emulator Program. This
requires that the user know his 1400 object
decks well enough to determine where overlay transfer cards are located. The user
should have little difficulty, however,
since the overlays were planned in the
writing of the 1400 program.
In at least two instances, overlay programs occur when the user does not plan for
them. The 1400 input/output control system
(IOCS) on disk, when assembling disk IOCS
(DIOCS) entries for a program using magnetic tape, causes an overlay in order to create a character in the program that is not
readable from a eard (substitute blank).
Similarly, all 1400 COBOL programs in which
constants are defined in the Working
Storage or Constants Sections, include an
qverlay_ In this instance, the overlay is
used to move the values of the constants to
the main storage positions that they occupy
during execution of the program. Neither
of these cases reguire separate cataloging,
even though an overlay is involved, nor
does the overlay restriction apply for the
Model 40. In effect, the overlay may be
ignored. The reason for this is evident
from a consideration of the purpose of the
overlay. The sole purpose of the overlay
is to arrange 1400 storage prior to beginning execution of the program. Therefore,
if it is feasible or possible to load main
Programming Considerations

47

section must be cataloged as a separate run
of the Emulator Program. Therefore, clear
storage, bootstrap and loader (if AUTOCODER
on disk) cards must be supplied for overlay
sections. Overlay programs on the Model 40
should not be cataloged due to the noncontiguous layout of simulated 1400
storage.

storage directly as desired, no overlay is
necessary. Hence, COBOL programs in which
the user has not entered AUTOCODER in order
to cause a deliberate overlay may be considered to be non-overlaying. Similarly,
..... ~_.-...

\,...Q.t"=

,,_
V.L

;.;I":~1r

U~.::J.n.

1\Tlmr\r4r\T'\"C''D

E1V..L""'-"tJJ,J.LIn

""'....,..""""""'1"........ ,...

J::I..LVAJ..Lc&ll~

..: ....

-1....1..&

_..L.A...:"h

'I'..2 .......

v"''''

the user has not specifically programmed an
overlay may also be considered
non-overlaying.

The // 1400 card must include, at a
minimum, a program name and a C for the
load device, as follows:

The method described for cataloging
overlay programs will work for all overlays
on the Model 30 except when:
1.

An overlay segment attempts to selectively alter (through the use of ORG
statements or patching) coding that
existed in a previous segment unless
at least 100 bytes of blanks exist
betw~en segments.

2~

The programming practice of initializing counters set up in a previous
overlay through the technique of
-loading- zeroes is employed.

3.

The index register area is overlaid by
subsequent phases.
(The Model 30 Emulator Program solves this problem during actual execution by saving and
restoring the 1400 index registers
before and after loading subsequent
segments of overlaying programs.) The
saving and restoring of 1400 index
registers by the Emulator Program
causes the user problems if reinitialization of the 1400 index registers is
actually desired.

// 1400 myname,C
The remaining parameters may be included
if desired. The program name may be from 1
to 6 characters in length. It is used as
the first six characters of the phase name
under which the phases that go to make it
up are cataloged in the core-Image Library.
If the program name is less than six characters in length, it is padded with the
letter X. This name must be unique for
each catalog run, even though separate runs
are required for overlay programs. Immediately following the last card of the object
deck (or an XFR card in the case of an
overlay) must be a /* card. The makeup of
a deck for a 1400 catalog run is illustrated in Figure 7. SYSPCH must be
assigned to a punch unit for the 1400 catalog function.
As illustrated in Figure 8, the output
of a catalog run consists of one or more
Linkage Editor job steps. If the program
or overlay is contiguous, there is only one
Linkage Editor job step. If there are at
least 100 (or 1728) consecutive blanks
embedded in the coding, there is more than
one step. Each step consists of a PHASE
card, an INCLUDE card, an ESD card, one or
more TXT cards, an END card, an ENTRY card,
a /* card, and a // EXEC LNKEDT card. Following the cards making up the last step
are a /i card and // FETCH card. The
// FETCH card is used by the Emulator Program when the program is to be fetched from
the Core-Image Library and executed after
the cataloging run is completed.

Therefore, programs in the above categories
will not execute correctly, and thus,
should not be cataloged.
In summary, programs cataloged with the
Model 30 Emulator Program cannot be
executed with the Model 40 Emulator Program, and vice versa. In addition, since
1400 storage is cleared between catalog
runs, those multiphase 1400 programs that
require 1400 data or instructions to be
resident in 1400 storage as a result of a
previous phase cause difficulty to the user
and are, therefore, restricted. Also,
overlay programs on the Model 40 are
restricted from cataloging due to the noncontiguous nature of simulated 1400
storage.

The // FETCH card should be removed and
held aside. The remaining cards may then
be preceded by standard DOS Job Control
cards and processed as normal input by the
DOS Linkage Editor. This results in the
1400 program being cataloged in the CoreImage Library.

PROCEDURES FOR CATALOGING 1400 PROGRAMS
If the 1400 program to be emulated on
the Model 30 has one or more deliberately
programmed overlays, the program must be
separated into its overlay sections. Each

The following error message is issued
during a 1400 catalog run if the number of
phases to catalog exceeds 27:

I

I
I

48

EC841

TOO

~ANY

PHASES TO CATALOG

/&
/*
End Card (1400 L/C)

The 1400 catalog run produces punched output of
System/360 main storage (in DOS Object format)
and is used as input to a normal DOS catalog run.

Object Deck of
Overlay Section

Clear Storage,
Bootstrap, etc.
/ / 1400 prgnm2, C
/ / EXEC euname

1400 Object Deck
of Overiaid Section

Program 1
1400 Clear Strg.,
Bootstrap, (& Loader
if Disk Autocoder)

/ / 1400 prgnml, C
/ / EXEC euname
JOB jobname

gure

7.

1400 catalog Run for a 1400 Program With One Overlay

FETCHING
FETCHING 1400 PROGRAMS FROM THE CORE-IMAGE
LIBRARY
The // FETCH card produced by the 1400
catalog run and used in the fetch run provides the Emulator Program with the phase

names that make up the phases in the 1400
Frogram or overlay section. It also carries the 1400 1-, B-, and A-storage Address
Registers for restarting the 1400 program,
and the origin address of each phase in the
program or overlay. With this information,
the Emulator Program can do a series of
loads (using the LOAD macro instruction)
Progra~ng

Considerations

49

NOTE 1 -----.--. / /

Notes:
1,

FETCH prgnm2

.I / FETCH cards should be removed by the

user and saved in order to execute his 1400
job.
2. The blank separator card should be discarded.
3. The user must supply a / / JOB and a
/ / OPTION CATAL card in order to catalog.

/*

Set 1
Program 2
(Overlay)

TXT
ESD
NOTE 1,

FETCH prgnml

/&

Set 1
Program 1

PHASE prgnmlOl

Figure

8.

There will be more than one set of cards if the 1400
coding contains an embedded series of more than
100 consecutive blanks (optionally 1728 blanks).
~he ~aximum number. of j)hases per overlay section IS 27. If the user IS uncertain of the number
of phases punched, he should list or interpret the
output.

output of the 1400 Catalog Run in Figure 7

until all phases are in main storage. The
address registers can then be loaded and a
switch made to Compatibility mode.

(Note: The name in the I I 1400 card is
used only to log the starting and ending
messages on the console or in a 1400
storage dump if one occurs. It is not used
in fetching the program.)

PROCEDURES FOR FETCHING 1400 PROGRAMS
If the 1400 program to be fetched consists of one or more overlays, two or more
1/ FETCH cards are required.
Otherwise,
only one I I FETCH card is needed. The
sequence of cards for a fetch run is illustrated in Fiqure 9. The /1 1400 card must
include a D for the load device. The other
parameters may be included as required.
50

A standard method of coding in an overlay program in which the section of code to
be overlayed reads a variable number of
data cards is to test for a comma in column
1 of each card. When the test is successful, all data cards have been read, and the
card in the read area is the first card of
the overlay. The first card of the overlay
is always some form of bootstrap card.

/&
If the 1400 reads cards while executing its first
overlay section, it must be able to recognize an
"end-of-data" condition. (See example in text for
one method of accomplishing this.)

).lilil:111I
Data Cards
(if required)

Data Cards
(if required)

/ / FETCH prgnml

/ / 1400
anynam~

D

EXECeuname

Figure

9.

Executing a 1400 Progra. From the Core-Image Library

This method may be simula ted. when 1400 programs are being fetched by includ.ing the
b~otstrap card between the end of the data
cards and the next II FETCH card., as
follows:
II
II
II
II
II
II

jobna me
EX EC euname
1400 prgnam,D, •••
CCTL (opt ional)
0 VOL (optiona 1)
FETCH •••••
(Fetch card for first
section,
data cards
JOB

last data card
bootstra p ca rd
II FETCH •••••

(Fetch card for second
section)

It should be emphasized again that the
bootstrap card indicated in the example is
only required when an overlay recognizes
its "end-of-data" condition by having read.
the first card of the next overlay.
A 1* card. should. ~2i normally be
included following a group of data cards
read by other then the last overlay section
of a program. This is because it has the
effect of setting the 1400 last-card latch
~n, a situation that is impossible if an
overlay section of the object deck follows
the data cards.
Note that, when IOCDATE is 82 or 195 or
both, the Emulator Program loads the date
in 1400 addresses 82 through 86 or
addresses 195 through 199 or both. This is
done after the 1400 program has been
fetched and will cause what is already in
those positions to be overlaid.

Programming Considerations

51

Many of the Operator Service Functions
are optional features of the 1401/1440/1460
Emulator Programs under the Disk Operating
System (DOS) and are included in the
generated program if specified in the symbolic parameters. During the execution of
a 1400 program under the Moiel 30 Emulator,
dial F on the operator's panel of the 2030
Central Processing Unit (CPU) should be
positioned to CI. This allows external
interrupts (INTERRUPT key) to be handled
while the system is in Compatibility mode
(COMP MODE light on). For the Model 40, no
special dial F conside ra tions are necessary. The Operator Service routine is
entered by pressing the external INTERRUPT
key when the Emulator Program is running in
the background partition or by pressing the
console REQUEST key (MSG F1 or MSG F2) when
the Emulator Program is running in the
foreground partition. OC=YES must be specified in the FOPT macro at DOS Supervisor
generation. In addition, the ~perator Service routine is entered through recognition
of a 1400 halt if parameter 'e' on the
II 1400 card is specified as '1' and the
halt is not specified as either an EOJAADR,
EOJBADR, or the EOJ I-address in the
1/ 1400 card. When operator services following a halt message are not specified,
the 1400 program is canceled on recognition
of any halt other than a specified end-ofjob halt. Additionally, when the 1400 program is being executed in "Test mode"
(described in the "Control Cards" section
under liThe II 1400 Control Card") and the
Emulator Program recognizes any error condition, the Operator Service Function routine is entered automatically. Alphabetic
characters may be enterea in either upper
or lower case except characters g, p, x and
w. These characters, when entered in lower
case, represent a question mark (1), exclamation mark (I), the 1407/1447 record mark
( ), and a word separa tor ( ), respecti vely.
When the Operator Service Functions have
been entered, the following message is
displayed:
EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION
The operator then types in the function
he wants. Five functions are always
included with the Operator Service routine
macro (EU30S/EU40S); these are: CANCEL,
END, RESET, START, and STATUS. An end-ofbiock (EOB) entry (alternate coding key and
numeric 5 key) will perform the same func-

tion as the response START. RESET is
available only when the Operator Service
routine is entered as a result of a 1400
halt. CANCEL ani END are valid responses
to any Emulator Program message requesting
a reply.
The follo~ing Operator Service Functions
are available with the typed responses
below:

ADDRESS
This is included only if OSADDR=YES is
specified. The ADDRESS function converts a
decimal 1400 address into its corresponding
System/360 hexadecimal address (including
offset), and can be used to determine where
to alter main storage via the console or
where to set the dials when the SAR STOP
switch is used to address-stop 1400 programs. The operator types in ADDRESS followed by at least one blank and a valid
1400 address in the range 1 to 15999. The
Operator Service Function responds with the
converted hexadecimal address. For example:
{Syste~

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Opera tor)

ADDRESS 1579

(Systemt

EC411 HEX ADDRESS = 47A1

ALTER
This function is included if the parameter
OSALTER=YES is specified. The ALTER function causes the 1400 I-, A-, and B-Storage
Address Registers to be altered to the
address that follows the word ALTER. This
may be used to alter the instruction
address of a 1400 program, to effect a
branch, or to place a valid address in a
register destroyed by a 1400 process error.
At least one blank must precede the
address. For example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Opera tor)

ALTER 632

(System)

ECaOI 1400 STA TUS: I=00632 ;
A=OO632;B=00632.
INSTN BLOCK=xxxxxxxx

{System;

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

Since all storage address registers are
set to the same value, the alter address
should not be the address of a 1400 Store
B-Register (SBR) instruction or to an
address where 1400 chaining is being used.

CANCEL
This response to any Emulator Program message causes the 1400 program to be terminated with an end of job. If OSDUMP=YES
was specified at Emulator Program generation, a 1400-style storage dump is provided
on SYSLST unless a no-dump option (a "1")
is specified in parameter "b" of the
// 1400 control card. When a 1400-style
storage dump is provided, a System/360 main
storage dump also is provided if the testmode option in the // 1400 control card is
specified as "S·.
DELETE

The operator wishes to discontinue volume
serial number checking on a specific 1400
drive identified as DISKn in messages EC75I
and EC76I, and allow the 1400 program to
process any 1311 disk pack mounted on that
1400 drive. In order to use the DELETE
function, the operator must first reply
DSPLYV to message EC75I. For example:

The response DISK causes a display only
of message DISK n ON SYSxxx, PART n for
each drive on the system, and then message
EC40D is reissued. For example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

DISK

(System)

EC44I DISK 0
DR 190
EC44I DISK 2
DR 191
EC44I DISK 4
DR 191
EC44I DISK 6
DR 192
EC44I DISK 8
DR 192

ON SYSxxx, PART n
ON SYSxxx, PART n
ON SYSxxx, PART n
ON SYSxxx, PART n
ON SYSxxx, PART n

The response DISK n, where n is the
drive number, displays one specific disk
assignment (DISK n) and allows the operator
to retain or change the assignment. When
the assignment is changed, disk verification is automatically performed. It then
displays the new assignment, if it was
changed. For example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

DISK 0

(System)

EC44D DISK 0 ON SYS003,
PARI' 0 DR 191

(System>

EC75I WRONG PACK, MOUNT 134A21
DISK 0 ON DR 192

(Operator)

DSPLYV

(System)

EC76I DISK
NO.=111222

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

The operator may then change the assignment or leave it as it is. If he wishes to
change the assignment, he types in the programmer logical unit (ftSYSnnn·) to which he
wants the 1400 disk drive assigned, followed by a 0 or 1 (2311) or 0, 1, 2, or 3
(2314) to indicate which half (2311) or
quadrant (2314) of the new device is to be
used for the file. For example:

(Operatori

DELETE

(Operator)

SYS021,1

(System)

EC44I DISK 0 ON SYS021, PART 1

o ON

DR.

192 SERIAL

Volume serial number checking will be
discontinued on 1400 drive DISK 0 until reinitiated using the DVOL DISKn=xxxxxx
operator service function. The DELETE
function should be used with caution when
performing write operations.
DISK
This fUnction is included if the parameter
OSDISK=YES is specified. Two separate
functions of DISK may be requested depending on the operator responses:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

DISK
or
DISK n (where n=0,2,4,6, or 8)

This operator response causes 1400 disk
drive 0 to be assigned to the second half
or quadrant of SYS021. However, if the
operator was satisfied with the current
assignment, he could respond with START (or
E.QB).
This causes the drive assignment to
remain as listed. The assignment is again
displayed if the disk drive assignment was
changed, and the system reissues message
EC40D.
If verification of the volume serial
number for a disk pack accessed by the Emulator Program is specified through utilization of a // DVOL control card (see ·The
// DVOL Control card· in the ·Control
Cards· section) or initiated through operator entry of DVOL DISKn=xxxxxx, the disk
Operator Service Functions

53

verification (see message EC75I in the
8Console Messages 8 section) is included in
the DISK function. For example:

DUMP

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

DISK 0

(System)

EC44D DISK 0 ON SYS003, PART 0
DR 191

(Operator)

SYS022,1

(System)

EC44I DISK 0 ON SYS022, PART 1
DR 191

This function is included only if the parameter OSDUMP=YES is specified when the Emulator Program is generated. The dump function provides a formatted storage printout
of the 1400 program on the printer assigned
to SYSLST. The 1400 program name, taken
from the // 1400 control card, is printed
along with the date on the top of the dump.
The entire 1400 storage is printed in bands
of 100 except when the band consists of all
blanks without wordmarks. Additionally, a
System/360 main storage dump is provided if
the test-mode option in the // 1400 control
card is specified as ·S·. For example:

(System)

EC75I WRONG PACK, MOUNT ABCDEF
DISK 0 ON DR 191

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

DVOL DISKO=123456

(Operator)

DUMP

(Operator)

DISPLAY
This function is included only if the
parameter OSDSPLY=YES or 8 OSDSPLY=nn- is
specified when the Emulator Program is
generated. The display function prints 100
or ·nn8 positions of 1400 storage on the
console typewriter. The address is entered
by the operator at least one space beyond
the word DISPLAY. The 1400 zoned zeros are
typed as follows:
• 8 is typed as ·x-, a?~ is typed as -g.,
and _!8 is typed as .p-.
(See Table 11
for additional graphic differences.) For
example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

DISPLAY 2347

(System)

A wordmark is shown as a 1 below the
character with which it is associated. A
groupmark in 1400 storage appears as a
blank character in the upper portion of the
band, with a 2 below. A wordmark with
groupmark appears as a blank character in
the upper portion of the band, with a 3
below.

DVOL DISKn
The operator wishes to initiate verification of the volume serial number of the
disk pack mounted on 1400 disk drive ·n·
(0, 2, 4, 6, or 8) with the volume serial
number specified by the // DVOL control
card (see -The // DVOL Control Card· in the
·Control Cards· section) or as modified by
operator entry.
DVOL DISKn=xxxxxx

DSPLYV
The operator wishes to display the volume
serial number of the disk pack referenced
in message EC75I (see ·operator Messages·
in the ·Console Messages 8 section). This
response is valid only if preceded by message EC75I. For example:

The operator wishes to initiate verification of the volume serial number of the
disk pack just mounted, where ·n· is the
1400 disk drive (0, 2, 4, 6, or 8) on which
the pack is mounted and -xxxxxx- is the
volume serial number (six alphameric characters). -xxxxxx- supersedes the volume
serial number specified in the // DVOL control card (see -The // DVOL Control Card·
in the ·Control Cards· section) or in the
previous operator entry for that disk
drive.

(System)

EC75I WRONG PACK, MOUNT 134A21
DISK 0 ON DR 191

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

END

(Operator)

DSPLYV

(System)

EC76I DISK 0 ON DR 191 SERIAL
NO.=111222

This response to any Emulator Program message causes the 1400 program to be terminated with an end of job. No storage
dump occurs.

54

ENTER
This function is included only if the parameter OSENTER=YES is included when the
Emulator Program is generated: The ENTER
function allows the operator to change the
contents of 1400 storage beginning at the
1400 address specified in the response.
Entered data or instructions replace any
groupmarks/wordmarks which may be present
in affected 1400 storage. Tbe first position typed is entered by the operator at
least one space beyond the word ENTER. For
example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

ENTER 653

(System)

EC42D DATA

and is thus able to set on the 1400 Q
latch. INQUIRY pbasename: To call a
System/360 program from the Core-Image
Library, execute this program# and then
return to the 1400 program. If a System/
360 program is to be fetched and executed,
the response INQUIRY is followed by the
name of the System/360 phase to be
executed. For example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

INQUIRY
or
INQUIRY phasename

See ·Inquiry" in the ·Programming Considerations" section for further details.
NEWPAC

The operator can now enter up to 50
characters. The data to be entered is
typed using the special character ._. to
indicate that a wordmark is associated with
the next character typed" The special
character • • is included in the 50
character count, but when entered at the
specified main storage address, it is associated with the next character so that the
two characters enter a single-byte location. Alphabetic characters G, P, X, and W
must be entered in upper case. Special
characters must be entered as indicated in
Table 11. The form is similar to the conde~~ed

In response to messages EC75I or EC78D (see
·Operator Messages· in the "Console Messages· section), the operator wishes to
change disk packs. After mounting the
correct disk pack and entering this
response, verification of the volume serial
number of the newly mounted disk pack with
the volume serial number of the 1400 disk
drive specified in the // DVOL control card
(see "The // DVOL Control Card· in the
·Control Cards· section) is performed.
This response is valid only if preceded by
messages EC75I or EC78D.

loader format of 1400 disk assem-

bIer output. For example, if the operator
wishes to enter a branch to 1400 location
3101 at 1400 location 653:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

ENTER 653

(System)

EC42D TYPE DATA

(Operator)

_BAOl

RESET
This function is equivalent to pressing the
START-RESET and then START keys on the
1400. RESET is available only when the
Operator Service routine is entered as a
result of a 1400 halt. To reread an error
card after a 1400 program error halt, see
the RETRY function.

INQUIRY

RETRY

Two separate functions of INQUIRY may be
specified at Emulator system generation:
INQUIRY and INQUIRY phasename. If OSINQRY=
1400 is specified, then the INQUIRY function is available. If OSINQRY=YES is specified, both INQUIRY and INQUIRY phasename
are available. INQUIRY: To inform the
1400 program that the operator has performed the function equivalent to pressing
the TYPE or REQUEST key on a 1400; that is,
the 1400 Q latch is set on for testing by
the 1400 program with a BIN xxx, Q. This
function must be selected in order to support a 1400 program that is testing for
operator inquiry. In this instance, the
operator types in INQUIRY (with no operand)

This function is used to reread an error
card. If input cards are being edited by
the 1400 program, and normal operating procedure calls for invalid 1400 cards to
cause a halt, at which time the operator is
to run out the reader, the operator should
correct the card and reinsert it; this
response must be made. This special halt
response is necessary because the Emulator
Program is a card read ahead of the 1400
and already has the next card that the 1400
is to read in its buffer. The buffer,
therefore, must be emptied and reloaded in
order to reread a card. RETRY is available
only when the Operator Service routine is
entered as a result of a 1400 halt. The
Operator Service Functions

55

procedure for using this response is as
follows:
1.

The error card is the third card in a
2540 stacker or the last card in a
1442 stacker before the operator performs a nonprocess runout. The operator should then nonprocess run out the
cards in the reader transport.

2.

3.

The operator should then correct the
error card and place it, as well as
all cards behind it, into the reader
for processing.

(System)

EC82I HALT

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

SWITCH

(System)

EC46I S-SW ON =

(System)

EC45D TYPE S-SW

(Operator)

BDF

(System)

EC46I S-SW ON

C EF

B D F

Message EC40D is then retyped, and the
operator may respond with any of the valid
Operator Service Function responses.

The operator then responds with RETRY
to continue the program. Sense switch
A is reset off at this time.
TAPE

If the 1400 program is simulating reader
stacker selection, the operating procedures
are the same, except that the error card is
the first card run out when the operator
performs a nonprocess runout.

This function is included only if the parameter OSTAPE=YES is included when the
Emulator Program is generated. Two separate functions of TAPE may be requested
depending on the operator response:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

TAPE
or
TAPE n (where n=1,2,3,4,5 or 6)

START
This function is included if any Operator
Service Functions have been specified, and
is the method used to exit from the service
routines unless EOJ is desired. An end-ofblock (EOB) entry (alternate coding key and
numeric 5 key) will provide the same function as the response START. Control is
returned to the next sequential 1400
instruction in the interrupted program.

The response TAPE causes a display of
message EC43I TAPE n ON SYSxxx, MAX BLK=
xxxxx DR CUU, n TR, yyy BPI which provides
the current programmer logical unit assignment (SYSnnn), the maximum block size (MAX
BLK=xxxxx), the device address (DR cuu),
the designation for 1- or 9-track tapes (n
TR), and the tape density (yyy BPI) for
each drive (TAPE n). For example:

STATUS
This response to message EC40D causes the
display of message EC80I, which displays
the status of the 1400 storage address
registers.

(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

TAPE

(System)

EC43I
EC43I

SWITCH
This function is used to set sense
swiEches. This reply is valid only if
HALTS=YES is specified when the Emulator
Program is generated. Upon selection of
this function, sense switches B through G
are turned off. The desired switches are
turned on by entering their alphabetic
representations. An entry of a blank by
means of typewriter spacebar results in
sense switches B through G remaining off.
The following example shows how this function may be used.

EC43I
EC43I
EC43I
EC43I

TAPE 1 ON SYSxxx,
BLK=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI
TAPE 2 ON SYSxxx,
BLK=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI
TAPE 3 ON SYSxxx,
BI..K=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI
TAPE 4 ON SYSxxx,
BLK=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI
TAPE 5 ON SYSxxx,
BLK=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI
TAPE 6 ON SYSxxx,
BLK=xxxxx DR cuu, n
yyy BPI

MAX

TR,
MAX

TR,
MAX

TR,
MAX

TR,
MAX
TR,
MAX

TR,

The response TAPE n, where n is the
drive number to be changed (a digit from 1
to 6), displays one specific tape assignment, and then, awaits a response from the
operator as to whether he is satisfied with
the current assignment or desires to change
it6 The operator may change the assignment
by typing the programmer logical unit
(RSYSnnnW) to which he wants the 1400 tape
drive assigned, or leave the current assignment by entering START (or EOB).
For
example:
(System)

EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION

(Operator)

TAPE 1

(System)

EC43D TAPE 1 ON SYS011, MAX
BLK=00725 DR 191, 7 TR,
556 BPI

(Operator)

SYS022

(System)

EC431 TAPE 1 ON SYS022: MAX
BLK=00725 DR 191, 7 TR,
556 BPI

In this example, the operator desired to
change the assignment for 1400 tape drive 1

from SYS011 to SYS022. It is important
that SYS022 is previously assigned to the
proper physical unit.
It should be noted
that the maximum block size cannot be
increased at this time.
GENERAL COMMENTS

Except for data entered under the ENTER
option, and responses to the 1400 Read
Console Printer command (M%TOxxxR or
L%TOxxxR), both of which must be specified
in upper case (except special characters),
all operator input in the Operator Service
Function routines may be typed in either
upper or lower case (except special characters). The end-of-block (ALTN CODING key
and 5 key) terminates the operator input
and releases it to the CPU in the normal
manner. Operator errors not yet released
by an end of block may be canceled by the
CANCEL function (ALTN CODING key and numeric 0 key). The entire input message must
then be retyped. The use of the BACKSPACE
key is not supported by the Emulator Programs under OOS.

Operator Service Functions

57

APPENDIX A:

EMU~OR-PROGRAM

PARAMETERS

r----------------------T------==--------------y-----------------------------------------,
Parameter
I
Required By
I
Remarks
I

I

t----------------------f----------------------+---------------------------------------~
BLKSIzu={nnnn}
I
I Indicates standard block size (plus
I
0000
I
lone byte) for 1400 tape units.
WU W is I
I
I 1400 unit number (1-6). wnnnnn is one I
I
I larger than the normal block length
I
I
I associated with the unit. Default is I
I
I 0000.
I
r----------------------+----------------------f-----------------------------------------~
I
BUFSIZE={nnnnn}
I 1400 magnetic tape I Indicates total storage area to be re- I
00000
I
I served by the Emulator Program for
I
I
I
I
I tape buffers. Default is OOOOe
I
t----------------------f----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
CARRCTL= {YES}
I Carriage-control
I Indicates carriage- control tape point- I
NO
I pointer option
I er option. Default is NO.
I
I
~----------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
!
CATALOG={YES}!
I Indicates 1400 programs to be cata- I
I
NO
I
I loged in the Core-Image Library.
I
I
I
I Default is cataloging not available.
I
t----------------------f----------------------f---------------------------------------~
I
COLBINP={YES}
I 1400 Column-Binary I Indicates that 1400 Column-Binary/ I
I
NO
I or Card-Image Punch I Card-Image Punch instructions are to I
I
I instructions
I be emulated. Defaul t is NO.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+---------------------------------------~
I
COLBINR=(YESl
I 1400 column-Binary I Indicates the 1400 column-Binary/Card- I
tNO r
I or Card-Image Read I Image Read instructions are to be emu- I
I
I lated. Default is NO.
I
I
I instructions
~----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
COL51={YES
I 51-column cards
I Indicates
51-Column Interchangeable I
NO J
I
I Read Feed feature support. Default is I
I
I
i
i NO.
I

I
I
I
I
I
i

t

r----------------------t----------------------+-----------------------------------------i
DVOL={YES}
I 1400 DASD
I Indicates verification of volume se- I

I
I
I

NO

I
I

I
I

rial number of disk pack accessed by
the Emulator Program. Default is NO.

I
I

t----------------------f----------------------+-----------------------------------------~

I
I
!
I
I
I
I

wn" is number of 1311 drives to be I
simulated. w130n w indicates one module I
of 1301 storage in addition to wnw I
~Q'
1311 drives to be simulated. 1405
I
indicates Model 1 or 2 (mutually
I
exclusive of 1301 and 1311). Default I
is nnW=O (no disk).
I
.-------------------=~~+==~===----------------f-----------------------------------------1
I
DISKTYP={2314}
I 1400 DASD
I Indicates type of System/360
disk I
I
2311
I
I unit. Default is 2311.
I
DISKDR=t n
~
130n
1405

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

1400 DASD

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

~----------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------i
W

I
I
I
I
I

DISKu=SYSnnn

I
I
I
I
I

1400 DASD

I
I
I
I
I

WU is 1-5 for 1311 and 1-4 for 1405.
wnnnn is the programmer logical unit
for device "u·. Default is SYS001SYS005 for the respective values of
·u" from 1-5.

I
I
I
I
I

r----------------------+----------------------+---------------------------------------~
n

I
D1301u=SYSnnn
I 1400 DASD
I ·u is 1-5 for 1301 on a 2311 and 1-3 I
I
I
I for 1301 on a 2314. "nnn W is the pro- I
I
I
I grammer logical unit for device nu".
I
I
I
I Default is SYS001-SYS005 for 2311 and I
L
SYS001-SYS003 for 2314.
-JI
I ______________________ I ______________________ I ________________________________________
~

~

Appendix A:

Emulator-Program Parameters

59

r----------------------T----------------------T-----------------------------------------,
Parameter
I
Required By
I
Remarks
I

I

t----------------------+----------------------+-----~~=~=~==========~=~=---------------~
I
ED IT INV= {YES}
I
I Indicates support of Inverted Print I
I
NO
I
I Edit. Default is NO.
I

~---------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~

I
I
I
I

Indicates A-address (5 digits) of
I
standard 1400 end-of-job halt. No
I
default, not generated if not
I
specified.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
EOJBADR=nnnnn
I
I Indicates B-address (5 digits) of
I
I
I
I standard 1400 end-of- job halt. No
I
I
I
I default, not generated if not
I
I
I
I specified.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
ERROPNG={YES}
I
I Indicates 1400 storage dump when 1400 I
I
NO
I
I op code ~ is detected. Defaul t ~ is
I
I
I
I treated as inva lid op code.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
FETCB= {YES}
I
I Allows 1400 programs to be called from I
I
NO
I
I core-Image Library. Default is no
I
I
I
I fetch routine is generated.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+---------------------------------------~
I
BALTS={YES}
I
I Changes sense switches on 1400 halts I
I
NO
I
I or operator service. Defaul t is
I
I
I
I change of switches not performed.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
IOCDATE={82}
I
I Moves required date to 1400 storage I
I
195
I
I from OOS communication region. Default I
I
BOTH
I
I is movement of date not performed.
I
I
NO
I
I
I
r----------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
MPGMBLK={nn}
I
I Indicates number of 2K (2048) blocks I
I
.Q
I
I of storage reserved for foreground
I
I
I
I
I programs. "nn" must be less than or
I
I
I equal to 20 for the Model 30 Emulator I
I
I
I
I Program Default is o.
~----------------------+----------------------+---------------------------------------~
i
OSADDR={YES}'
i
I converts 1400 addresses to hexadec- I
I
NO
I
I imal. Default is conversion not
I
I
I
I performed.
I
~----------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
OSALTER={YES}
I
I Changes 1400 address registers. De- I
I
NO
I
I faul t is register change not
I
I
I
I performed.
I
r----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
OSDISK={YES}
I
I Changes 1400 disk-drl ve assignments. I
I
NO
I
I Default is aSSignment changes not
I
I
I
I performed.
I
EOJAADR=nnnnn

I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

~----------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~

I
I
I

OSDSPLY={YES}
I
I Displays 1400 storage. "nn" is number I
nn
I
I of bytes per display. Default is dis- I
NO
I
I play not performed.
I
r----------------------+----------------------+---------------~-.----------------------~
I
OS DUMP= {YES}
I
t Dumps 1400 storage onto SYSLST. De- I
I
NO
I
I fault is dump not performed.
I
r----------------------+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
OSENTER={YES}
I
I Alters 1400 storage from console. De- I
I
NO
I
I fault is alteration of storage not
I
IL______________________ I ______________________ I _______________________________________
performed.
I
~

60

~

~

..--

i

'

i

I
Required B y ,
Remarks
,
I---------------i---------+-I-----,----------~---~
I
OSINQRY=11400!
I 1407/1447 Console
, Performs 1400 Read and Write Console I
I
YES,
Inquiry Station
I Printer instructions, and simulates I
!
!
NO,
I the Q latch when "1400" is specified.
I
I
1
I Performs the preceding and executes
I
I
I System/360 inquiry programs when "YES" ,
I is specified. Default is none of the ;
,

Parameter

,

,

,

lI
OSrAPE={~~S}
I
I
l--

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I

I
I
I

PCH HOO= (' ij ijql
p442
.l~Q~

I-I
PCH360= fijij2!
2520
I
I
~~~Q
I
I
PFR=rESt
COK
I
liQ }
i
I--

,,

other than 1402

I
I

,

other than 2540

PTRASG N=SYS nnn

I

,

,

I
I
I

,
I
I
i
I
I
I

,

1404

,,
,
,

•

..-"..-

,,

i

READRSS=

I

RDR1400=J1442}
\1~Q1

l!J42

I

Changes 1400 tape-drive assignment$. I
Default is tape assignment changes not
performed.
Indicates type of
Default is 1402.

1400

Indicates type
punch. Default

System/360
2540.

,

RDR360= 1442
2501
2520

I

254Q

~

I
I
I
I

RELOC={Q}
nnn

of
is

card punch.

card I
1

,,

Indicates if the punch-feed-read feature is to be implemented. Default is

,,
,
,

1404 cut-card operations and indicates
reassignment of printer from SYSLS~.
Default is SYSLST.
I
~

Indicates length of 1400 print line.
"nnn" is 100, 120, or 132 for the
I
1403, 120 or 144 for the 1443, or 132
for the 1404. Default is 132.

type

Indicates
fault is

Other than 2540

of 1400 printer.

De~

Indicates type of System/360
Default is 14.03.

,,
1

1403.
printer.

,
,

,
I

Indicates 1402 punch stacker selection ,
support. Default is NO.
,
--f
Indicates reader stacker selection or ;
1442 reaier-punch-stacker selection.
,
Default is NO.
I
-f
Indicates type of 1400 card reader. ,
Default is 1402.
,

r---------~--~----_+--------------------~----------

I
I

,
,,
,
,

NO.

---------i
I
I
I
I
PTRLNG={nnn}
I
I
1J~
I
I
I
i
i
I
I
I--------------------~~~------------------+nllg111nn"", 111111~\
Other than 1403
m~~!
I
I
I
I
I
I-I other than 1403
I
prR360= fijq3!
1404
I
I
1.9QJ
I
~
I
PONCHSS={!~S}
I

,,
1--------------...
{~~S}
,
-------i,

above functions performed.

Indicates type of
System/360
reader.
Default is 2540.

,

card I

I
,

I

I

I
I
,

byte of 1400 simulated storage on the 1
Kodel 40. Also used to calculate the I
Emulator's load point.
,
----f
Indica tes 1311 Scan Disk instructions ,
in 1400 proqram. Default is Scan Disk I
not performed.
I

-----.I. -----------------+---------.----------------------~
Indicates the location of the first
,

r--------------------~I------------

'SCAN=-{YNOES}

I
I

I
I
I

~

I

1400 Scan Disk

J

Appendix A:

Emulator-Program Parameters

61

r----------------------~-----

I

I~

Parameter

seA N360= {~~S}

,,

,

:

1400 Scan Disk

,,

I

I

i-I
I
I
I
I
I

SECT ORS= {nnn}
QlQ

I
I
I
I

SEND={~}
nnnnn

•

,Required By

,,
I
I

I
I
I
I

,

I

SIZ1400={nn}
..1§

I

,

l------------~----~----

SIZ360={nnn}
§~

I
I
I
I
I

Other than 64K

I------------------t---SSQUANT={ONE}
I

,
I

~AHI

,

QQQ

,
,

,

than 000

~-----

I
,
I
I
I

,

I
lI
I
L

Indicates load point for the Kodel 30
Emulator Program. Used to generate
assembly listing addresses identical
to those at object program execution
time. Not used on the Model 40.

;

,,
I

,
I

I
I

,
I
I

Indicates 1400
main storage size, I
where "nn" is any ~n!!. number between ,
2 and 16. Default is 16.
I
f
Indicates
System/360 main
storage,
size, where "nn" is 24, 32, or 64 for I
the Model 30 Emulator Program and 32, I
48, 64, 128, or 256 for the Kodel 40
I
Emulator Program. Default is 64.
I

--+---------------------------~-----------f
Indicates assignment of 1400 unit-rec- I
ord devices to tape or disk, where
I

,

Indicates that job stream can
be
transferred from card input on SYSROR
to tape or disk on SYSIPT during 1400
program execution. If the SYSROPT parameter is specified YES, the II IP
control card is optional, but must be
in the customer's deck if he wishes
the job stream transferred from card
input on SYSRDR to tape or disk on
SYSIPT during 1400 program execution.
However, if the II IP control card is
used, the SYSROPT parameter must be
specified YES. Default is all input
from SY SIPT.

SYSROPT={i~S}

I--

-----------------------------;I

Indicates number of sectors the Emulator Program may read per revolution,
where "nnn" is 001-020 for the Kodel
30 Emulator Program and 001-100 for
the Model 40 Emulator Program.
Defa ul t is 020.

"i", is SYSIPT, "p" is SYSPCH, and "1"
is SYSLST. 0 indicates unit-record
I
device only. 1 indicates unit-record
or tape device, 2 indicates unitrecord, tape, or disk device, and 3
indicates unit-record or disk device.
Default is 000.

I

,
I
,
I

If File Scan feature is installed,
used in coniunction with SC&N=YES to
implement 1400 Scan Disk feature.
Default is a software simulation of
Scan Disk function.

Applies only when reader stacker se- ,
lection is desired. The default is
I
KANY.
I

I
I

I

,,

=-===,

,-------+-------------------------------------~

I
I

l---------------t'SYSIO={iPl}
,Other

,

Remarks

-~f

Other than 16K

I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
i

I
I

r-------------------f----,

,,

,

i
,Le ss ttl an 20
I
,
,
I
I

-----------f

,

,,

,,
,,
,,

,,
,,
,
I

I

,
,,
I

I
I

,

'------·----------+-------------------~------------------------------------------f

TAPEDR={Q}
TAPE MOD=MXEDPAR

1400 magnetic tape

Indicates number (1-6)
units. Default is O.

of 1400 tape,

I

•

Indicates mode of 9- or 1- track tape. I
Default is even parity, Normal mode.
I
I

r----------------------r---------------------~-----------------------------------------,

I

Parameter
I
Required By
I
Remarks
I
.----------------------+----------------------+---------------------------------------~
I
TAPERRS=(LST
) I
I Indicates simulation of 1400 diagnos- i
i
LOG
\
i
i tic tape read and storage scan. (CHAR I
I
LSTCHAR
I
I indicates display in character mode I
!
LOGCHAR
I
I onlye) Default is simulation not per- I
I
( NO
I
I formed.
I
~--------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
TAPEu=SYSnnn
I 1400 magnetic tape I ·u· is 1-6. A programmer logical unit I
I
I
I must be assigned to all six 1400 tape I
I
I
I units. The same logical unit may be
I
I
I
I assigned to more than one tape unit.
I
I
I
I • nnn· is the programmer logical unit
I
I
I
I for device ·u·. Default is SYSOlli
I
I
I SYS016 for the respective values of
I
I
I
I
I ·u· from 1-6.
~---------------------+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
TAPLD!ID={YES}
I 1400 magnetic tape I Indicates tape Load-mode operations. I
I
NO
I in Load mode
I Default is Load-mode operations not
I
I
I
I performed.
I
r---------------------_+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I TIMER={YES}
I
I Indicates availability of timer on I
I
NO
I
I System/360 and time of day to log for !
I
I
I 1400 jobs. Default is timer not
I
I
i
i available.
I
r---------------------_+----------------------+-----------------------------------------~
I
TRACKOP={YES}
I 1311, 1301, or 1405 I Indicates track operations on 1311, I
I
NO
I track operations
I 1301, or 1405. Default is track
I
I
I
I operations not performed.
I
r---------------------_+----------------------+----------------------------------------~
I
USRPROG={YES}
I User-written rouI Indicates block of user code to be in- I
I
.NO .
! tine
! serted for non-standard Emulator Pro- I
I
I
I gram functions. Default is entry to
I
I
I
I user program not generated.
I
t--------~==---_+-------------------+-----------------------------~
I
VERIFY=fYES}
I
I Verifies disk records written. Default I
!L-_____________________
'NO J ! ________ ==________ ___ A_
I ________________________________________
is disk verification net performed.
JI

l

~

~

Appendix A:

Emulator-Program Parameters

63

APPENDIX B:

MODEL 30 BASIC FEATURE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

Six specialized System/360 instructions
are provided for use with the 1401/1440/
1460 Basic Compatibility Feature. These
are:
• Compatibility Feature Initialize Mode
(CFIM)

Timing:
19 microseconds

• Compatibility Feature Mode Set (CFMS)

The six special System/360 instructions
provided with the Basic Compatibility Feature have the SI format and are similar to
the Diagnose instruction. The operation
code for all instructions is the same (99).
The six special compatibility instructions
have the following format:

• Compatibility Feature Store Variables
(CFSV)
• Compatibility Feature Load Variables
(CFLV)

SI

• Compatibility Feature Store Constants
(CFSC)

r----r----------------~----~------------,

I
I
12
I
I
I
I 99 ~--------T--------~ B2. I
D2.
I
IL____ I ________
W2. iI_ _______
W2
I _____ I ___________ I

• Compatibility Feature Load Constants
(CFLC)

~

An attempt to use these instructions
should not be made unless the Basic Compatibility Feature is installed on the system.
The System/360 Diagnose instructions
(see the publication IBM System/360 Principles of Operations, GA22-6821) provide a
means to enable and disable these specialized instructions. Thus, operationexception protection is assured when compatibility is not being used on the system.
The Diagnose instruction as used for the
Compatibility Feature has ~~e following
format:
SI

r----T-----------------r-----r------------,
I
I
I B2. I
D2.
I

I 83 I
12
~-----+------------~
IL ____LI _________________ I _____
0
I ___________
3
C
C I
~

o 7 8

~

15 16 19 20

~

Condition Code:
Unpredictable

o

7 8

~

11

12

~

15 16 19 20

~

31

Bits 8-11 (W2.) are used to define the
six special instructions. Mnemonics are
not provided for these instructions in the
assembler language. When the assembler
language is used, these instructions must
be coded as hexadecimal constants, using
the DC assembler statement.
Condition Code:
Remains unchanged
Program Interruptions:
Addressing
Compatibility Feature Initialize Mode
(CFIM)
This compatibility instruction is defined by W2. being equal to zero. Bits
12-15 (W 2 ) are interpreted as follows:

31

When the Diagnose instruction is used to
enable or disable the special compatibility
instructions, the displacement contains the
hexadecimal address 3CC. Bits 16-19 (B2.)
must be zero. When the 12 byte of the Diagnose instruction is 80, special 1400 compatibility instructions are allowed to
function. When the 12 byte is 00, these
special instructions are disabled and cause
a program interruption if used. It should
be noted that the Diagnose instruction is a
privileged operation.

64

Proqram Interruptions:
- privileged-operation
Specification
Addressing

~

Interpreted As

o

No initialization required

1

Initialize for 1402 card load

2

Initialize for 1401 tape load

9

Initialize for 1442 card load

This instruction loads auxiliary storage
consecutively with 512 bytes, starting at
the main storage address specified by the
effective address (B2. + D2.).
If W2 = 1 or
9, positions 0001 through 0080 of compatibility storage are cleared to blanks and a
wordmark is inserted in location 0001. In

addition, if W2 = 9, a groupmark with wordmark (GMWM) is inserted in position 0081 of
compatibility storage. If W2 = 2, the
first tape instruction performed ignores
GMWMs in storage. This instru~tion also
performs the following functions after auxiliary storage loading is completed:

1402 card load (51 column), or + 240
microseconds for 1442 card load.
compatibility Feature Mode Set (CFMS)
This compatibility instruction is
defined by the contents of W1. being equal
to 1. w2 is interpreted as follows:

• Tests the allow-I/O-traps bit (Programmed Mode Switch control) in auxiliary storage. If the bit is off, the
multiplexor channel is inhibited from
byte interleaving, all I/O interruptions are prohibited, and external
interruptions are enabled.
Note: The allow-I/O-traps bit should
always be off unless the Programmed
Mode Switch (PMS) subfeature is
installed.
• Generates a ~~ique character (SF) in
the main storage location that is one
less than that corresponding to
compatibility-storage location 0000.
This character serves to detect a lowmain-storage wraparound condition when
operating in compatibility mode.
• Switches to 1400 Read Only Storage
(ROS> control and initiates a 1400
instruction read-out at the address
specified in the auxiliary-storage A
backup locations for the I and J registers (1400 instruction counter). This
initial address need not be in the 1400
portion of main storage, but it may not
be in main-storage hexadecimal address
0000.

~

Interpreted As

0

No initialization required

1

Initialize for 1402 card load

2

Initialize for 1401 tape load

9

Initialize for 1442 card load

If W2 = 1 or 9, positions 0001 through
0080 of compatibility storage are cleared
to blanks and a wordmark is L~serted in
location 0001. In addition, if W2 = 9, a
groupmark with wordmark (GMWM) is inserted
in position 0081 of compatibility storage.
If W2 = 2, the first tape instruction performed ignores GMWMs in storage. This
instruction performs the same functions as
the CFIM instruction, except that auxiliary
storage is not initialized and no storage
scan is performed. In brief, the CFMS
instruction does the following (see the
CFIM instruction for details):
• Tests the allow-I/O-traps bit.
• Allows detection of any low-order 1400mode storage wraparound conditions.
• SWitches control to 1400-mode.

• Scans 1400 storage and sets all invalid
1400 characters to blank (hexadecimal
40).
The Compatibility Feature Initialize
Mode instruction has the following Format:

SI
r----T-------~-------~----~------------,

I
I
W1.
I
W2
1
I
I
I 99 ~--------+--------~ B1. I
D1.
I
IL-___ I ________
0 I _______
0,1,2,91 _____ I ____________JI
~

o

1 8

~

11 12

~

~

15 16 19 20

Therefore, the CFMS instruction is used
when auxiliary storage has been previously
initialized and no changes are required to
begin another Emulator Program. The CFMS
instruction also may be used to retnrn system control to the 1400 ROS after a system
interruption when the PMS subfeature is
used. In this latter case, W2 would be
equal to o.
The Compatibility Feature Mode Set
instruction has the following format:

31
SI

condition Code:
Unchanged

r---~-------~--------T-----T------------'

I
I W1.
I W2
1
I
I
I 99 ~--------+--------~ B1. I
D1.
I
IL-___ I ________
0
1________
0,1,2,91 _____ I ___________ _JI

Program Interruption:
Addressing

~

o

Timing:
65 + (4 x 512) + (6 times number of
1400 characters) microseconds + 3
microseconds for tape load, or + 238
microseconds for 1402 card load (80
column), or + 240 microseconds for

7 8

~

11 12

~

~

15 16 19 20

31

Condition Code:
Unchanged
Program Interruption:
Addressing

Appendix B: Model 30 Basic Feature Special Instructions

65

Although no specification checking is
performed, a 2S6-byte boundary in main
storage must not be crossed during instruction execution.

Timing:
63 microseconds
compatibility Feature store Variables
(CFSV)

Compatibility Feature Load Variables (CFLV)

This instruction can be used to alter
any of the 64 bytes of 1400 auxiliary
storage. It transfers four bytes from main
storage, beginning with the effective
address specified by B~ and D~, to four
contiguous 1400 auxiliary-storage locations
specified by W2 (see Table 13). For this
instruction, W~ contains a hexadecimal
value of 3.

This Compatibility-mode instruction is
defined by W~ being equal to a hexadecimal
value of 2. The CFLV instruction loads
main storage, beginning with the effective
address specified by B~ and D2.' from the
four contiguous bytes of 1400 auxiliary
storage specified by W2 • The specifications of W2 for this instruction are shown
in Table 13.

Most variables contained in 1400 auxiliary storage, such as 1400 instruction
address, tape densities, and unit address
assignments, can be changed with this
instruction.

The Compatibility Feature Load Variables
instruction has the following format:

The compatibility Feature Store Variables instruction has the following format:

~--------+_-------~
B2. I
D2.
1
1L-___ I _______
2
I _______ I _____ I___________-JI

SI

r----y--------y--------y-----y------------,
;
I
W2. I
I i i
W2

I
I
W2. I
W2
I
I 99 .--------+--------f

I

I

o

3
1_______
_______

1 8

~

o

SI
r----y--------y-------~-----T------------,

L---_~

I 99

~

11 12

I

I

B~

D~

I

I

I_____ I____________ JI

~

7 8

~

11 12

~

~

15 16 19 20

Condition Code:
Unchanged

~

15 16 19 20

31

Program Interruption:
Addressing

Condition Code:
Unchanged

Timing:
44 microseconds

Program Interruption:
Addressing

A main-storage 256-byte boundary must
not be crossed during execution of this
instruction.

Timing:
44 microseconds
Table 13.

Compatibility Feature store Constants
(CFSC)

1400 Auxiliary Storage Bytes
Defined by W2

.-------------y-----------T-----------,
I
I W for 14001 W for 1400 1
2

2

I
I Auxiliary I Auxiliary
I Bytes Defined I Storage A 1 storage B

I

1

.-------------+------------t-------------i
I
1
I 80 through 831 0000 (0)

I

1

1

I

1

I

1000 (8)

1 84 through 871 0001 (1)

1001 (9)

I 88 through 8BI 0010 (2)

1010 (A)

I 8C through 8FI 0011 (3)

1011 (B)

1
1
I 90 through 931 0100 (4)
I
I
I 94 through 971 0101 (5)
I
I

1100 (C)
1101 (D)

I 98 through 9BI 0110 (6)

1

~

66

1110

I

IL-_________
9C through 9Fi ____________
0111 (7i

31

~

This instruction transfers the contents
of main storage locations beginning with
the effective address specified by B~ and
D~ to the 16 contiguous 1400 auxiliarystorage locations specified by W2. and W2 •
w2. is used to define the instruction function and must contain the hexadecimal value
9 or D. If W~ contains a 9, W2 refers to a
starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage
A. If W2. contains a Dr W2 refers to a
starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage
B. W2 provides the high-order hexadecimal
digit of the starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage. The low-order hexadecimal
digit of the starting address is always
zero. If W2 contains the value 1, the
starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage
is 70, and the locations 10 through 7F are
loaded with the information starting at the
main storage location defined by B~ and D~.

(E)

1111 (F) __J
___________

The Compatibility Feature Store Constants instruction bas the following
format:

SI
r----T-------~-------~----~------------l

I
I
W~
I
W2
I
I
I
D~
I
I 99 r--------t--------; B~ I
iL-___ I ________
9 or D i
i_____
i___________ _JI
_______
~

o 7 8

~

11 12

~

~

15 16 19 20

31

COndition Code:
Unchanged

B. W2 provides the high-order hexadecimal
digit of the starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage. The low-order hexadecimal
digit of the starting address is always
zero. If W2 contains the value 1, the
starting address in 1400 auxiliary storage
is 70, and the locations 70 through 1F are
loaded with the information starting at the
main storage location defined by B~ and D~.
The Compatibility Feature Load Constants
instruction has the following format:

Program Interruption:
Addressing

SI
Timing:

r----T--------T--------T---~-----------_,

106 microseconds
Compatibility Feature Load Constants (CFLC>
This instruction loads the main storage
locations beginning with the effective
address specified by B~ and D~ from the 16
contiguous bytes of 1400 auxiliary storage
specified by W~ and w2 - W2 is used to
define the instruction function and must
contain the hexadecimal value 8 or C. If
W~ contains an 8, data is fetched from 1400
auxiliary storage A. If W~ contains a C,
data is fetched from 1400 auxiliary storage

I
I
W~
I W2
I
I 99 ~--------+-------~
IL____ I ________
8 or C I _______ I
~

o

7 8

~

11 12

~

I
I
___ I

B~

~

I
I
__________ _JI
D~

15 16 19 20

31

Condition Code:
Unchanged
Program Interruption:
Addressing
Timing:
106 microseconds

Appendix B: Model 30 Basic Feature Special Instructions

67

APPENDIX C:

MODEL 30 PROGRAMMED MODE SWITCH SUBFEATURE SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

The Programmed Mode Switch (PMS) subfeature allows 2030 programs and Model 30 Emulator Programs to reside in storage coincidentally and to be executed in an interleaved manner by providing the capability
to switch the processor between Compatibility mode and 2030 mode under control of the
2030 program.
Special System/360 instructions are provided to control and facilitate communication between the 2030 program and the 1400
programs. These special System/360
instructions are enabled and disabled as in
the Basic Compatibility Feature by way of
the System/360 Diagnose instruction.
Mnenomics are not included in the assembler
language.
If the system is not equipped with the
PMS subfeature, the Model 30 1400 Emulator
Program under DOS cannot be used.
The PMS subfeature includes the following instructions, which facilitate the
transfer of data between 2030-program data
areas:
• Compatibility Feature Move To Compatibility (CFMT)
• Compatibility Feature Move From Compatibility (CFMF)
• Compatibility Feature Load To Compatibility (CFLT)
• Compatibility Feature Load From Compatibility (CFLF)
The four special System/360 instructions
have the RR format, which is illustrated as
follows:

not moved; wordmarks in the destination
field remain undisturbed.
The move to compatibility is similar to
a tape-move operation in the 1400, except
that information is moved from the 2030
storage area to the area reserved for the
1400 portion of the program. The binary
address specified by general register R2 is
the source address in the 2030 storage
area. The binary address specified by general register R1 is the destination address
in the 1400 main-storage area. The loworder 16 bits of the general register specified by R1 + 1 is the count and is decremented for each byte transferred from the
2030 main-storage area.
The two addresses are incremented by 1
and the count is decremented by 1 in the
specified general purpose register after
each byte is moved.
The count is checked for zero before
each byte transfer. If it is zero, the
operation is terminated and a groupmark
(GM) is inserted in the destination field.
The operation is also terminated on detection of a groupmark with wordmark (GMWM) in
the destination field, in which case no
character is moved.
The destination address is always
updated to 1 beyond the GMWM or GM address
at the end of the move. The effective 1400
B-Storage Address Register is set to this
address.
The Compatibility Feature Move to Compatibility instruction has the following
format:
RR

RR

r-------T--------T------'

I Op
I
I
I
IL_______
Code I ________
R1
I ______
R2 JI
o

~

~

7 8

11 12

15

The general register specified by R1
contains the destination address. The
source address is specified by R2 •

r-----~--------T------'

IL_______
OE
I ________
R1
I _____
R2 -JI
o

~

~

7 8

11 12

15

Condition code:
00 - Operation terminated by count
zero
01
Operation terminated by a GMWM in
1400 storage

Compatibility Feature Move to Compatibility
(CFMT)

Program Interruptions:
Addressing
Program

This instruction moves data from the
source address (2030 storage) to the
destination address (compatibility storagej. Wordmarks in the source field are

Timing:
65 + (5 times number of characters
transferred) microseconds. Add 3

£0

VV

microseconds for each wordmark in the
destination field.
compatibility Feature Move From
Compatibility (CFMF)

R1 + 1 is a count of the number of bytes to
be handled in the source field.
Wordmarks in the source field are not
moved. Wordmarks in the destination field
are cleared. When a word separator
character is detected in the source field,
however, the count is decremented by 1, the
source address is incremented by 1, no
character transfer takes place, and a wordmark is inserted with the first character
following in the source field that is not
also a word separator.

This instruction is identical to the
CFMT instruction, with the following
exceptions:
• The movement of data is reversed.
• GMWM detection is done on the source
field.
• When a GMWM terminates the instruction,
the source address is incremented to 1
beyond the GMWM address, and the
destination address remains unchanged.
The effective 1400 B-Storage Address
Register is set to this (source)
address.

Termination on GMWM detection or count
and setting of the condition register is
identical to that of the CFMT instruction.
The effective 1400 B-Storage Address
Register is set to the final destination
address.
The Compatibility Feature Load to Compatibility instruction has the following
format:

groupmark is inserted in the
destination field on termination by
count.

• No

The Compatibility Feature Move From Compatibility instruction has the following
format:

RR

r-------y--------y------,
I OC
I R1
I Ra I
L_____

o

~

_______

7 8

~

11 12

____ J

15

RR

r-------y--------T------,
Ra I
____

IL _______
OF
I R1
I
L--______

~

o

7 8

11 12

Condition Code:
00 - operation terminated by count
zero
01 - Operation terminated by a GMWM in
1400 storage

_J

15

COndition Code:
00 - Operation terminated by count
zero
01 - Operation terminated by a GMWM in
1400 storage

Program Interruptions:
Addressing
Program

Program Interruptions:
Addressing
Program

Timing:
65 + (4 times number of characters
transferred) microseconds. Add 2
microseconds for each wordmark in the
source field.

Timing:
62 + (5 times number of characters
transferred) microseconds. Add 3
microseconds for each wordmark in the
destination field.
Compatibility Feature Load to compatibility
(CFLT)
This instruction moves data from the
source address (2030 storage) to the
destination address (compatibility storage).

This instruction is identical to the
CFLT instruction, with the following
exceptions:
• The movement of data is from 1400
storage to 2030 storag~.

This function is similar to a tape-load
operation from 2030 storage to 1400
storage. The binary address specified by
general register Ra is the source address,
and the binary address specified by general
register R1 is the destination address.
The low-order 16 bits in general register
Appendix C:

compatibility Feature Load From
Compatibility (CFLF)

• Wordmarks in the source field cause a
word separator character to be inserted
in the destination field. The destination address is incremented by 1, the
count is decremented by 1, and the
source address remains unchanged.
• GMWM detection is done on the source
field.

Model 30 PMS Subfeature Special Instructions

69

• When a GMWM terminates the operation,
the source address is incremented to 1
beyond the GMWM, and the destination
address remains unchanged. The effective 1400 B-Storage Address Register is
set to this source address.
•

No

groupmark is inserted on termination

by count.

The compatibility Feature Load From Compatibility instruction has the following
format:
RR
r-------y-------~-----I

IL_______
00
I
R1
R2 JI
L-_______
LI ______

o

70

7 8

11 12

15

Condition Code:
00 - Operation terminated by count
zero
01 - Operation terminated by GMWM in
1400 storage
Program Interruptions:
Addressing
Program
Timing:
61 + (5 times nwnber of characters
transferred) microseconds. Add 4
microseconds for each wordmark in the
destination field, and add 10 microseconds for each wordmark in the
S ouree field
$

APPENDIX D:

This appendix contains a brief description of the functions performed by a group
of machine instructions that are intended
for use by the Model 40 Emulator Program
and are available for modifying the Model
40 Emulator Program for specific applications. To use these instructions properly,
it is necessary that the user be thoroughly
familiar with the internal operation and
logic of the Model 40 Emulator Program.
The 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility
Feature executes 1400 instructions and performs other functions, such as updating the
simUlated 1400 registers. If the 1400
instruction to be emulated is not a Move
Character and Edit (MCE), a Move Character
and Suppress Zeros (MeS), an instruction
related to input/output, a Halt, or any of
the Branch on I/O Indicator instructions,
the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature executes the instruction without using
the EmUlator Program. After execution of
an instruction, the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature obtains (fetches) the
next 1400 instruction. There are two
methods of fetching the 1400 instructions:
fetch the next sequential instrdction (1Fetch) and fetch the instruction located at
the address of the A operand (I-Fetch at
A-Address).

MODEL 40 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

executed by the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature alone or requires a
branch to the Emulator Program

I-FETCH AT A-ADDRESS
I-Fetch at the A-address performs the
same operations as I-Fetch, except tbatthe
address in the A-Address Register (AAR) is
used, instead of the address in the TAR, to
obtain the address of the next instruction.
After the instruction is fetched, the
address of the next instruction is stored
in the simulated IAR. This is the process
used for executing 1400 Branch instructions ..

DIAGNOSE INSTRUCTIONS
The 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility
Feature provides special Diagnose instructions for us e by the Emulator Program in
executing 1400 instructions, converting
~;I~ ... .o.oo ~o

yu.'\.do...L.~.-;JQ~"',

'9'\"" ,..'h::lll
..... :::.,..+
I"'\Y\
"'".£.!."""c!z,,"""'
' ' ' ..... 0.,.... .... 'r:l'"l"\C!1 .::a~';
"""..,!b.,=,a,a #

Y""\"''''~'''; AI";
.t''&'''-'lf .da.,"".L"'A~

~

'-!::.""".&a~db"""

inserting groupmarks and tapemarks, and
returning control to the 1401/1440/1460 DOS
Compatibility Feature. These instructions
include the following:

I-FETCH
I-Fetch performs the following operations:

• Multiway Branch
• Scatter/Gather
• Clear Entire 1400 Storage to Blanks
• Gets the contents of the simulated
Instruction Address Register lIAR)
• Converts the address in the IAR to the
effective address in simulated storage
that contains the instruction to be
interpreted

• Clear 1400 Locations 0-80 to Blanks
• Address Modify
• Scatter/Gather Binary Data
• Return to 1401:

I-Fetch

• Return to 1401:

I-Fetch at A-Address

• Fetches the instruction
• Updates and restores the simulated IAR
• Performs any indexing required for the
instruction
• converts the effective 1400 addresses
of the operands obtained to their
System/360 addresses in simulated
storage
• Examines the operation code to determine whether the instruction can be

• Scan for Groupmark with Wordmark in
1400 Storage
• Edit Analyze
• Edit Get, Put
The Diagnose instructions communicate
with the 1401/1440/1460 DOS COmpatibility
Feature through the general purpose registers (GPRs).
Appendix D: Model 40 Special Instructions

71

The Diagnose instructions have the following format:

Scatter/Gather
The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83100741. Since simulated
1400 storage is not contiguous, and 1400
internal BCD is not represented the same as
in the System/360 buffers, this instruction
is necessary to move data between EmulatorProgram storage and the simulated 1400
storage. This instruction also translates
between BCDIC-8 and the simulated 1400
internal code in which instructions and
data are represented in simulated 1400
storage (see Table 14).

• Byte 1 - operation code (hexadecimal
83)
• Byte 2 - control byte (variable)
• Bytes 3 and 4 - absolute Read-OnlyStorage address of the link to the
140111440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature (hexadecimal 0741)
A description of each Diagnose instruction follows.

Scatter performs the following:
Multiway Branch
The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83000741. This instruction
causes a branch to a subroutine after
determining the branch address by a tablelookup operation. A specified character is
compared to the entries in a table in
Emulator-Program storage; the program
branches to the address formed by combining
the table function with a specified base
address when an equal compare is recognized. After each unequal compare of
search and table arguments, the table argument is tested for zero. A zero table
argument signals the end of the table; the
current search argument is ignored and program execution continues at the next
.
sequential instruction after the Diagnose.
To execute this Diagnose instruction, GPRs
8 and 9 must be initialized as follows:
Bytes 0 and 1

Bytes 2 and 3

r--------------~------------------,

GPR 8

I Search Table
I Address

I Search Argument
I Address

I
I

GPR 9

IL-_____________ -LI __________________
Base Address
JI

.---------------+------------------~

Search Table Address: This is the binary
address of the beginning of a table (high
order) consisting of a series of 2-byte
entries, each situated on a halfword boundary. Byte 1 of each entry is the table
argument to be compared to the search argument. Byte 2 is a binary relative address
that is added to the base address when an
equal compare occurs. The sum of the relative address and the base address is loaded
into the current program status word (PSW)
as a new instruction counter (IC).
Search Argwnent Address: This is the
binary address of the search argument in
Emulator-Program storage.
Base Address: This address forms the
address of the next Emulator-program
instruction when combined with the relative
address found in the table.
72

• Moves characters from contiguous
Emulator-Program storage to noncontiguous 1400 storage
• Translates these characters from BCDIC8 to simulated 1400 internal code
• Sets a condition code at termination of
Scatter operation to indicate results
of the operation
• Returns to the next Emulator-Program
instruction if no invalid characters
are found
• If an invalid character is detected, a
.+" character (XOOOOOOO) is inserted in
1400 storage for that character, operation continues to termination and exits
to branch table entry 31c
Gather performs the following functions:
• Moves characters from noncontiguous
1400 storage locations to contiguous
locations in Emulator-program storage
• Translates these characters from simulated 1400 internal code to BCDIC-8
• Sets a condition code at termination of
Gather operation to indicate results of
the operation
• Returns to ~he next instruction of the
Emulator-Program
Data is represented in buffer areas in
BCDIC-8, as shown in Table 15. When this
data is scattered to 1400 storage, it
remaps into the representation as shown in
Table 14. When it is gathered, into the
buffer from 1400 storage, it remaps into
BCDIC-8 again.
To execute this Diagnose instruction.
GPRs 8 and 9 must be initialized as
follows:

Bytes 1, 2, and 3

Byte 0

r-------------~--------------------,

GPR 8 I

I System/360 Address I
I
I

00

I

L ______________ ___________________ _J
~

Byte 1

Byte 0

Bytes 2 and 3

r---------T--------r----------------,

GPR 9 I Control I Count I 1400 Address
I
Byte
I ________ I _____________ _JI
IL-________
~

~

System/360 Address: This is the System/360
buffer address from where data is to be
taken (scattered) or to where data is to be
placed (gathered).
Control Byte: This byte determines the
manner of the scatter or gather and the
status of the 1400 B-Address Register
(BAR), in GPRl or GPR9. Bits 1, 2, 3, 5,
and 6 are always zero. If bit 4 contains a
1, the BAR contains the updated 1400
address used in the scatter or gather
operation. GPR 8 (System/360 address) is
updated as used. If bit 4 is 0, the BAR
remains unchanged, and GPR 9 contains the
updated 1400 address used in the scatter or
gather operation. Bits 0 and 7 have the
following meanings:
Bits

o

7

o

o

Gather characters in Load mode.
The characters from simulated 1400
internal code with word- marks are
translated to BCDIC-8 with
wordmarks.

1

Scatter characters in Move mode.
The characters are translated from
BCDIC-8 to simulated 1400 internal
code. Bit 0 of the 1400 storage
locations remains unchanged. This
has the effect of leaving wordmark
bits unchanged in 1400 storage
while moving new characters into
these locations.

o

Operation

1

o

Gather characters in Move mode.
Simulated 1400 internal code characters with wordmarks are translated to BCDIC-8 without
wordmarks.

1

1

Scatter characters in Load mode.
BCDIC-8 characters with wordmarks
are translated to simulated 1400
internal code.

Count: This field specifies the number of
characters to be moved minus 1. For
example, a count field containing hexadecimal OA causes 11 characters to be moved.
The scatter/gather operation is restricted
to 256 characters per operation. The count
field is unchanged by this operation.

1400 Address: This is the address, in
"hddd" form, of the lowest 1400 address of
the data field, Where "h" is a hexadecimal
digit and ad" is a decimal digit.
Condition Codes: The following condition
codes are set at the termination of a
Scatter operation:
00 - The operation has been terminated
because an internal count, derived
from the count byte in GPR9, has
been decremented to zero. The 1400
address points to the last character
scattered plus 1.
01 - The operation has been terminated
because a groupmark wordmark (GMWM)
has been found in 1400 storage
before the internal count has been
decremented to zero. The 1400
address points to the GMWM plus 1.
GPR8 points to the last System/360
character that was scattered plus 1.
The following condition codes are set for a
Gather operation:
00 - The operation has been terminated
because an internal count, derived
from the count byte in GPR9, has
been decremented to zero. The 1400
address points to the last character
gathered plus 1.
01 - The operation has been terminated
because a GMWM has been found in
1400 storage before the internal
count was decremented to zero. The
GMWM has not been gathered to the
Emulator Program storage. The 1400
address pointer to the GMWM plus 1.
GPR8 points to the last character
gathered to the System/360 storage
plus 1, i.e., where the GMWM would
be if it had been moved.
Scatter/Gather Load Mode Tape
The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83100741. Since simulated
1400 storage is not contiguous, this
instruction is necessary to move data
between Emulator-Program storage and simulated 1400 storage, translating the data
between BCDIC-8 and the simulated 1400
internal code in which instructions and
data are represented in simulated 1400
storage (see Table 14). The instruction
also performs a conversion between word
separators and wordmarks.
Scatter Load Mode Tape performs the
following:
• Moves characters from contiguous
Emulator-program storage to noncontiguous 1400 storage
Appendix D: Model 40 Special Instructions

73

• Translates these characters from BCDIC8 to simulated 1400 internal code
• converts word separators to wordmarks
(only the first of.a series of word
separators is utilized)

and 6 are always zero.

• Tests for invalid characters, setting a
condition code of 10 upon detection and
inserting a ft+ft character (XOOOOOOO) in
1400 storage for that character
• Returns to the next instruction of the
Emulator Program
Gather Load Mode Tape performs the
following:
• Moves characters from noncontiguous
1400 storage to contiguous EmulatorProgram storage

• converts wordmarks to word separators
• Returns to the next instruction of the
Emulator Program

1400 Address: This is the address, in
fthddd ft form, of the lowest 1400 address of
the data field.

To execute this Diagnose instruction,
GPRs 8 and 9 must be initialized as
follows:

Condition Codes: The following condition
codes are set at the termination of a
Scatter operation:

Bytes 1, 2, and 3

r---------~-------------------------l

GPR 81 Split
ISysteml360 Address
1L __________
Operationi1____________

= ___________

Byte 0

Byte 1

If hit 3 contains a

1, Scatter/Gather Load Mode Tape is indicated. If bit 4 contains a 1, the BAR contains the updated 1400 address used in the
scatter or gather operation. GPR 8
(Systeml360 address) is updated as used.
If bit 4 contains a 0, the BAR remains
unchanged, and GPR 9 contains the updated
1400 address used in the scatter or gather
operation. If bit 7 contains a 0, the
operation is a gather; if bit 7 contains a
1, the operation is a scatter.
Count: This field specifies the number of
characters to be moved minus 1. For
example, a count field containing hexadecimal OA causes 11 characters to be moved.
The scatter/gather operation is restricted
to 256 characters per operation. . The count
field is unchanged by this operation.

• Translates these characters from simulated 1400 internal code to BCDIC-8

Byte 0

control Byte: This bfte determines whether
the operation is a scatter or a gather, the
scatter/gather is a load-mode tape operation, and the status of the B-Address
Register (BAR), GPR 8 (Systeml360 address),
and GPR 9 (1400 address). Bits 0, 1, 2, 5,

I

-J1

Bytes 2 and 3

r-------~-------~------------------,

GPR 91 controllCount
11400 Address
I
1L_____
Byte
I ________ iI _________________ _JI
~_-i

Spli t Operation: This byte (byte 0 of GPR
8) is used to indicate a split operation,
where the last character read from
Emulator-Program storage was a word separator. If bit 4 of byte 0 of GPR 8 is not a
zero when Scatter Load Mode Tape is
entered, a wordmark is placed at the first
character in simulated 1400 storage. This
byte of GPR 8 must be initialized at 0, and
hardware will automatically set this byte
for split operation.

System/360 Address: This is the System/360
buffer address from where data is to be
taken (scattered) or to where data is to be
placed (gathered).

00 - The operation has been terminated
because an internal count, derived
from the count byte in GPR9, has
been decremented to zero. The 1400
address points to the last character
sca ttered plus 1.
01 - The operation has been terminated
because a groupmark wordmark (GMWM)
has been found in 1400 storage
before the internal count was decremented to zero. The 1400 address
points to the GMWM plus 1. GPR8
points to the last System/360
character that was scattered plus 1.
10 - An invalid 1400 character has been
detected during the scatter and the
internal count has been decremented
to zero. The 1400 address in GPRl
or GPR9 points to the last character
scattered plus 1.
11 - An invalid 1400 character has been
detected during the scatter and the
scatter has been terminated by a
GMWM in 1400 storage before the
internal count was decremented to
zero. The 1400 address in GPRl or
GPR9 points to the GMWM plus 1.

GPR8 points to the last System/360
character scattered plus 1.

1010
1011

dddddd
dddddd

Decrement by one
Decrement under count

Scatter/Gather Binary Data
Clear Entire 1400 Storage to Blanks
The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83A00741 for Scatter and
83B00741 for Gather. This Diagnose
instruction transfers 160 bytes of binary
data between Emulator-Program storage and
1400 storage locations 401, 501, 402, 502,
etc. Translation between BCDIC-8 and simulated 1400 internal code representation is
accomplished during the transfer. After
the operation, control is returned to the
1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature
through branch table entry 16 for Scatter
or entry 5 for Gather. In order for this
instruction to be executed, GPR 8 must be
initialized as follows:

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83300741. This Diagnose
instruction uses the 1401/1440/1460 DOS
Compatibility Feature to clear the entire
simulated 1400 storage to blanks. No
register initialization is necessary.
Clear 1400 Locations 0-80 to Blanks
The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83400741. This Diagnose
instruction uses the 1401/1440/1460 DOS
Compatibility Feature to clear the simulated 1400 card read area to blanks. No
register initialization is necessary.
Address Modify

Byte 0

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 839x0741, where &x& (bits
12-15) is set to one of eight possible configurations for specific address modification. This Diagnose instruction uses the
1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Features
to increment or decrement by one or under
count a 1401-type address in the form
"hddd ft or a six-digit decimal address in
the form "dddddd" in GPR 9 where "hft is a
hexadecimal digit and "dft is a decimal
digit. In order for this instruction to be
executed, GPR 9 must be initialized as
follows:
Bytes 0 and 1

GPR 9

Bytes 2 and 3

r-----------------T----------------,
I
I
hddd
I
L _________________ _______________
~

~

GPR 8

Bytes 1, 2, and 3

r------~--------------------------~

il _______ i

~

i

System/360 Address
________________________
J

System/360 Address: This is the binary
address of the lowest location of the
binary data in Emulator-Program storage.
After completion of the operation, this
address will have been incremented by 160.
Return to 1400:

I-Fetch

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83D00741. This Diagnose
ir~truction returns control from the Emulator Program to the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature. The Compatibility Feature then performs an I-Fetch for the next
1400 instruction. No register initialization is necessary.

or
Bytes 0 and 1

GPR 9

Bytes 2 and 3

r-----------------r----------------,
I
dd
I
dddd
I
L _________________ ~ ________________ J

The count, if required, is in binary
form in bytes 2 and 3 of GPR 8 and should
be one less than the number desired to be
incremented or decremented.
The possible configurations for bits
12-15, with the resulting format and
address modification, are:
Bits
12-15
0000
0001
0010
0011
1000
1001

Return to 1400:

I-Fetch at A-Address

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83E00741. This Diagnose
i~~truction executes a 1400 branch by
returning control from the Emulator Program
to the 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility
Feature. The Compatibility Feature then
performs an I-Fetch at the address in the
AAR for the next 1400 instruction. No
register initialization is necessary.
Scan for Groupmark with Wordmark in 1400
Storage

Format
hddd
hddd
dddddd
dddddd
hddd
hddd

Modification
Increment by one
Increment under count
Increment by one
Increment under count
Decrement by one
Decrement under count

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 83600741. This Diagnose
instruction uses 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature to scan for a groupmark
with wordmark under count. The scan is
from left to right. In order for this
Appendix D: Model 40 Special Instructions

75

instruction to be executed, GPRs 8 and 9
must be initialized as follows:
Bytes 0 and 1

GPR 8

Residual
Count

GMWM Addr.
Not in field

-000-

Residual Addr.
in GPR 9
0000

CC
10

Bytes 2 and 3

r---------------T-------------------,
I
I
Count
I
~---------------+-------------------~

GPR 9 iL_______________ i __________________
1400 Address
_JI
~

Count: This field specifies, in binary
form, the number of positions to be scanned
minus 1. This binary value should not
exceed the decimal value of 16,000. A
starting count of hexadecimal FFFF results
in an error. After the operation is completed, the residual count in GPR 8 is the
original count minus the number of positions scanned. The scan is stopped when
the count is reduced from hexadecimal 0000
to hexadecimal FFFF, unless the groupmark
with wordmark is found earlier. The condition code is set as follows:
00

Specifies the groupmark with wordmark was found at the count.

01

specifies the groupmark with wordmark was found before the count.

10

Specifies the size of 1400 storage
(16K) was exceeded.

"11

Specifies the groupmark with wordmark was not found.

1400 Address: This is the address, in
"hddd" format, of the first 1400 location
to be scanned. After the operation is completed, GPR 9 contains an address one
greater than the last position scanned,
whether or not the scan was stopped by an
end-of-count or groupmark-with-wordmarkfound condition.

Edit Analyze
The hexadechual representation of this
instruction is 83700741. This Diagnose
instruction uses the 1401 character in byte
3 of GPR 7 as an action control. This byte
of data is called the ftcontrol byte ft in the
following text.
The Edit Analyze instruction has two
courses of action, depending on whether or
not the control byte has a wordmark.
If the control byte has no wordmark,
then its bit 0 is set to a 1; and the
resulting character is used as the loworder byte of a table address. The second
byte of this address is taken from byte 0
of GPR 7: The remaining high-order positions of the table address are taken from
the high-order positions of the current
instruction counter (IC). The table
address is used to fetch a character from
System/360 storage. This character is used
as the low-order byte of a branch address.
The second byte of the branch address is
taken from byte 0 of the current IC. The
high-order positions of the branch address
are set to a o. This address is then
inserted into the IC of the current PSW,
which effects a branch.
If the control character has a wordmark,
then bit 0 remains a 1, and a branch
address is formed in the same manner as
described in the previous paragraph.
However, instead of a branch to this
address being executed, the branch address
is placed in bytes 0 and 1 of GPR 7. The
current Ie is then used to fetch the next
instruction.
Edit Get, Put

Examples: Assuming a starting 1400 address
of 0401 in bytes 2 and 3 of GPR 9, and a
starting count of hexadecimal 0009 in bytes
2 and 3 of GPR 8, the following results are
produced after the operation is completed:

GMWM Addr.
0410
0409
Not in field

Residual
Count
FFFF

0000
FFFF

Residual Addr.
in GPR 9
0411
0410
0411

CC
00
01
11

The hexadecimal representation of this
instruction is 832x0741, where ·x· (bits
12-15) is set to one of four possible configurations for four specific operations.
In all four operations, a character is
fetched from 1400 storage and put in byte 3
of a GPR. If the character has a wordmark,
the condition code is set to 1; otherwise,
the condition code is set to O. The possible configurations for bits 12-15 are:
1011

ASSuming a starting 1400 address of 15,
996 in bytes 2 and 3 of GPR 9! and the same
starting count of hexadecimal 0009 in bytes
2 and 3 of GPR 8, the following results are
produced:

Specifies GET A, MOD AAR -1. In
this operation, the 1400-character
address is in the current 1400 AAR.
After the character is fetched, the
AAR is decremented by one. The
character is placed in byte 3 of
,..nn

ur.n

,.

....

0111

Specifies GET B, NO MODIFY. In
this operation, the 1400-character
address is in the current 1400 BAR.
The BAR is unchanged after the
operation. The character is placed
in byte 3 of GPR 7.

1110

Specifies PUT B f MOD BAR -1, GET
NEXT B. In this operation, the
character in byte 3 of GPR 7 is
transferred to 1400 storage (to the
address specified by the BAR). The
BAR is then decremented by one (and

replaces the current BAR); the
character at the resulting address
is fetched to byte 3 to GPR 7. The
condition code is set to 0 if the
fetched character has no wordmark;
otherwise, it is set to-i.
1100

Specifies PUT B, MOD BAR +1, GET
NEXT B. This operation is identical to PUT B, MOD BAR -1, GET NEXT
B, except that the BAR is incremented (instead of decremented) by
one.

Appendix 0: Model 40 Special Instructions

77

APPENDIX E:

Table 14.

CHARACTER CONVERSION TABLES

Eight-Bit Representation of BCD Graphics in Simulated 1400 storage for the
Model 40

r---------------------------------------~--------------------------------------,

I
WITHOUT WORDMARK
I
WITH WORDMARK
I
~---------------------------------------+--------------------------------------~

4567

I 0123

•

I

I

LtoooOTooo1Too~OToo~~To~ooTo~o~To~~OTo~~~~oooT1001i10~OT~o~~T~~ooTll0lilll0T~~~11

-+----+---_+---_+----+----+----+----+----+_---+__-_+----+----+----+---_+_---+---~
+ I 1 f> I hI I ? I ! I:f: I 0 I + I - I ~ I hI I? I ! I:f: I 0 I
~-----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----~

r--

I 0000 1

10001

I

I

I

I

I

A

I J

I /

I

1

I

I

I

I

I

A

I J

I /

I

1

I

~-----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+---+----+----+---+----~
100 10 I
I
I
I
I B I K I S I 2 I
1
1
1
I B 1K I S I 2 I
t-----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----~
10011 I
I
I
I
I C 1 LIT I 3 I
I
1
I
I C ILl T I 3 I
~----~+----+---_+---_+---+_---+---+~--+----+_---+----+----+_--+----+~--_+----+----i
I
I
1
I DIM 1 U I 4 I
1
I
I
I DIM 1 U 1 4 I
~----_+----+----+----+----+---_+_---+_---+----+_---+_---+----+----+----+_--_+----+----i

10100 1
10101 I

I

I

I

I E

I N

I V

I 5

I

I

I

liE

I N

1V

I 5

I

~-----+----+----+----+---+----+----+----+----+----+----+---+----+---+----+----+----~

10110 1

I
I
1
1 FlO 1 W I 6 1
I
1
1
I FlO 1 W I 6 I
~-----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----~

10111 I

I
1
I
I G I P I X I 7 I
I
I
I
I G I PIX I 7 1
~----~+____+---_+---_+--__+----+----+_---+----+----+--_+_---+----+----+---_+----+----i

11000 I

I

I

I

I H

I

Q

11001 I

I

I

I

1

I

R

11010 I

I

1

I

1

I Y

1 8

I

I

I

1

1H

I

I Y

18

I

I

1

1

I

1

I

I I

1R

I

1

1

I

I

I

1

I

I

I

I

I

Q

~----+----+---_+---_+--__+----+----+_---+----+----+__-_+----+----+---+----+----+----i
I

Z

9

Z

9

~-----+----+----+----+----+----+---+----+----+----+----+----+---+----+----+----+---~

I

I

I

~----+----+---_+----+----+----+----+----+----+_---+--_+----+_---+----+---_+_--_+----i
11011 I · I $ ! . I # I
I
I
I
I· 1 $ I. I # I
I
I
I
I
~----+----+--_+---_+---+----+----+_--+----+----+---_+_--+_---+----+---_+_--_+----i
11100 I II 1
1 % I GI I
I
I
I
I II I
I % I GI I
I
I
I
I
~-----+----+---_+_--_+----+----+----+----+----+----+__--+----+---+----+---_+_---+----i

*

*

11101 i [

I]

I'"

I;

I • I

I

I

I [

I]

I ""

I:

I

I

I

I

I

11110 I <

I;

I'

I >

I

I

I

I

I <

I;

I'

I >

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

~-----+--_+----+----+---+_--_+----+----+----+_---+---_+_---+----+----+----+----+----i

~-----+---_+---_+----+----+----+----+----+----+_---+__-_+----+----+----+----+----+----i

*

11111
11
I ___
fIIo
I ____
v I ___ I
L____ I ____ I ___
~

78

~

~

~

~

~

I

*

___ ____ L__ __ ____
~

~

I

~

11
___

I

~

itt
___

I ___
v I ____ I

~

~

~

__

I

~

___

I ____JI

~

Table 15.

Eight-Bit Representation of BCD Graphics in Simulated 1400 Storage for the
Model 30, and Buffer Areas for Models 30 and 40

.-----------y--------------y------------------T-------------------,
i
WITH WORDMARK
i WITHOUT WORDMARK i WITH WORDMARK
i WITHOUT WORDMARK 1
1

2

1

2

~----------+-------------+_--------------+------------------t
4567 10 123
•
I
I
I
I

!

toooOTooolTOo1OToolltoloOTolo1TOd1oio11~oooTlo~oloTlo11tllooTllo1T11~1111

r-----+---+--_+---f--__+----+_--+_--t----+----+_-_f_--+---+----+---_+__-+-----t

*

I 0000 I bl I

*

+
I - I
I hI I + I - I
I? I! I
I 0 I? I! I
I 0 I
~---~-___+---_+---_+--__+----+_---+----+_---+_---+_-_+----+_---+----+----+----+-----t
10001 I
I
I / I
I
I
I / I
I A I J I
I 1 I A I J
I
I 1 I

r-----+-_+---_+-__+--__+---+----+---+----+_--+---_f_---+---+----+---_+---t-----t

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I B I K i S
I 2
i B I K lSi 2 i
~---+--_+--_+---_+---+---_f_---+----+_--+----+---+----+----+----+--_f_---+-----t

10010 I

10011 I

I

I

t

I

I

I

I

I C

10100 I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I DIM

10101 I

I
I
I
I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

E

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

FlO

~---_+--_+---_+--_+---+-___+_---+---t----+_

I LIT

I

I

I 3

I C

I LIT

I 3

I

-+_---+----+----+----t-----t

lUI 4

I DIM

I U I 4

I

I

V

I 5

I E

I

V

I 5

I

1

W

I 6

I

I

W

I 6

I

~----+--+--_+----t---+--_+--+_---+----+_---+-_+---+----+---+----+---+----~
~

I
I 0110 I

I

N

I

N

--+---_+---+----+_---+----+----+_--+---+----+---+---+---+_---+----~

FlO

t-----t
_+----t--t----f----t----t----f----t----+----+----+----+----f---+----~
10111 I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I G I P I X I 7 I G I P I X I 7 I
t-----f----f----f----f----+---_+__--+----+----+----+--_f_---+_---+--t----+----+-----t
11000 I

I
II
I
I
I
I
I H I Q I Y I 8 I H I Q I Y I 8 I
r-----t---t--_+---_+-__+----+----+---+----+_---+--+---+----+----+----+----+----~
11001 I

I
I
I

~----+

11010 I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I I I R I Z I 9 I I I R I Z I 9 I
-+---+---+---+----+---+---+----+---+----+----+----+---+----+----~
I

If>

I

I

I

I f>

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

~-----+----f----+-___+----f---+---_f_-__+__--+----+_--+_--+---+----+----+----+-----t
11011 I . ! $ ! If I # I · I $ I II I # !
I
I
!
!
I
I
I
I
~---_+-_+--_f___+--__+---_+---+_---+---+_--+_--+----+----+---+--_+----+-----t
11100 I U I
I % I ~
I n I
I % I ~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

*

*

t-----f----f----t----f---+----t----t---+----t----+----f----t----f----t---t----t----i
11101 I [

I]

I,..

I:

I [

I]

I,..

I:

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

~---+----+----+----+----+---+----+----+----+----+-=-=+====+====+----+----+----+----~

11110 I <

I

~

I'

I > I <

I;

I'

I >

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

~-----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----~
11111 I
I A
I *
1 v I
I A I *
I ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~----~--~---~----~----~--~--~---~----~---~-~---~---~----~---~---~----i

*

*

I
1 Representation for odd-parity, 9-track tapes.
IL-- ,2Representation for even-parity, 9-track tapes.

I

____________________________ JI

Appendix E: Character Conversion Tables

79

APPENDIX F:

MODEL 40 ADDRESS CONVERSION TABLE

Normally the area of Model 40 EmulatorProgram main storage from hexadecimal 4000
to 7FFF is reserved for simulated 1400
storage. This area of 16,384 bytes provides 16 thousand 1400 character positions.

Because of addressing differences
between the 1400 and System/360, consecutive 1400 addresses do not necessarily
correspond to consecutive System/360
addresses. For example, data in 1400 locations 096, 097, and 098 are actually stored
in System/360 bytes 0421E, 0421F, and
04618, respectively. The following address
conversion table will aid the user in reading 1400 data and instructions as they
appear in a System/360 storage dump. The
1400 addresses in decimal and their equivalent Systeml360 addresses in hexadecimal
are shown in the table. Only even
addresses are shown; the equivalent System/
360 address of odd 1400 addresses is always
one greater than the previous even address.

80

If RELOC has been specified and the IBM
1401/1440/1460 Relocatable DOS compatibility feature (14462) is installed, a relocation factor must be added to the S/360
address portion of the conversion table.
The following table indicates the possible
parameters for RELOC and the corresponding
hexadecimal value that must be added to the
5/360 address.
RELOC
Parameters

I
I

Hexadecimal value
to be added

-------------+----------------16
I
0000
32
48
64
80
96
112

I

I
I
I
I
I
I

4000
8000
COOO
10000
14000
18000

For example, if RELOC=32, then data at 1400
locations 096, 097, and 098 are actually
stored in System/360 bytes 0821E, 0821F,
and 08618, respectively.

1401 5/360

~
"0
m
e.-

"".>4

..

I'Ij

~
e.-

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

00
20
40
60
80

04000
04020
04040
04b60
04208

02
22
42
62
82

04002
04022
04042
04062
0420A

04
24
44
64
84

04004
04024
04044
04064
0420C

06
26
46
66
86

04006
04026
04046
04066
0420E

08
28
48
68
88

04008
04028
04048
04068
04608

10
30
50
70
90

04010
04030
04050
04070
04218

12
32
52
72
92

04012
04032
.04052
04072
042lA

14
34
54
74
94

04014
04034
04054
04074
0421C

16
36
56
76
96

04016
04036
04056
04076
0421E

18
38
58
78
98

04018
04038
04058
04078
04618

100
120
140
160
180

04100
04120
04140
04160
04308

102
122
142
162
182

04102
04122
04142
04162
0430A

104
124
144
164
184

04104
04124
04144
04164
0430C

106
126
146
166
186

04106
04126
04146
04166
0430E

108
128
.148
168
188

04108
04128
04148
04168
04708

110
130
150
170
190

04110
04130
04150
04170
04318

112
132
152
172
192

04112
04132
04152
04172
043lA

114
134
154
174
194

04114
04134
04154
04174
0431C

116
l3·6
156
176
196

04116
04136
04156
04176
0431E

118
138
158
178
198

04118
04138
04158
04178
04718

200
220
240
260
280

04200
04220
04240
04260
04228

202
222
242
262
282

04202
04222
04242
04262
0422A

204
224
244
264
284

04204
04224
04244
04264
0422C

206
226
246
266
286

04206
04226
04246
04266
0422E

208
:228
'248
268
288

0400A
0402A
0404A
0406A
04628

210
230
250
270
290

04210
04230
04250
04270
04238

212
232
252
272
292

04212
04232
04252
04272
0423A

214
234
254
274
294

04214
04234
04254
04274
0423C

216
236
256
276
296

04216
04236
04256
04276
0423E

218
238
258
278
298

040lA
0403A
0405A
0407A
04638

300 04300
3~0 04320
340 04340
360 04360
380 04328

302
322
342
362
382

04302
04322
04342
04362
0432A

304
324
344
364
384

04304
04324
04344
04364
0432C

306
326
346
366
386

04306
04326
04346
04366
0432E

308
328
348
368
388

0410A
0412A
0414A
0416A
04728

310
330
350
370
390

04310
04330
04350
04370
04338

312
332
352
372
392

04312
04332
04352
04372
0433A

314
334
354
374
394

04314
04334
04354
04374
0433C

316
336
356
376
396

04316
04336
04356
04376
0433E

318
338
358
378
398

041lA
0413A
0415A
0417A
04738

400
420
440
460
480

04400
04420
04440
04460
04248

402
422
442
462
482

04402
04422
04442
04462
0424A

404
424
444
464
484

04404
04424
04444
04464
0424C

406
426
446
466
486

04406
04426
04446
04466
0424E

408
428
448
468
488

0400C
0402C
0404c
0406C
04648

410
430
450
470
490

04410
04430
04450
04470
04258

412
432
452
472
492

04412
04432
04452
04472
0425A

414
434
454
474
494

0441:4
04434
04454
04474
0425C

416
436
456
476
496

04416
04436
04456
04476
0425E

418
438
458
478
498

0401C
0403C
0405C
0407C
04658

500
520
540
560
580

04500
04520
04540
04560
04348

502
522
542
562
582

04502
04522
04542
04562
0434A

504
524
544
564
584

04504
04524
04544
04564
0434c

506
526
546
566
586

04506
04526
04546
04566
0434E

508
528
548
568
588

0410C
0412C
0414C
0416C
04748

510
530
550
570
590

04510
04530
04550
04570
04358

512
532
552
572
592

04512
04532
04552
04572
0435A

514
534
554
574
594

04514
04534
04554
04574
0435C

516
536
556
576
596

04516
04536
04556
04576
0435E

518
538
558
578
598

0411c
0413C
0415C
0417C
04758

600
620
640
660
680

04600
04620
04640
04660
04268

602
622
642
662
682

04602
04622
04642
04662
0426A

604
624
644
664
684

04604
04624
04644
04664
0426c

606
626
646
666
686

04606
04626
04646
04666
0426E

608
628
648
668
688

0400E
0402E
0404E
0406E
04668

610
630
650
670
690

04610
04630
04650
04670
04278

612
632
652
672
692

04612
04632
04652
04672
0427A

614
634
654
674
694

04614
04634
04654
04674
0427C

616
636
656
676
696

04616
04636
04656
04676
0427E

618
638
6$8
678
698

0401E
0403E
0405E
0407E
04678

700
720
740
760
780

04700
04720
04740
04760
04368

702
722
742
762
782

04702
04722
04742
04762
0436A

7'04
724
744
764
784

04704
04724
04744
04764
0436C

706
726
746
766
786

04706
04726
04746
04766
0436E

708
728
748
768
788

0410E
0412E
0414E
0416E
04768

710
730
750
770
790

04710
04730
04750
04770
04378

"112
732
752
"172
792

04712
04732
04752
04772
0437A

714
734
754
774
794

04714
04734
04754
04774·
0437C

716
736
756
776
796

04716
04736
04756
04776
0437E

718
738
758
778
798

0411E
0413E:
0415E
0417E
04778

800
820
840
860880

04408
04428
04448
04468
0460C

802
822
842
862
882

0440A
0442A
0444A
0446A
0462C

804
824
844
864
884

0440C
0442C
0444C
0446C
0464C

806
826
846
866
886

0440E
0442E
0444E
0446E
0466C

808
828
848
868
888

0460A
0462A
0464A
0466A
0460E

810
830
850
870
890

04418
04438
04458
04478
0461C

012
832
052
072
892

044lA
0443A
044SA
0447A
0463C

814
834
854
874
894

0441C
0443C
0445C
0447C
0465C

816
836
856
876
896

0441E
0443E
0445E
0447E
0467C

818
838
858
878
898

0461A
0463A
0465A
0467A
0461E

900
920
940
960
980

04508
04528
04548
04568
0470C

902
922
942
962
982

0450A
0452A
0454A
0456A
0472C

904
924
944
964
984

0450C
0452C
0454C
0456C
0474C

906
926
946
966
986

0450E
0452E
0454E
0456E
0476C

908
928
948
968
988

0470A
0472A
0474A
O'476A
0470E

910
930
950
970
990

0451·8
04538
04558
04578
0471C

912
932
952
972
992

045lA
0453A
0455A
0457A
0473C

914
934
954
974
994

0451C
0453C
0455C
0457C
0475C

916
936
956
976
996

0451E
0453E
0455E
0457E
0477C

918
938
958
978
998

0471A
0473A
0475A
0477A
0471E

CD

....
~

0
).I

e.e.-

H
CD

en
en

n

0

~

CD

a"".
0

tj

t-3

Pol

....tr

CD

co

.......

co
IV

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1000
1020
1040
1060
1080

04080
040AO
040CO
040EO
04288

1002
1022
1042
1062
1082

04082
040A2
040C2
040E2
0428A

1004
1024
1044
1064
1084

04084
040A4
040C4
040E4
0428C

1006
1026
1046
1066
1086

04086
040A6
040C6
040E6
0428E

1008
1028
1048
1068
1088

04088
040A8
040C8
040E8
04688

1010
1030
1050
1070
1090

04090
040BO
04000
040FO
04298

1012
1032
1052
1072
1092

04092
040B2
04002
040F2
0429A

1014
1034
1054
1074
1094

04094
040B4
04004
040F4
0429C

1016
1036
1056
1076
1096

04096
040B6
04006
040F6
0429E

1018
1038
1058
1078
1098

04098
040B8
04008
040F8
04698

1100
1120
1140
1160
1180

04180
04lAO
041CO
041EO
04388

1102
1122
1142
1162
1182

04182
041A2
041C2
041E2
0438A

1104
1124
1144
1164
1184

04184
04lA4
041C4
041E4
0438C

1106
1126
1146
1166
1186

04186
041A6
041C6
041E6
0438£

1108
1128
1148
1168
1188

04188
04lA8
041C8
041E8
04788

1110
1130
1150
1170
1190

04190
041BO
04100
041FO
04398

1112
1132
1152
1172
1192

04192
041B2
04102
041F2
0439A

1114
1134
1154
1174
1194

04194
041B4
04104
041F4
0439C

1116
1136
1156
1176
1196

04196
041B6
04106
041F6
0439E

1118
1138
1158
1178
1198

04198
041B8
04108
041F8
04798

1200
1220
1240
1260
1280

04280
042AO
042CO
042EO
042A8

1202
1222
1242
1262
1282

04282
042A2
042C2
042E2
042AA

1204
1224
1244
1264
1284

04284
042A4
042C4
042E4
042AC

1206
1226
1246
1266
1286

04286
042A6
042C6
042E6
042AE

1208
1228
1248
1268
1288

0408A
040AA
040CA
040EA
046A8

1210
1230
1250
1270
1290

04290
042BO
04200
042FO
042B8

1212
1232
1252
1272
1292

04292
042B2
04202
042F2
042BA

1214
1234
1254
1274
1294

04294
042B4
04204
042F4
042BC

1216
1236
1256
1276
1296

04296
042B6
04206
042F6
042BE

1218
1238
1258
1278
1298

0409A
040BA
0400A
040FA
04688

1300
1320
1340
1360
1380

04380
043AO
043CO
043EO
043A8

1302
1322
1342
1362
1382

04382
043A2
043C2
043E2
043AA

1304
1324
1344
1364
1384

04384
043A4
043C4
043E4
043AC

1306
1326
1346
1366
1386

04386
043A6
043C6
043E6
043AE

1308
1328
1348
1368
1388

0418A
041AA
041CA
041EA
047A8

1310
1330
1350
1370
1390

04390
043BO
04300
043FO
043B8

1312
1332
1352
1372
1392

04392
043B2
04302
043F2
043BA

1314
1334
1354
1374
1394

04394
043B4
04304
043F4
043BC

1316
1336
1356
1376
1396

04396
043B6
04306
043F6
043BE

1318
1338
1358
1378
1398

0419A
041BA
0410A
041FA
04788

1400
1420
1440
1460
1480

04480
044AO
044CO
044EO
042C8

1402
1422
1442
1462
1482

04482
044A2
044C2
044E2
042CA

1404
1424
1444
1464
1484

04484
044A4
044C4
044E4
042CC

1406
1426
1446
1466
1486

04486
044A6
044C6
044E6
042CE

1408
1428
1448
1468
1488

0408C
040AC
040CC
040EC
046C8

1410
1430
1450
1470
1490

04490
044BO
04400
044FO
04208

1412
1432
1452
1472
1492

04492
044B2
04402
044F2
0420A

1414
1434
1454
1474
1494

04494
044B4
04404
044F4
0420C

1416
1436
1456
1476
1496

04496
04486
04406
044F6
0420E

1418
1438
1458
1478
1498

0409C
040BC
0400C
040FC
04608

1500
1520
1540
1560
1580

04580
045AO
045CO
045EO
043C8

1502
1522
1542
1562
1582

04582
045A2
045C2
045E2
043CA

1504
1524
1544
1564
1584

04584
045A4
045C4
045E4
043CC

1506
1526
1546
1566
1586

04586
045A6
045C6
045E6
043CE

1508
1528
1548
1568
1588

0418C
04lAC
041CC
041EC
047C8

1510
1530
1550
1570
1590

04590
045BO
045DO
045FO
04308

1512
1532
1552
1572
1592

04592
045B2
04502
045F2
0430A

1514
1534
1554
1574
1594

04594
045B4
04504
045F4
0430C

1516
1536
1556
1576
1596

04596
04586
04506
045F6
0430E

1518
1538
1558
1578
1598

0419C
041BC
0410C
041FC
04708

1600
1620
1640
1660
1680

04680
046AO
046CO
046EO
042E8

1602
1622
1642
1662
1682

04682
046A2
046C2
046E2
042EA

1604
1624
1644
1664
1684

04684
046A4
046C4
046E4
042EC

1606
1626
1646
1666
1686

04686
046A6
046C6
046E6
042EE

1608
1628
1648
1668
1688

0408E
040AE
040CE
040EE
046E8

1610
1630
1650
1670
1690

04690
046BO
04600
046FO
042F8

1612
1632
1652
1672
1692

04692
046B2
04602
046F2
042FA

1614
1634
1654
1674
1694

04694
046B4
04604
046F4
042FC

1616
1636
1656
1676
1696

04696
046B6
04606
046F6
042FE

1618
1638
1658
1678
1698

0409E
040BE
0400E
040FE
046F8

1700
1720
1740
1760
1780

04780
047AO
047CO
047EO
043E8

1702
1722
1742
1762
1782

04782
047A2
047C2
047E2
043EA

1704
1724
1744
1764
1784

04784
047A4
047C4
047E4
043EC

1706
1726
1746
1766
1786

04786
047A6
047C6
047E6
043EE

1708
1728
1748
1768
1788

0418E
04lAE
041CE
041EE
047E8

1710
1730
1750
1770
1790

04790
047BO
04700
047FO
043F8

1712
1732
1752
1772
1792

04792
047B2
04702
047F2
043FA

1714
1734
1754
1774
1794

04794
04784
04704
047F4
043FC

1716
1736
1756
1776
1796

04796
047B6
04706
047F6
043FE

1718
1738
1758
1778
1798

0419E
041BE
0410E
041FE
047F8

1800
1820
1840
1860
1880

04488
044A8
044C8
044E8
0468C

1802
1822
1842
1862
1882

0448A
044AA
044CA
044EA
046AC

1804
1824
1844
1864
1884

0448C
044AC
044CC
044EC
046CC

1806
1826
1846
1866
1886

0448E
044AE
C44CE
044EE
046EC

1808
1828
1848
1868
1888

0468A
046AA
046CA
046EA
0468E

1810
1830
1850
1870
1890

04498
044B8
044D8
044F8
0469C

1812
1832
1852
1872
1892

0449A
0448A
044DA
044FA
046BC

1814
1834
1854
1874
1894

0449C
044BC
044DC
044FC
046DC

1816
1836
1856
1876
1896

0449E
044BE
0440E
044FE
046FC

1818
1838
1858
1878
1898

0469A
046BA
046DA
046FA
0469E

1900
1920
1940
1960
1980

04588
045A8
045C8
045E8
0478C

1902
1922
1942
1962
1982

0458A
045AA
045CA
045EA
047AC

1904
1924
1944
1964
1984

0458C
045AC
045CC
045EC
047CC

1906
1926
1946
1966
1986

0458E
045AE
045CE
045EE
047EC

1908
1928
1948
1968
1988

0478A
047AA
047CA
047EA
0478E

1910
1930
1950
1970
1990

04598
045B8
045D8
045F8
0479C

1912
1932
1952
1972
1992

0459A
045BA
045DA
045FA
0478C

1914
1934
1954
1974
1994

0459C
045BC
045DC
045FC
047DC

1916
1936
1956
1976
1996

04591::
04581::
045D1::
045FE
047FC

1918
1938
1958
1978
1998

0479A
047BA
047DA
047FA
0479E

p:..
"0
"0

m

..,.p..
~

..

t"Ij

~
p..

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

14·01 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

140'1 5/36d

2000
2020
2040
2060
2080

04800
04820
04840
04860
04A08

2002
2022
2042
2062
2082

04802
04822
04842
04862
04AOA

2004
2024
2044
2064
2084

04804
04824
04844
04864
04AOe

2006
2026
2046
2066
2086

04806
04826
04846
04866
04AOE

2008
2028
2048
2068
2088

04868
04EO"8

2010
2030
2050
2070
2090

04810
04830
04850
04870
04A18

2012
2032
2052
2072
2092

04812
04832
04852
04872
04A1A

2014
2034
2054
2074
2094

04814
04834
04854
04874
04Ale

2016
2036
2056
2076
2096

04816
04836
04856
04876
04A1E

2018
2038
2058
2078
2098

04818
04838
04858
04878
04E18

2100
2120
2140
2160
2180

04900
04920
04940
04960
04B08

2102
2122
2142
2162
2182

04902
04922
04942
04962
04BOA

2104
2124
2144
2164
2184

04904
04924
04944
04964
04Boe

2106
2126
2146
2166
2186

04906
04926
04946
04966
04BOE

2108 04908
2128 049~~8
2148 049~, 8
2168 04968
2188 04F08

2110
2130
2150
2170
2190

04910
04930
04950
04970
04B18

2112
2D2
2152
2172
2192

04912
04932

0491L~

04972
04B1A

2114
2134
2154
2174
2194

04934
04954
04974
04Ble

2116
2136
2156
2176
2196

04916
04936
04956
04976
04B1E

2118
2138
2158
2178
2198

04918
04938
04958
04978
04F18

2200
2220
2240
2260
2280

04AOO
04A20
04A40
04A60
04A28

2202
2222
2242
2262
2282

04A02
04A22
04A42
04A62
04A2A

2204
2224
2244
2264
2284

04A04
04A24
04A44
04A64
04A2e

2206
2226
2246
2266
2286

04A06
04A26
04A46
04A66
04A2E

2208
2228
2248
2268
2288

0480A
0482A

2210
2230
2250
2270
2290

04Al0
04A30
04A50
04A70
04A38

2~~ 12
2232
2252
2272
2292

04A12
04A32
04A52
04A72
04A3A

2214
2234
2254
2274
2294

04A14
04A34
04A54
04A74
04A3C

2216
2236
2256
2276
2296

04A16
04A36
04A56
04A76
04A3E

2218
2238
2258
2278
2298

0481A
0483A
0485A
0487A
04E38

2300
2320
2340
2360
2380

04BOO
04B20
04B40
04B60
04B28

2302
2322
2342
2362
2382

04B02
04B22
04B42
04B62
04B2A

2304
2324
2344
2364
2384

04B04
04B24
04B44
04B64
04B2e

2306
2326
2346
2366
2386

04B06
04B26
04B46
04B66
04B2E

2308
2328
2348
2368
2388

0490A

2310
2330
2350
2370
2390

04Bl0
04B30
04B50
04B70
04B38

2312
2332
2352
2372
2392

04B12
04B32
04B52
04B72
04B3A

2314
2334
2354
2374
2394

04B14
04B34
04B54
04B74
04B3(:

2316
2336
2356
2376
2396

04B16
04B36
04B56
04B76
04B3E

2318
2338
2358
2378
2398

0491A
0493A
0495A
0497A
04F38

2400
2420
2440
2460
2480

04eoo
04e20
04e40
04e60
04A48

2402
2422
2442
2462
2482

04e02
04e22
04e42
04e62
04A4A

2404
2424
2444
2464
2484

04e04
04e24
04e44
04e64
04A4e

2406
2426
2446
2466
2486

04e06
04e26
04e46
04e66
04A4E

2408
2428
2448
2468
2488

0480e
0482e
04 8 ~~e
0486e
04E~'8

2410
2430
2450
2470
2490

04el0
04e30
04e50
04C70
04A58

2412
2432
2452
2472
2492

04e12
04e32
04e52
04e72
04A5A

2414
2434
2454
2474
2494

04el1.i1
04e34
04e54
04e74
04A5C

2416
2436
2456
2476
2496

04e16
04e36
04e56
04e76
04A5E

2418
2438
2458
2478
2498

0481e
0483e
0485e
0487e
04E58

2500
2520
2540
2560
2580

04DOO
04D20
04D40
04060
04B48

2502
2522
2542
2562
2582

04D02
04D22
04042
04062
04B4A

2504
2524
2544
2564
2584

04D04
04D24
04D44
04064
04B4e

2506
2526
2546
2566
2586

04D06
04D26
04D46
04066
04B4E

2508 0490e
2528 0492~e
2548 049Q,e
2568 0496e
2588 04F~,8

2510
2530
2550
2570
2590

04Dl0
04D30
04050
04D70
04B58

2512
2532
2552
2572
2592

04D12
04D32
04052
04072
04B5A

2514
2534
2554
2574
2594

04D14
04034
04D54
04074
04B5C

2516
2536
2556
2576
2596

04D16
04D36
04D56
04076
04B5E

2518
2538
2558
2578
2598

0491e
0493e
0495e
0497e
04F58

2600
2620
2640
2660
2680

04EOO
04E20
04E40
04E60
04A68

2602
2622
2642
2662
2682

04E02
04E22
04E42
04E62
04A6A

2604
2624
2644
2664
2684

04E04
04E24
04E44
04E64
04A6e

2606
2626
2646
2666
2686

04E06
04E26
04E46
04E66
04A6E

2608
2628
2648
2668
2688

0480E
0482:E
048Q,E
0486E
04E68

2610
2630
2650
,2670
,2690

04El0
04E30
04E50
04E70
04A78

2612
2632
2652
2672
2692

04E12
04E32
04E52
04E72
04A7A

2614
2634
2654
2674
2694

04E14
04E34
04E54
04A7C

2616
2636
2656
2676
2696

04E16
04E36
04E56
04E76
04A7E

2618
2638
2658
2678
2698

0481E
0483E
0485E
0,487E
04E78

2700
2720
2740
2760
2780

04FOO
04F20
04F40
04F60
04B68

2702
2722
2742
2762
2782

04F02
04F22
04F42
04F62
04B6A

2704
2724
2744
2764
2784

04F04
04F24
04F44
04F64
04B6e

2706
2726
2746
2766
2786

04F06
04F26
04F46
04F66
04B6E

2708
2728
2748
2768
2788

0490E
0492:E
049L1·E
0496E
04F68

,2710
,2730
2750
2770
:2790

04Fl0
04F30
04F50
04F70
04B78

2712
2732
2752
2772
2792

04F12
04F32
04F52
04F72
04B7A

2714
2734
2754
2774
2794

04F14
04F3Q,
04F54
04F74
04B7C

2716
2736
2756
2776
2796

04F16
04F36
04F56
04F76
04B7E

2718
2738
2758
2778
279B

0491E
0493E
0495E
0497E
04F78

2800
2820
2840
2860
2880

04e08
04e28
04e48
04e68
04Eoe

2802
2822
2842
2862
2882

04eOA
04e2A
04e4A
04C6A
04E2e

2804
2824
2844
2864
2884

04coe
04e2e
04C4e
04C6e
04E4e

2806
2826
2846
2866
2886

04eOE
04e2E
04e4E
04eGE
04E6e

2808
2828
2848
2868
2888

04EOA
04E2A
o 4EQ,A
04E6A
04EOE

:2810
:2830
:2850
:2870
:2890

04e18
04e38
04e58
04e78
04Ele

2812
2832
28152
28172
2892

04elA .
04e3A
04e5A
04e7A
04E3e

2814
2834
2854
2874
2894

04elC
04e3C
04e5C
04e7C
04E5C

2816
2836
2856
2876
2896

04elE
04C3E
04e5E
04e7E
04E7e

281B
28313
28513
28713
289B

04E1A
04E3A
04E5A
04E7A
04E1E

2900
2920
2940
2960
2980

04D08
04D28
04D48
04068
04Foe

2902
2922
2942
2962
2982

04DOA
04D2A
0404A
0406A
04F2e

2904
2924
2944
2964
2984

04DOC
04D2e
0404e
040Ge
04F4e

2906
2926
2946
2966
2986

0400E
04D2E
0404E
04DGE
04F6e

2908
2928
2948
2968
2988

04FOA
04F2:A
04FLlA
04F6A
04FOE

:2910
:2930
2950
:2970
:2990

04018
04D38
04058
04D78
04Fle

2912
2932
2952
2972
2992

04D1A
0403A
0405A
0407A
04F3e

2914
2934
2954
2974
2994

04D1C
04D3C
0405C
0407C
04F5C

2916
2936
2956
2976
2996

04D1E
04D3E
04D5E
04D7E
04F7e

291B
2930
295!J
2978
2998

04F1A
04F3A
04F5A
04F7A
04F1E

04808
04828
048~~8

048~~A

0486A
04E28
049~~A

049Q,A
0496A
04F28

0495~

C1)
j-I

.c:=
0

:J:oI
p..
p..

11

C1)

en
en

n

0

t::!

I

..

I'Zj

~

OJ

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

~

0

~

OJ
11
(I)

en
en

()

0

Ij



0)

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

7000
7020
7040
7060
7080

05880
058AO
058CO
058EO
05A88

7002
7022
7042
7062
7082

05882
058A2
058C2
058E2
05A8A

7004
7024
7044
7064
7084

05884
058A4
058C4
058E4
05A8C

7006
7026
7046
7066
7086

05886
058A6
058C6
058E6
05A8E

7008
7028
7048
7068
7088

05888
058A8
058C8
058E8
05E88

7010
7030
7050
7070
7090

05890
058BO
05800
058FO
05A98

7012
7032
7052
7072
7092

05892
058B2
05802
058F2
05A9A

7014
7034
7054
7074
7094

05894
058B4
05804
058F4
05A9C

7016
7036
7056
7076
7096

05896
058B6
05806
058F6
05A9E

7018
7038
7058
7078
7098

05898
058B8
05808
058F8
05E98

7100
7120
7140
7160
7180

05980
059AO
059CO
059EO
05B88

7102
7122
7142
7162
7182

05982
059A2
059C2
059E2
05B8A

7104
7124
7144
7164
7184

05984
059A4
059C4
059E4
05B8C

7106
7126
7146
7166
7186

05986
059A6
059C6
059E6
05B8E

7108
7128
7148
7168
7188

05988
059A8
059C8
059E8
05F88

7110
7130
7150
7170
7190

05990
059BO
05900
059FO
05B98

7112
7132
7152
7172
7192

05992
059B2
05902
059F2
05B9A

7114
7134
7154
7174
7194

05994
059B4
05904
059F4
05B9C

7116
7136
7156
7176
7196

05996
059B6
05906
059F6
05B9E

7118
7138
7158
7178
7198

05998
059B8
05908
059F8
05F98

7200
7220
7240
7260
7280

05A80
05AAO
05ACO
05AEO
05AA8

7202
7222
7242
7262
7282

05A82
05AA2
05AC2
05AE2
05AAA

7204
7224
7244
7264
7284

05A84
05AA4
05AC4
05AE4
05AAC

7206
7226
7246
7266
7286

05A86
05AA6
05AC6
05AE6
05AAE

7208
7228
7248
7268
7288

0588A
058AA
058CA
058EA
05EA8

7210
7230
7250
7270
7290

05A90
05ABO
05AOO
05AFO
05AB8

7212
7232
7252
7272
7292

05A92
05AB2
05A02
05AF2
oSABA

7214
7234
7254
7274
7294

05A94
05AB4
05A04
05AF4
05ABC

7216
7236
7256
7276
7296

05A96
05AB6
05A06
05AF6
05ABE

7218
7238
7258
7278
7298

0589A
058BA
0580A
05·8FA
05EB8

7300
7320
7340
7360
7380

05B80
05BAO
05BCO
05BEO
05BA8

7302
7322
7342
7362
7382

05B82
05BA2
05BC2
05BE2

05BP.A

7304
7324
7344
7364
7384

05B84
05BA4
05BC4
05BE4
05BAC

7306
7326
7346
7366
7386

05B86
05BA6
05BC6
05BE6
05BAE

7308
7328
7348
7368
7388

0598A
059AA
059CA
059EA
05FA8

7310 05B90
7~30 05BBO
7350 05BOO
7370 05BFO
7390 05BB8

7312
7332
7352
7372
7392

05B92
05BB2
05B02
05BF2
05BBA

7314
7334
7354
7374
7394

05B94
05BB4
05B04
05BF4
05BBC

7316
7336
7356
7376
7396

05B96
05BB6
05B06
05BF6
05BBE

7318
7338
7358
7378
7398

0599A
059BA
0590A
059FA
05FB8

7400
7420
7440
7460
7480

05C80
05CAO
05CCO
05CEO
05AC8

7402
7422
7442
7462
7482

05C82
05CA2
05CC2
05CE2
05ACA

7404
7424
7444
7464
7484

05C84
05CA4
05CC4
05CE4
05ACC

7406
7426
7446
7466
7486

05C86
05CA6
05CC6
05CE6
05ACE

7408
7428
7448
7468
7488

0588C
058AC
058CC
058EC
05EC8

7410
7430
7450
7470
7490

05C90
05CBO
05COO
05CFO
05A08

7412
7432
7452
7472
7492

05C92
05CB2
05C02
05CF2
05AOA

7414
7434
7454
7474
7494

05C94
05CB4
05C04
05CF4
05AOC

7416
7436
7456
7476
7496

05C96
05CB6
05C06
05CF6
05AOE

7418
7438
7458
7478
7498

0589C
058BC
0580C
058FC
05E08

7500
7520
7540
7560
7580

05080
050AO
050CO
050EO
05BC8

7502
7522
7542
7562
7582

05082
050A2
050C2
050E2
05BCA

7504
7524
7544
7564
7584

05084
050A4
050C4
05DE4
05BCC

7506
7526
7546
7566
7586

05086
050A6
050C6
050E6
05BCE

7508
7528
7548
7568
7588

0598C
059AC
059CC
059EC
05FC8

7510
7530
7550
7570
7590

05090
050BO
05000
050FO
05B08

7512
7532
7552
7572
7592

05092
050B2
05002
050F2
05BOA

7514
7534
7554
7574
7594

05094
050B4
05004
050F4
05BOC

7516
7536
7556
7576
7596

05096
050B6
05006
050F6
05BOE

7518
7538
7558
7578
7598

0599C
059BC
0590C
059FC
05F08

7600
7620
7640
7660
7680

05E80
05EAO
05ECO
05EEO
05AE8

7602
7622
7642
7662
7682

05E82
05EA2
05EC2
05EE2
05AEA

7604
7624
7644
7664
7684

05E84
05EA4
05EC4
05EE4
05AEC

7606
7626
7646
7666
7686

05E86
05EA6
05EC6
05EE6
05AEE

7608
7628
7648
7668
7688

0588E
058AE
058CE
058EE
05EE8

7610
7630
7650
7670
7690

05E90
05EBO
05EOO
OSEFO
05AF8

7612
7632
7652
7672
7692

05E92
05EB2
05E02
05EF2
OSAFA

7614
7634
7654
7674
7694

05E94
05EB4
05E04
05EF4
05AFC

7616
7636
7656
7676
7696

05E96
05EB6
05E06
OSEF6
05AFE

7618
7638
7658
7678
7698

0589E
058BE
0580E
058FE
05EF8

7700
7720
7740
7760
7780

05F80
05FAO
05FCO
05FEO
05BE8

7702
7722
7742
7762
7782

05F82
05FA2
05FC2
05FE2
05BEA

7704
7724
7744
7764
7784

05F84
05FA4
05FC4
05FE4
05BEC

7706
7726
7746
7766
7786

05F86
OSFA6
05FC6
05FE6
05BEE

7708
7728
7748
7768
7788

0598E
059AE
059CE
059EE
05FE8

7710
7730
7750
7770
7790

05F90
05FBO
05FOO
05FFO
05BF8

7-712
7732
7752
7772
7792

05F92
05FB2
05F02
05FF2
05BFA

7714
7734
7754
7774
7794

05F94
05FB4
05F04
05FF4
05BFC

7716
7736
7756
7776
7796

05F96
05FB6
05F06
05FF6
05BFE

7718
7738
7758
7778
7798

0599E
059BE
0590E
059FE
05FF8

7800
7820
7840
7860
7880

05C88
05CA8
05CC8
05CE8
05E8C

7802
7822
7842
7862
7882

05C8A
05CAA
05CCA
05CEA
05EAC

7804
7824
7844
7864
7884

05C8C
05CAC
05CCC
05CEC
05ECC

7806
7826
7846
7866
7886

05C8E
05CAE
05CCE
05CEE
05EEC

7808
7828
7848
7868
7888

05E8A
05EAA
05ECA
05EEA
05E8E

7810
7830
7850
7870
7890

05C98
05CB8
05C08
05CF8
05E9C

7812
7832
7852
7872
7892

05C9A
05CBA
05COA
05CFA
05EBC

7814
7834
7854
7874
7894

05C9C
05CBC
05COC
05CFC
05EOC

7816
7836
7856
7876
7896

05C9E
05CBE
05COE
05CFE
05EFC

7818
7838
7858
7878
7898

05E9A
05EBA
05EOA
05EFA
05E9E

7900
7920
7940
7960
7980

05088
050A8
050C8
050E8
05F8C

7902
7922
7942
7962
7982

0508A
050AA
050CA
050EA
05FAC

7904
7924
7944
7964
7984

0508C
050AC
050CC
050EC
05FCC

7906
7926
7946
7966
7986

0508E
050AE
050CE
050EE
05FEC

7908
7928
7948
7968
7988

05F8A

7910
7930
7950
7970
7990

05098
050B8
05008
050F8
05F9C

7912
7932
7952
7972
7992

0509A
050BA
0500A
050FA
05FBC

7914
7934
7954
7974
7994

0509C
050BC
0500C
050FC
05FOC

7916
7936
7956
7976
7996

0509E
050BE
OSOOE
050FE
05FFC

7918
7938
7958
7978
7998

05F9A
05FBA
05FOA
05FFA
05F9E

o5 FAA
05FCA
05FEA
05F8E

1401 5/360

)I

:g
~

Q.,

1-'-

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 S/360

8000
8020
8040
8060
8080

06000
06020
06040
06060
06208

8002
8022
8042
8062
8082

06002
06022
06042
06062
0620A

8004
8024
8044
8064
8084

06004
06024
06044
06064
0620C

8006
8026
8046
8066
8086

06006
06026
06046
06066
0620E

8008
8028
8048
8068
8088

06008
06028
06048
06068
06608

8010
8030
8050
8070
8090

06010
06030
06050
06070
06218

8012
8032
8052
8072
8092

06012
06032
06052
06072
062lA

8014
8034
8054
8074
8094

06014
06034
06054
06074
0621C

8016
8036
8056
8076
8096

06016
06036
06056
06076
0621E

8018
8038
8058
8078
8098

06018
06038
06058
06078
06618

8100
8120
8140
8160
8180

06100
06120
06140
06160
06308

8102
8122
8142
8162
8182

06102
06122
06142
06162
0630A

8104
8124
8144
8164
8184

06104
06124
06144
06164
0630C

8106
8126
8146
8166
8186

06106
06126
06146
06166
0630E

8108
8128
8148
8168
8188

06108
06128
06148
06168
06708

8110
8130
8150
8170
8190

06110
06130
06150
06170
06318

8112
8132
8152
8172
8192

06112
06132
06152
06172
0631A

8114
8134
8154
8174
8194

06114
06134
06154
06174
0631C

8116
8136
8156
8176
8196

06116
06136
06156
06176
0631E

8118
8138
8158
8178
8198

06118
06138
06158
06178
06718

8200
8220
8240
8260
8280

06200
06220
06240
06260
06228

8202
8222
8242
8262
8282

06202
06222
06242
06262
0622A

8204
8224
8244
8264
8284

06204
06224
06244
06264
0622C

8206
8226
8246
8266
8286

06206
06226
06246
06266
0622E

8208
8228
8248
8268
8288

0600.A.
0602.A.
0604./\
0606,/\
06628

8210
8230
8250
8270
8290

06210
06230
06250
06270
06238

8212
8232
8252
8272
8292

06212
06232
06252
06272
0623A

8214
8234
8254
8274
8294

06214
06234
06254
06274
0623C

8216
8236
8256
8276
8296

06216
06236
06256
06276
0623E

8218
8238
8258
8278
8298

060lA
0603A
0605A
0607A
06638

8300
8320
8340
8360
8380

06300
06320
06340
06360
06328

8302
8322
8342
8362
8382

06302
06322
06342
06362
0632A

8304
8324
8344
8364
8384

06304
06324
06304
06364
0632C

8306
8326
8346
8366
8386

06306
06326
06346
06366
0632E

8308
8328
8348
8368
8388

0610,/\
0612}\
0614A
0616}\.
06728

8310
8330
8350
8370
8390

06310
06330
06350
06370
06338

8312
8332
8352
8372
8392

06312
06332
06352
06372
0633A

8314
8334
8354
8374
8394

06314
06334
06354
06374
0633C

8316
8336
8356
8376
8396

06316
06336
06356
06376
0633E

8318
8338
8358
8378
8398

0611A
0613A
0615A
0617A
06738

8400
8420
8440
8460
8480

06400
06420
06440
06460
06248

8402
8422
8442
8462
8482

06402
06422
06442
06462
0624A

8404
8424
8444
8464
8484

06404
06424
06444
06464
0624C

8406
8426
8446
8466
8486

06406
06426
06446
06466
0624E

8408
8428
8448
8468
8488

0600C
0602C
0604C
0606e
066413

8410
8430
8450
8470
8490

06410
06430
06450
06470
06258

8412
8432
8452
8472
8492

06412
06432
06452
06472
0625A

8414
8434
8454
8474
8494

06414
06434
06454
06474
0625C

8416
8436
8456
8476
8496

06416
06436
06456
06476
0625E

8418
8438
8458
8478
8498

0601C
0603C
0605C
0607C
06658

8500
8520
8540
8560
8580

06500
06520
06540
06560
06348

8502
8522
8542
8562
8582

06502
06522
06542
06562
0634A

8504
8524
8544
8564
8584

06504
06524
06544
06564
0634C

8506
6526
8546
8566
8~)86

06506
06526
06546
06566
0634E

8508
8528
8548
8568
8588

0610e
0612e
0614C
0616C
06748

851.0
8530
8550
8570
8590

06510
06530
06550
06570
06358

8512
8532
8552
8572
8592

06512
06532
06552
06575
0635A

8514
8534
8554
8574
8594

06514
06534
06554
06574
0635C

8516
8536
8556
8576
8596

06516
06536
06556
06576
0635E

8518
8538
8558
8578
8598

0611C
0613C
0615C
0617C
06758

8600
8620
8640
8660
8680

06600
06620
06640
06660
06268

8602
8622
8642
8662
8682

06602
06622
06642
06662
0626A

8604
8624
8644
8664
8684

06604
06624
06644
06664
0626C

8606
8626
8646
8666
8686

06606
06626
06646
06666
0626E

8608
8628
8648
8668
8688

0600E
0602E
0604£
0606E
06668

8610
8630
8650
8670
8690

06610
06630
06650
06670
06278

8612
8632
8652
8672
8692

06612
06632
06652
06672
0627A

8614
8634
8654
8674
8694

06614
06634
06654
06674
0627C

8616
8636
8656
8676
8696

06616
06636
06656
06676
0627E

8618
8638
8658
8678
8698

0601E
0603E
0605E
0607E
06678

8700
8720
8740
8760
8780

06700
06720
06740
06760
06368

8702
8722
8742
8762
8782

06702
06722
06742
06762
0636A

8704
8724
8744
8764
8784

06704
06724
06744
06764
0636C

8706
8726
8746
8766
8786

06706
06726
06746
06766
0636E

8708
8728
8748
8768
8788

0610g
0612E
0614£
0616E
06768

8710
8730
8750
8770
8790

06710
06730
06750
06770
06378

8712
8732
87S2
8772
8792

06712
06732
06752
06772
0637A

8714
8734
8754
8774
8794

06714
06734
06754
06774
0637C

8716
8736
8756
8776
8796

06716
06736
06756
06776
0637E

8718
8738
8758
8778
8798

0611E
0613E
0615E
0617E
06778

8800
8820
8840
8860
8880

06408
06428
06448
06468
0660C

8802
8822
8842
8862
8882

0640A
0642A
0644A
0646A
0662C

8804
8824
8844
8864
8884

0640C
0642C
0644C
0646C
0664C

8806
8826
8846
8866
8886

0640E
0642E
0644E
0646E
0666C

8808
8828
8848
8868
8888

0660A
06641\
0666A
0660E

8810
8830
8850
8870
8890

06418
06438
06458
06478
0661C

8812
8832
8852
8872
8892

0641A
0643A
0645A
0647A
0663C

8814
8834
8854
8874
8894

0641C
0643C
0645C
0647C
0665C

8816
8836
8856
8876
8896

0641E
0643E
0645E
0647E
0667C

8818
8838
8858
8878
8898

0661A
0663A
0665A
0667A
0661E

8900
8920
8940
8960
8980

06508
06528
06548
06568
0670C

8902
8922
8942
8962
8982

0650A
0652A
0654A
0556A
0672C

8904
8924
8944
8964
8984

0650C
0652C
0654C
0656C
0674C

8906
8926
8946
8966
8986

0650E
0652E
0654E
0656E
0676C

8908
8928
8948
8968
8988

0670A
0672A
0674A
0676Jl,
0670E:

8910
8930
8950
8970
8990

06518
06538
06558
06578
0671C

8912
8932
8952
8972
8992

0651A
0653A
0655A
0657A
0673C

8914
8934
8954
8974
8994

0651C
0653C
0655C
0657C
0675C

8916
8936
8956
8976
8996

0651E
0653E
0655E
0657E
0677C

8918
8938
8958
8978
8998

0671A
0673A
0675A
0677A
0671E

~

..

~

~

Q,
~

1-1

::
0

~
Q.,
11

~

en
en

n

0

::s

-=

~

t1
1-'0

::s
t-3
~

C"

1-1
~

0)

ID

0662l.

\0

0

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

9000
9020
9040
9060
9080

06080
060AO
060CO
060EO
06288

9002
9022
9042
9062
9082

06082
060A2
060C2
060E2
0628A

9004
9024
9044
9064
9084

06084
060A4
060C4
060E4
0628C

9006
9026
9046
9066
9086

06086
060A6
060C6
060E6
0628E

9008
9028
9048
9068
9088

06088
060A8
060C8
060E8
06688

9010
9030
9050
9070
9090

06090
060BO
06000
060FO
06298

9012
9032
9052
9072
9092

9100
9120
9140
9160
9180

06180
061AO
061CO
061EO
06388

9102
9122
9142
9162
9182

06182
061A2
061C2
061E2
0638A

9104
9124
9144
9164
9184

06184
061A4
061C4
061E4
0638C

9106
9126
0146
9166
9186

06186
061A6
061C6
061E6
0638E

9108
9128
9148
9168
9188

06188
OG1A8
061C8
061E8
06788

9110
9130
0150
9170
9190

06190
061BO
06100
06l:FO
06398

9200
9220
9240
9260
9280

06280
062AO
062CO
062EO
062A8

9202
9222
9242
9262
9282

06282
062A2
062C2
062E2
062AA

9204
9224
9244
9264
9284

06284
062A4
062C4
062E4
062AC

9206
9226
9246
926&
9286

06286
062A6
062C6
062E6
062AE

9208
9228
9248
9268
9288

0608A
060AA
060CA
060EA
066A8

9210
9230
9250
9270
9290

9300
9320
9340
9360
9380

06380
063AO
063CO
063EO
063A8

9302
9322
9342
9362
9382

06382
063A2
063C2
063E2
063AA

9304
9324
9344
9364
9384

06384
063];.4
063C4
063E4
063AC

9306
9326
9346
9366
9386

06386
063A6
063C6
063E6
063AE

9308
9328
9348
9368
9388

0618A
061AA
061CA
061EA
067A8

9400
9420
9440
9460
9480

06480
064AO
064CO
064EO
062C8

9402
9422
9442
9462
9482

06482
064A2
064C2
064E2
062CA

9404
9424
9444
9464
9484

06484
064A4
064C4
064E4
062CC

9406
9426
9446
9466
9486

06486
064A6
064C6
064E6
062CE

9408
9428
9448
9468
9488

9500
9520
9540
9560
9580

06580
065AO
065CO
065EO
063C8

9502
9522
9542
9562
9582

06582
065A2
065C2
065E2
063CA

9504
9524
9544
9564
9584

06584
065A4
065C4
065E4
063CC

9506
9526
9546
9566
9586

06586
065A6
065C6
065E6
063CE

9600
9620
9640
9660
9680

06680
066AO
066CO
066EO
062E8

9602
9622
9642
9662
9682

06682
066A2
066C2
066E2
062EA

9604
9624
9644
9664
9684

06684
066A4
066C4
066E4
062EC

9~06

9626
9646
9666
9686

9700
9720
9740
9760
9780

06780
067AO
067CO
067EO
063E8

9702
9722
9742
9762
9782

06782
067A2
067C2
067E2
063EA

9704
9724
9744
9764
9.784

06784
067A4
067C4
067E4
063EC

9800
9820
9840
9860
9880

06488
064A8
064C8
064E8
0668C

9802
9822
9842
9862
9882

0648A
064AA
064CA
064EA
066AC

9804
9824
9844
9864
9884

9900
9920
9940
9960
9980

06588
065A8
065C8
065E8
0678C

9902
9922
9942
9962
9982

0658A
065AA
065CA
065EA
067AC

9904
9924
9944
9964
9984

1401 S/360

1401 S/360

1401 5/360

06092
060B2
06002
060F2
0629A

9014
9034
9054
9074
9094

06094
060B4
06004
060F4
0629C

9016
9036
9056
9076
9096

06096
060B6
06006
060F6
0629E

9018
9038
9058
9078
9098

06098
060B8
06008
060F8
06698

9112
9132
9152
9172
9192

06192
061B2
06102
061F2
0639A

9114
9134
9154
9174
9194

06194
061B4
06104
061F4
0639C

9116
9136
9156
9176
9196

06196
061B6
06106
061F6
0639E

9118
9138
9158
9178
9198

06198
061B8
06108
061F8
06798

06290
062BO
06200
062FO
062B8

9212
9232
9252
9272
9292

06292
062B2
06202
062F2
062BA

9214
9234
9254
9274
9294

06294
062B4
06204
062F4
062BC

9216
9236
9256
9276
9296

06296
062B6
06206
062F6
0·62BE

9218
9238
9258
9278
9298

0609A
060BA
0600A
060FA
066B8

9310
9330
9359
9370
9390

06390
063BO
06300
063B8
063FO

9312
9332
9352
9372
9392

06392
063B2
06302
063F2
063BA

9314
9334
9354
9374
9394

06394
063B4
06304
063F4
063BC

9316
9336
9356
9376
9396

06396
063B6
06306
063F6
063BE

9318
933.8
9358
9378
9398

0619A
061BA
0610A
061FA
067B8

0608C
060AC
060CC
060EC
066C8

9410
9430
9450
9470
9490

06490
064BO
06400
064FO
06208

9412
9432
9452
9472
9492

06492
064B2
06402
064F2
0620A

9414
9434
9454
9474
9494

06494
064B4
06404
064F4
0620C

9416
9436
9456
9476
9496

06496
064B6
06406
064F6
0620E

9418
9438
945.8
9478
9498

0609C
0608C
0600C
060FC
06608

9508
9528
9548
9568
9588

0618C
061AC
061CC
061EC
067C8

9510
9530
9550
9570
9590

06590
065BO
06500
065FO
06308

9512
9532
9552
9572
9592

06592
06582
06502
065F2
0630A

9514
9534
9554
9574
9594

06594
06584
06504
065F4
0630C

9516
9536
9556
9576
9596

06596
06586
06506
065F6
0630E

9518
9538
9558
9578
95"98

0619C
061BC
0610C
061FC
06708

06686
066A6
066C6
066E6
062EE

9608
9628
9648
9668
9688

0608E
060AE
060CE
060EE
066E8

9610
9630
9650
9670
9690

06690
066BO
06600
066FO
062F8

9612
9632
9652
9672
9692

06692
066B2
06602
066F2
062FA

9614
9634
9654
9674
9694

06694
06684
06604
066F4
062FC

9616
9636
9656
9676
9696

06696
06686
06606
066F6
062FE

9618
9638
9658
9678
9698

0609E
0608E
0600E
060FE
066F8

9706
9726
9746
9766
9786

06786
067A6
067C6
067E6
063EE

9708
9728
9748
9768
9788

0618E
061AE
061CE
061EE
067E8

9710
9730
9750
9770
9790

06790
067BO
06700
067FO
063F8

9712
9732
975:2
9772
9792

06792
067B2
06702
067F2
063FA

9714
9734
9754
9774
9794

06794
06784
06704
067F4
063FC

9716
9736
9756
9776
9796

06796
06786
06706
067F6
063FE

9718
9738
9758
9778
9798

0619E
0618E
0610E
061FE
067F8

0648C
064AC
064CC
064EC
066CC

9806
9826
9846
8966
9886

0648E
064AE
064CE
064EE
066EC

9808
9828
9848
9868
9888

0668A
066AA
066CA
066EA
0668E

9810
9830
9850
9870
9890

06498
06488
06408
064F8
0669C

9812
9832
9852
9872
9892

0649A
0648A
0640A
064FA
066BC

9814
9834
9854
9874
9894

0649C
064BC
0640C
064FC
0660C

9816
9836
9856
9876
9896

0649E
0648E
0640E
064FE
066FC

9818
9838
98513
98713
9898

0669A
0668A
0660A
066FA
0669E

0658C
065AC
065CC
065EC
067CC

9906
9926
9946
9966
9986

0658E
065AE
065CE
065EE
067EC

9908
9928
9948
9968
9988

0678A
067AA
067CA
067EA
0678E

9910
9930
9950
9970
9990

06598
065B8
06508
065F8
0679C

9912
9932
9952
9972
9992

0659A
065BA
0650A
065FA
0678C

9914
9934
9954
9974
9994

0659C
0658C
0650C
065FC
0670C

9916
9936
9956
9976
9996

0659E
0658E
0650E
065FE
067FC

9918
9938
9958
9978
9998

0679A
067BA
0670A
067FA
0679E

1401 5/360

>

"0
"0

~

Qa
...,.
~

'"z:!
II

~
Qa

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

10000
10020
10040
10060
10080

06800
06820
06840
06860
06A08

10002
10022
10042
10062
10082

06802
06822
06842
06862
06AOA

10004
10024
10044
10064
1008:4

06804
06824
06844
06864
06AOe

10006
10026
10046
10066
10086

06806
06826
06846
06866
06AOE

10008
10028
10048
10068
10088

06808
06828
06848
06868
06E08

10010,
10030
10050
10070
10090

06810
06830
06850
06870
06A18

10012
10032
10052
10072
10092

06812
06832
06852
06872
06A1A

10014
10034
10054
10074
10094

06814
06834
06854
06874
06A1e

10016
10036
10056
10076
10096

06816
06836
06856
06876
06A1E

10018
10038
10058
10078
10098

06818
06838
06858
06878
06E18

10100
10120
10140
10160
10180

06900
06920
06940
06960
06B08

10102
10122
10142
10162
10182

06902
06922
06942
06962
06BOA

10104
10124
10144
10164
10184

06904
06924
06944
06964
06BOe

10106
10126
10146
10166
10186

06906
06926
06946
06966
06BOE

10108
10128
10148
10168
10188

06908
06928
06948
06968
OGF08

10110
10130
10150
10170
10190

06910
06930
06950
06970
06B18

10112
10132
10152
10172
10192

06912
06932
06952
06972
06B1A

10114
10134
10154
10174
10194

06914
06934
06954
06974
06Ble

10116
10136
10156
10176
10196

06916
06936
06956
06976
06B1E

10'118
10138
10'158
10'178
10'198

06918
06938
06958
06978
06F18

10200
10220
10240
10260
10280

06AOO
06A20
06A40
06A60
06A28

10202
10222
10242
10262
10282

06A02
06A22
06A42
06A62
06A2A

10204
10224
10244
10264
10284

06A04
06A24
06A44
06A64
06A2e

10206
10226
10246
10266
10286

06A06
06A26
06A46
06A66
06A2E

10208
10228
10248
10268
10288

OG80A
0682A
0684A
0686A
06E28

10210
10230
10250
10270
10290

06Al0
06A30
06A50
06A70
06A38

10212
10232
10252
10272
10292

06A12
06A32
06A52
06A72
06A3A

10214
10234
10254
10274
10294

06A14
06A34
06A54
06A74
06A3e

10216
10236
10256
10276
10296

06A16
06A36
06A56
06A76
06A3E

10218
10238
10258
10278
10298

0681A
0683A
0685A
0687A
06E38

10300
10320
10340
10360
10380

06BOO
06820
06840
06860
06828

10302
10322
10342
10362
10382

06B02
06822
06842
06862
0682A

10304
10324
10344
10364
10384

06B04
06824
06844
06864
06B2e

10306
10326
10346
10366
10386

06B06
06B26
06846
06866
06B2E

10308
10328
10348
10368
10388

0690A
0692A
0694A
0696A
06F28

10310
10330
10350
10370
10390

06810
06830
06850
06870
06838

10312
10332
10352
10372
10392

06812
06832
06852
06872
0683A

10314
10334
10354
10374
10394

06814
06834
06854
06874
0683e

10316
10336
10356
10376
10396

06816
06836
06856
06876
0683E

10318
10338
10358
10378
10398

0691A
0693A
0695A
0697A
06F38

10400
10420
'10440
10460
10480

06eOO
06C20
06C40
06C60
06A48

10402
10422
10442
10462
"10482

06e02
06C22
06C42
06C62
06A4A

10404
10424
10444
10464
10484

06e04
06C24
06C44
06e64
06A4C

10406
10426
10446
10466
10486

06e06
06C26
06C46
06C66
06A4E

10408
10428
10448
10468
10488

0680e
0682C
0684C
0686C
06E48

10410
10430
10450
10470
10490

06el0
06C30
06C50
06C70
06A58

10412
10432
10452
10472
10492

06e12
06C32
06C52
06C72
06A5A

10414
10434
10454
10474
10494

06e14
06C34
06C54
06C74
06l\.5e

10416
10436
10456
10476
10496

06C16
06C36
06e56
06C76
06A5E

10418
10438
10458
10478
10~,98

0681C
0683C
0685C
0687C
06E58

10500
10520
10540
10560
10580

06000
06020
06040
06060
06B48

10502
10522
10542
10562
10582

06002
06022
06042
06062
06B4A

10504
10524
10544
10564
10584

06004
06044
06064
06B4C

10506
10526
10546
10566
10586

06006
06026
06046
06D66
06B4E

10508
10528
10548
10568
10588

0690e
0692e
0694C
0696C
06F48

10510
10530
10550
10570
10590

06010
06030
06050
06070
06B58

10512
10532
10552
10572
10592

06012
06032
06052
06072
06B5A

10514
10534
10554
10574
10594

06014
06034
06054
06074
06B5C

10516
10536
10556
10576
10596

06016
06036
06056
06076
06B5E

10518
105138
10558
10578
10598

0691C
0693C
0695C
0697C
06F58

10600
10620
10640
10660
10680

06EOO
06E20
06E40
06E60
06A68

10602
10622
10642
10662
10682

06E02
06E22
06E42
06E62
06A6A

10604
10624
10644
10664
10684

06E04
06E24
06E44
06E64
06A6C

10606
10626
10646
10666
10686

06E06
06E26
06E46
06E66
06A6E

10608
10628
10648
10668
10688

0680E
0682E
0684E
0686E
'06E68

10610
10630
10650
10670
10690

06E10
06E30
06E50
06E70
06A78

10612
10632
10652
10672
10692

06E12
06E32
06E52
06E72
06A7A

10614
10634
10654
10674
10694

06E14
06E34
06£:54
06E74
06A7C

10616
10636
10656
10676
10696

06E16
06E36
06E56
06E76
06A7E

10618
10638
10658
10678
10698

0681E
0683E
0685E
0687E
06E78

10700
10720
10740
10760
10780

06FOO
06F20
06F40
06F60
06B68

10702
10722
10742
10762
10782

06F02
06F22
06F42
06F62
06B6A

10704
10724
10744
10764
10784

06F04
06F24
06F44
06F64
06B6C

10706
10726
10746
10766
10786

06F06
06F26
06F46
06F66
06B6E

10708
10728
10748
10768
10788

0690E
0692E
0694E
0696E
06F68

10710
10730
10750
10770
10790

06F10
06F30
06F50
06F70
06B78

10712
10732
10752
10772
10'792

06F12
06F32
06F52
06F72
06B7A

10714
10734
10754
10774

06F14
06F34
06F54
06F74
1079IJ 06B7C

10716
10736
10756
10776
10796

06F16
06F36
06F56
06F76
06B7E

10718
10738
10758
10778
10798

0691E
0693E
0695E
0697E
06F78

10800
10820
10840
10860
10880

06C08
06C28
06C48
06C68
06EOC

10802
10822
10842
10862
10882

06eOA
O'6C2A
06C4A
06C6A
06E2C

10804
10824
10844
10864
10884

06COC
06C2C
06e4C
06e6C
06E4C

10806
10826
10846
10866
10886

06eOE
06C2E
06e4E
06C6E
C6E6C

10808
10828
10848
10868
10888

06EOA
06E2A
06E4A
06E6A
06EOE

10810
10830
10850
10870
10890

06C18
06C38
06C58
06C78
06E1C

10812
10832
10852
10872
10892

06C1A
06e3A
06C5A
06C7A
06E3C

10814
10834
10854
10874
10894

06C1C
06C3C
06C5C
06C7C
06E5e

10816
10836
10856
10876
10896

06C1E
06C3E
06C5£:
06C7E
06E7C

10818
10838
10858
10878
10898

06E1A
06E3A
06E5A
06E7A
06E1E

10900
10920
10940
10960
10980

06008
06028
06048
06068
06FOC

10902
10922
10942
10962
10982

0600A
0602A
0604A
0606A
06F2C

10904
10924
10944
10964
10984

0600C
0602C
0604e
0606e
06F4e

10906
10926
10946
10966
10986

06DOE
0602E
0604E
0606E
06F6C

10908
10928
10948
10968
10988

06FOA
06F2A
06F4A
06F6A
06FOE

10910
10930
10950
10970
10990

06018
06038
06058
06078
06F1e

10912
10932
10952
10972
10992

0601A
0603A
0605A
0607A
06F3C

10914
10934
10954
10974
10994

0601C
060.3C
0605C
0607C
06F5C

10916
10936
10956
10976
10996

0601E
0603E
0605E
0607E
06F7C

10918
10938
10958
10978
10998

06F1A
06F3A
06FSA
06F7A
06F1E

0602LJ

I'D

I-'
.t::
0

)01

Qa
Qa
Ii
I'D

en
en

(')

0

~

I'D

~
...,.
0

t:!
t-3

~

t:r

I-'

I'D

\0

I-'

'i:>
~,,)

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

11000
11020
11040
11060
11080

06880
068AO
068CO
068EO
06A88

11002
11022
11042
11062
11082

06882
068A2
068C2
068E2
06A8A

11004
'1024
11044
11064
11084

06884
068A4
068C4
068E4
06A8C

11006
11026
11046
11066
11086

06886
068A6
068C6
068E6
06A8E

11008
11028
11048
11068
11088

06888
068A8
068C8
068E8
06E88

11010
11030
11050
11070
11090

06890
068BO
06800
06BFO
06A98

11012
11032
11052
11072
11092

06892
068B2
06802
068F2
06A9A

11014
11034
11054
11074
11094

06894
068B4
06804
06BF4
06A9C

11016
11036
11056
11076
11096

06896
068B6
06806
068F6
06A9E

11018
11038
11 058
11078
11098

06898
068B8
06808
068FB
06E98

11100
11120
11140
11160
11180

06980
069AO
069CO
069EO
06B88

11102
11122
11142
11162
11182

06982
069A2
069C2
069E2
06B8A

11104
11124
11144
11164
11184

06984
069A4
069C4
069E4
06B8C

11106
11126
11146
11166
11186

06986
069"A6
069C6
069E6
06B8E

11108
11128
11148
11168
11188

06988
069A8
069C8
069E8
06F88

11110
11130
11150
11170
11190

06990
069BO
06900
069FO
06B98

11112
11132
11152
11172
11192

06992
069B2
06902
069F2
06B9A

11114
11134
11154
11174
11194

06994
069B4
06904
069F4
06B9C

11116
11136
11156
11176
11196

06996
069B6
06906
069F6
06B9E

11118
11138
11158
11178
11198

06998
069B8
06908
069F8
06F98

11200
11220
11240
11260
11280

06A80
06AAO
06ACO
06AEO
06AA8

11202
11222
11242
11262
11282

06A82
06AA2
06AC2
06AE2
06AAA

11204
11224
11244
11264
11284

06A84
06AA4
06AC4
06AE4
06AAC

11206
11226
11246
11266
11286

06A86
06AA6
06AC6
06AE6
06AAE

11208
11228
11248
11268
11288

0688A
068AA
068CA
068EA
06EA8

11210
11230
11250
11270
11290

06A90
06ABO
06AOO
06AFO
06AB8

11212
11232
11252
11272
11292

06A92
06AB2
06A02
06AF2
06ABA

11214
11234
11254
11274
11294

06A94
06AB4
06A04
06AF4
06ABC

11216
11236
11256
11276
11296

06A96
06AB6
06A06
06AF6
06ABE

11218
11238
11258
1127B
11298

0689A
068BA
0680A
068FA
06EB8

11300
11320
11340
11360
i 1380

06B80
06BAO
06BCO
06BEO
06BA8

11302
11322
11342
11362
11382

06B82
06BA2
06BC2
06BE2
06BAA

11304
11324
11344
11364
11384

06B84
06BA4
06BC4
06BE4
06BAC

11306
11326
11346
11366
11386

06B86
06BA6
06BC6
06BE6
06BAE

11308
11328
11348
11368
11388

0698A
069AA
069CA
069EA
06FA8

11310
11330
11350
11370
11390

06B90
06BBO
06BOO
06BFO
06BB8

11312
11332
11352
11372
11392

06B92
06BB2
06B02
06BF2
06BBA

11314
11334
11354
11374
11394

06B94
06BB4
06B04
06BF4
06BBC

11316
11336
11356
11376
11396

06B96
06BB6
06B06
06BF6
06BBE

11 31 8
11338
11358
11378
11398

0699A
069BA
0690A
069FA
06FB8

11400
11420
11440
11460
11480

06C80
06CAO
06CCO
06CEO
06AC8

11402
11422
11442
11462
11482

06C82
06CA2
06CC2
06CE2
06ACA

11404
11424
11444
11464
11484

06C84
06CA4
06CC4
06CE4
06ACC

11406
11426
11446
11466
11486

06C8Ei
06CAEi
06CC6
06CE6
06ACE

11408
11428
11448
11468
11488

0688C
068AC
068CC
068EC
06EC8

11410
11430
11450
11470
11490

06C90
06CBO
06COO
06CFO
06A08

11412
11432
11452
11472
11492

06C92
06CB2
06C02
06CF2
06AOA

11414
11434
11454
11474
11494

06C94
06CB4
06C04
06CF4
06AOC

11416
11436
11456
11476
11496

06C96
06CB6
06C06
06CF6
06AOE

11418
11438
11458
11478
11498

0689C
068BC
0680C
068FC
06E08

11500
11520
11540
11560
11580

06080
060AO
060CO
060EO
06BC8

11502
11522
11542
11562
11582

06082
060A2
060C2
060E2
06BCA

11504
11524
11544
11564
115a4

06084
060A4
060C4
060E4
06BCC

11506
11526
11546
11566
11586

06086
060AEi
060C6
060E6
06BCE

11508
11528
11548
11568
11588

0698C
069AC
069CC
069EC
06FC8

11510
11530
11550
11570
11590

06090
060BO
06000
060FO
06B08

11512
11532
11552
11572
11592

06092
060B2
06002
060F2
06BOA

11514
11534
11554
11574
11594

06094
060B4
06004
060F4
06BOC

11516
11536
11556
11576
11596

06096
060B6
06006
060F6
06BOE

11518
11538
11558
11578
11598

0699C
069BC
0690C
069FC
06F08

11600
11620
11640
11660
11680

06E80
06EAO
06ECO
06EEO
06AE8

11602
11622
11642
11662
11682

06E82
06EA2
06EC2
06EE2
06AEA

11604
11624
11644
11664
11684

06E84
06EA4
06EC4
06EE4
06AEC

11606
11626
11646
11666
11686

06E86
06EA6
06EC6
06EE6
06AEE

11608
11628
11648
11668
1168B

0688E
068AE
068CE
068EE
06EE8

11610
11630
11650
11670
11690

06E90
06EBO
06EOO
06EFO
06AF8

11612
11632
11652
11672
11692

06E92
06EB2
06E02
06EF2
06AFA

11614 06E94
11654 06E04
11674 06EF4
11694 06AFC

11616
11636
11656
11676
11696

06E96
06EB6
06E06
06EF6
06AFE

11618
11638
11658
11678
11698

0689E
068BE
0680E
068FE
06EF8

11700
11720
11740
11760
11780

06F80
06FAO
06FCO
06FEO
06BE8

11702
11722
11742
11762
11782

06F82
06FA2
06FC2
06FE2
06BEA

11704
11724
11744
11764
11784

06F84
06FA4
06FC4
06FE4
06BEC

11706
11726
11746
11766
11786

06F86
06FA6
06FC6
06FE6
06BEE

11708
11728
11748
11768
11788

0698E
069AE
069CE
069EE
06FE8

11710
11730
11750
11770
11790

06F90
06FBO
06FOO
06FFO
06BF8

11712
11732
11752
11772
11792

06F92
06FB2
06F02
06FF2
06BFA

11714
11734
11754
11774
11794

06F94
06FB4
06F04
06FF4
06BFC

11716
11736
11756
11776
1.1796

06F96
06FB6
06F06
06FF6
06BFE

11718
11738
11758
11778
11798

0699E
069BE
0690E
069FE
06FF8

11800
11820
11840
11860
11880

06C88
06CA8
06CC8
06CE8
06E8C

11802
11822
11842
11862
11882

06C8A
06CAA
06CCA
06CEA
06EAC

11804
11824
11844
11864
11884

06C8C
06CAC
06CCC
06CEC
06ECC

11806
11826
11846
11866
11886

06C8E
06CAE
06CCE
06CEE
06EEC

11808
11828
11848
11868
11888"

06E8A
06EAA
06ECA
06EEA
06E8E

11810
11830
11850
11870
11890

06C98
06CB8
06C08
06CF8
06E9C

11812
11832
11852
11872
11892

06C9A
06CBA
06COA
06CFA
06EBC

11814
11834
11854
11874
11894

06C9C
06CBC
06COC
06CFC
06EOC

11816
11836
11856
11876
11896

06C9E
06CBE:
06COE:
06CFE:
06EFC

11818
11838
11858
11878
11898

06E9A
06EBA
06EOA
06EFA
06E9E

11900
11920
11940
11960
11980

06088
060A8
060C8
060E8
06F8C

11902
11922
11942
11962
11982

0608A
060AA
060CA
060EA
06FAC

11904
11924
11944
11964
11984

0608C
060AC
060CC
060EC
06FCC

11906
11926
11946
11966
11986

0608E
060AE
060CE
060EE
06FEC

11908
11928
11948
11968
11988

06F8A
06FAA
06FCA
06FEA
06F8E

11910
11930
11950
11970
11990

06098
060B8
06008
060F8
06F9C

11912
11932
11952
11972
11992

0609A
060BA
0600A
060FA
06FBC

11914
11934
11934
11974
11994

0609C
060BC
0600C
060FC
06FOC

11916
11936
11956
11976
11996

0609E
060BE:
0600E
060FE:
06FFC

11918
11938
11958
11978
11998

06F9A
06FBA
06FOA
06FFA
06F9E

1163Ll 06EB4

1401 5/360

:g>'
m
Q,
"",.
~

..I'IIJ

~
..-

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

12000
12020
12040
12060
12080

07000
07020
07040
07060
07208

12002
12022
12042
12062
12082

07002
07022
07042
07062
0720A

12004
12024
12044
12064
12084

07004
07024
07044
07064
0720C

12006
12026
12046
12066
12086

07006
07026
07046
07066
0720E

12008
12028
12048
12068
12088

07008
07028
07048
07068
07608

12010
12030
12050
12070
12090

07010
07030
07050
07070
07218

1201.2
12032
12052
12072
12092

07012
07032
07052
07072
072lA

12014
12034
12054
12074
12094

07014
07034
07054
07074
0721C

12016
12036
12056
12076
12096

07016
07036
07056

12100
12120
12140
12160
12180

07100
07120
07140
07160
07308

12102
12122
12142
1.2162
12182

07102
07122
07142
07162
0730A

12104
12124
12144
12164
12184

07104
07124
07144
07164
0730C

12106
12126
12146
12166
12186

07106
07126
07146
07166
0730E

12108
12128
12148
12168
12188

07108
07128
07148
07168
07708

12110
12130
12150
12170
12190

07110
07130
07150
07170
07318

1211.2
12132
12152
12172
12192

07112
07132
07152
07172
073lA

12114
12134
12154
12174
12194

07114
07134
07154
07174
0731C

12200
12220
12240
12260
12280

07200
07220
07240
07260
07228

12202
12222
12242
12262
12282

07202
07222
07242
07262
0722A

12204
12224
12244
12264
12284

07204
07224
07244
07264
0722C

12206
12226
12246
12266
12286

07206
07226
07246
07266
0722E

12208
12228
12248
12268
12288

0700A
0702A
0704A
0706A
07628

12210
12230
12250
12270
12290

07210
07230
07250
07270
07238

12212
12232
12252
12272
12292

07212
07232
07252
07272
0723A

12214
12234
12254
12274
12294

12300
12320
12340
12360
12380

07300
07320
07340
07360
07328

12:02
12322
12342
12362
12382

07302
07322
07342
07362
0732A

12304
12324
12344
12364
12384

07304
07324
07344
07364
0732C

12306
12326
12346
12366
12386

07306
07326
07346
07366
0732E

12308
12328
12348
12368
12388

0710A
0712A
0714A
0716A
07728

12310
12330
12350
12370
12390

07310
07330
07350
07370
07338

12312
12332
12352
12372
12392

07312
07332
07352
07372
0733A

12400
12420
12440
12460
12480

07400
07420
07440
07460
07248

12402
12422
12442
12462
12482

07402
07422
07442
07462
0724A

12404
12424
12444
12464
12484

07404
07424
07444
07464
0724C

12406
12426
12446
12466
12486

07406
07426
07446
07466
0724E

12408
12428
12448
12468
12488

0700C
0702C
0704C
0706C
07648

12410
12430
12450
12470
12490

07410
07430
07450
07470
07258

12412
12432
12452
12472
12492

12500
12520
12540
12560
12580

07500
07520
07540
07560
07348

12502
12522
12542
12562
12582

07502
07522
07542
07562
0734A

12504
12524
12544
12564
12584

07504
07524
07544
07564
0734C

12506
12526
12546
12566
12586

07506
07526
07546
07566
0734E

12508
12528
12548
12568
12588

0710C
0712C
0714C
0716C
07748

12510
12530
12550
12570
12590

07510
07530
07550
07570
07358

12600
12620
12640
12660
12680

07600
07620
07640
07660
07268

12602
12622
12642
12662
12682

07602
0'7622
07642
07662
0726A

12604
12624
12644
12664
12684

07604
07624
07644
07664
0726C

12606
12626
12646
12666
12686

07606
07626
07646
07666
0726E

12608
12628
12648
12668
12688

0700E
0702E
0704E
0706E
07668

12610
12630
12650
12670
12690

12700
12720
12740
1276.0
12780

07700
07720
07740
07760
07368

12702
12722
12742
12762
12782

07702
07722
07742
07762
0736A

12704
12724
12744
12764
12784

07704
07724
07744
07764
0736C

12706
12726
12746
12766
12786

07706
07726
07746
07766
0736E

12708
12728
12748
12768
12788

0710E
0712E
0714E
0716E
07768

12800
12820
12840
12860
12880

07408
07428
07448
07468
0760C

12802
12822
12842
12862
12882

0740A
0742A
0744A
0746A
0762C

12804
12824
12844
12864
12884

0740C
0742C
0744C
0746C
0764C

12806
12826
12846
12866
12886

0740E
0742E
0744E
0746E
0166C

12808
12828
12848
12868
12888

12900
12920
12940
12960
12980

07508
07528
07548
07568
07JOC

12902
12922
12942
12962
12982

0750A
0752A
0754A
0756A
0772C

12904
12924
12944
12964
12984

0750C
0752C
0754C
0756C
0774C

12906
12926
12946
12966
12986

0750E
0752E
0754E
0156E
0776C

12908
12928
12948
12968
12988

14,01 5/360

0721E

12018
12038
12058
12078
12098

07018
07038
07058
07078
07618

12116
12136
12156
12176
12196

07116
07136
07156
07176
0731E

12118
12138
12158
12178
12198

07118
07138
07158
07178
07718

07214
07234
07254
07274
0723C

12216
12236
12256
12276
12296

07216
07236
07256
07276
0723E

12218
12238
12258
12278
12298

070lA
0703A
0705A
0707A
07638

12314
12334
12354
12374
12394

07314
07334
07354
07374
0733C

12316
12336
12356
12376
12396

07316
07336
07356
07376
0733E

12318
12338
12358
12378
12398

071lA
0713A
0715A
0717A
07738

07412
07432
07452
07472
0725A

12414
12434
12454
12474
12494

07414
07434
07454
07474
0725C

12416
12436
12456
12476
12496

07416
07436
07456
07476
0725E

12418
12438
12458
12478
12498

0701C
0703C
0705C
0707C
07658

12512
12532
12552
12572
12592

07512
07532
07552
07572
0735A

12514
12534
12554
12574
12594

07514
07534
07554
07574
0735C

12516
12536
12556
12576
12596

07516
07536
07556
07576
0735E

12518
12S38
12558
12S78
12S98

0711C
0713C
0715C
0717C
07758

07610
07630
07650
07670
07278

12612
12632
12652
12672
12692

07612
07632
07652
07672
0727A

12614
12634
12654
12674
12694

07614
07634
07654
07674
0727C

12616
12636
12656
12676
12696

07616
07636
07656
07676
0727E

12618
12638
12658
12678
12698

0701E
0703E
0705E
0707E
07678

12710
12730
12750
12770
12790

07710
07730
07750
07770
07378

12712
12732
12752
12772
12792

07712
07732
07752
07772
0737A

12714
12734
12754
12774
12794

07714
07734
07754
07774
0737C

12716
12736
12756
12776
12796

07716
07736
07756
07776
0737E

12718
12738
12758
12778
12798

0711E
0713E
0715E
0717E
07778

0760A
0762A
0764A
0766A
0760E

12810
12830
12850
12870
12890

07418
07438
07458
07478
0761C

12812
12832
12852
12872
12892

0741A
0743A
0745A
0747A
0763C

12814
12834
12854
12874
12894

0741C
0743C
0745C
0747C
0765C

12816
12836
12856
12876
12896

0741E
07431::
0745E
0747E
0767C

12818
12838
12H58
12878
12€l98

0761A
0763A
0765A
0767A
0761E

0770A
0772A
0i'74A
0776A
0770E

12910
12930
12950
12970
12990

07518
07538
07558
07578
0771C

12912
12932
12952
12972
12992

075lA
0753A
0755A
0757A
0773C

12914
12934
12954
12974
12994

0751C
0753C
0755C
0757C
0775C

12916
12936
12956
12976
12996

0751E
0753E
0755E
0757E
0777C

12918
12938
12958
12978
12998

0771A
0773A
0775A
0777A
0771E

0707~

CD

.p
0

~

Q,

~

CJ)
CJ)

n

0

~

CD

t1

"",.

0
1=$

1-3

III

..-CDtr
\0

w

"D

,I='

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 S/36CI

1401 5/360

13000
13020
13040
13060
13080

07080
070AO
070CO
070EO
07288

13002
13022
13042
13062
13082

07082
070A2
070C2
070E2
0728A

13004
13024
13044
13064
13084

07084
070A4
070C4
070E4
0728C

13006
13026
13046
13066
13086

07086
070A6
070C6
070E6
0728g

13008
13028
13048
13068
13088

07088
070A8
070C8
070E8
07688

13010
13030
13050
13070
13090

07090
070BO
07000
070FO
07298

13012
13032
13052
13072
13092

07092
070B2
07002
070F2
0729A

13014
13034
13054
13074
13094

07094
070B4
07004
070F4
0729C

13016
13036
13056
13076
13096

07096
070B6
07006
070FEi
0729E:

13018
13038
13058
13078
13098

07098
070B8
07008
070F8
07698

13100
13120
13140
13160
13180

07180
071AO
071CO
071EO
07388

13102
13122
13142
13162
13182

07182
071A2
071C2
071E2
0738A

13104
13124
13144
13164
13184

07184
07lA4
071C4
071E4
0738C

13106
13126
13146
13166
13186

07186
07lA6
0711:6
071E6
0738E

13108
13128
13148
13168
13188

07188
07lA8
071C8
071E8
07788

13110
13130
13150
13170
13190

07190
071BO
07100
071FO
07398

13112
13132
13152
13172
13192

07192
071B2
07102
071F2
0739A

13114
13134
13154
13174
13194

07194
071B4
07104
071F4
0739C

13116
13136
13156
13176
13196

0719Ei
071B6
0710Ei
071FEi
0739E:

13118
13138
13158
13178
13198

07198
071B8
07108
071F8
07798

13200
13220
13240
13260
13280

07280
072AO
072CO
072EO
072A8

13202
13222
13242
13262
13282

07282
072A2
072C2
072E2
072AA

13204
13224
13244
13264
13284

07284
072A4
072C4
072E4
072AC

13206
13226
13246
13266
13286

07286
072A6
072C6
072E6
072AE

13208
13228
13248
13268
13288

0708A
070AA
070CA
070EA
076A8

13210
13230
13250
13270
13290

07290
072BO
07200
072FO
072B8

13212
13232
13252
13272
13292

07292
072B2
07202
072F2
072BA

13214
13234
13254
13274
13294

07294
072B4
07204
072F4
072BC

13216
13236
13256
13276
13296

0729Ei
072B6
0720Ei
072FEi
072BE:

13218
13238
13258
13278
13298

0709A
070BA
0700A
070FA
076B8

13300
13320
13340
13360
13380

07380
073AO
073CO
073EO
073A8

13302
13322
13342
13362
13382

07382
073A2
073C2
073E2
073AA

13304
13324
13344
13364
13384

07384
073A4
073C4
073E4
073AC

13306
13326
13346
13366
13386

07386
073A6
073C6
073E6
073AE

13308
13328
13348
13368
13388

0718A
071AA
071CA
071EA
077A8

13310
13330
13350
133·70
13390

07390
073BO
07300
073FO
073B8

13312
13332
13352
13372
13392

07392
073B2
07302
073F2
073BA

13314
13334
13354
13374
13394

07394
073B4
07304
073F4
073BC

13316
13336
13356
13376
13396

0739Ei
073B6
0730Ei
073FEi
073BE:

13318
13338
13358
13378
13398

0719A
071BA
0710A
071FA
077B8

13400
13420
13440
13460
13480

07480
074AO
074CO
074EO
072C8

13402
13422
13442
13462
13482

07482
074A2
074C2
074E2
072CA

13404
13424
13444
13464
13484

07484
074A4
074C4
074E4
072CC

13406
13426
13446
13466
13486

07486
074A6
074C6
074E6
072CE

13408
13428
13448
13468
13488

0708C
070AC
070CC
070EC
076C8

13410
13430
13450
13470
13490

07490
074BO
07400
074FO
07208

13412
13432
13452
13472
13492

07492
074B2
07402
074F2
0720A

13414
13434
13454
13474
13494

07494
074B4
07404
074F4
0720C

13416
13436
13456
13476
13496

0749Ei
074B6
0740Ei
074FEi
0720E:

13418
13438
13458
13478
13498

0709C
070BC
0700C
070FC
07608

13500
13520
13540
13560
13580

07580
075AO
075CO
075EO
073C8

13502
13522
13542
13562
13582

07582
075A2
075C2
075E2
073CA

13504
13524
13544
13564
13584

07584
075A4
075C4
075E4
073CC

13506
13526
13546
13566
13586

07586
075A6
075C6
075E6
073CE

13508
13528
13548
13568
13588

0718C
07lAC
071CC
071EC
077C8

13510
13530
13550
13570
13590

07590
075BO
07500
075FO
07308

13512
13532
13552
13572
13592

07592
075B2
07502
075F2
0730A

13514
.1.3534
13554
13574
13594

07594
075B4
07504
075F4
0730C

13516
13536
13556
13576
13596

0759Ei
075BEi
0750Ei
075FEi
0730E

13518
13538
13558
13578
13598

0719C
071BC
0710C
071FC
07708

13600
13620
13640
13660
13680

07680
076AO
076CO
076EO
072E8

13602
13622
13642
13662
13682

07682
076A2
076C2
076E2
072EA

13604
13624
13644
13664
13684

07684
076A4
076C4
076E4
072EC

13606
13626
13646
13666
13686

07686
076A6
076C6
076E6
072EE

13608
13628
13648
13668
13688

0708E
070AE
070CE
070EE
076E8

13610
13630
13650
13670
13690

07690
076BO
07600
076FO
072F8

13612
13632
13652
13672
13692

07692
076B2
07602
076F2
072FA

13614
13634
13654
13674
13694

07694
076B4
07604
076F4
072FC

13616
13636
13656
13676
13696

0769Ei
076BEi
07606
076FEi
072FE:

13618
13638
13658
13678
13698

0709E
070BE
0700E
070FE
076F8

13700
13720
13740
1376{)
13780

07780
077AO
077CO
077EO
073E8

13702
13722
13742
13762
13782

07782
077A2
077C2
077E2
073EA

13704
13724
13744
13764
13784

07784
077A4
077C4
077E4
073EC

137D6
13726
13746
13766
13786

07786
077A6
077C6
077E6
073EE

13708
13728
13748
13768
13788

0718E
07lAE
071CE
071EE
077E8

13710
13730
13750
13770
13790

07790
077BO
07700
077FO
073F8

13712
13132
13752
13772
13792

07792
077B2
07702
077F2
073FA

13714
13734
13754'
13774
13794

07794
077B4
07704
077F4
073FC

13716
13736
13756
13776
13796

0779Ei
077BEi
0770Ei
077FEi
073FE:

13718
13738
13758
13778
13798

0719E
071BE
0710E
071FE
077F8

13800
13820
13840
13860
13880

07488
074A8
074C8
074E8
0768C

13802
13822
13842
13862
13882

0748A
074AA
074CA
074EA
076AC

13804
13824
13844
13864
13884

0748C
074AC
074CC
074EC
076CC

13806
13826
13846
13866
13886

0748E
074AE
074CE
074EE
076EC

13808
13828
13848
13868
13888

0768A
076AA
076CA
076EA
0768E

13810
13830
13850
13870
13890

07498
074B8
07408
074F8
0769C

13812
13832
13852
13872
13892

0749A
074BA
0740A
074FA
076BC

13814
13834
13854
13874
13894

0749C
074BC
0740C
074FC
0760C

13816
13836
13856
13876
13896

0749E:
074BE:
0740E:
074FE:
076FC

13818
13838
13858
13878
13898

0769A
076BA
0760A
076FA
0769E

13900
13920
13940
13960
13980

07588
075A8
075C8
075E8
0778C

13902
13922
13942
13962
13982

0758A
075AA
075CA
075EA
077AC

13904
13924
13944
13964
13984

0758C
075AC
075CC
075EC
077CC

13906
13926
13946
13966
13986

0758E
075AE
075CE
075EE
077EC

13908
13928
13948
13968
13988

0778A
077AA
077CA
077EA
0778E

13910
13930
13950
13970
13990

07598
075B8
07508
075F8
0779C

13912
13932
13952
13972
13992

0759A
075BA
0750A
075FA
077BC

13914
13934
13954
13974
13994

0759C
075BC
0750C
075FC
0770C

13916
13936
13956
13976
13996

0759E:
075BE:
0750E:
075FE:
077FC

13918
13938
13958
13978
13998

0779A
077BA
0770A
077FA
0779E

1401 5/360

~

~
0;
.....

1401 5/360

3:
0

0;
(l)
~
~

0

~

0;

11

(l)

en
en

n
0

~

(l)

~
.....
0
t:S
t-3
III

C'
~

(l)

\D

U'I

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

14000
14020
14040
14060
14080

07800
07820
07840
07860
07A08

14002
14022
14042
14062
14082

07802
07822
07842
07862
07AOA

14004
14024
14044
14064
14084

07804
07824
07844
07864
07AOC

14006
14026
14046
14066
14086

07806
07826
Q7846
07866
07AOE

14008
14028
14048
14068
14088

14100
14120
14140
14160
14180

07900
07920
07940
07960
07B08

14102
14122
14142
14162
14182

07902
07922
07942
07962
07BOA

14104
14124
14144
14164
14184

07904
07924
07944
07964
07BOC

14106
14126
14146
14166
14186

07906
079,26
07946
07966
07BOE

14108
14128
14148
14168
14188

14200
14220
14240
14260
14280

07AOO
07A20
07A40
07A60
07A28

14202
14222
14242
14262
14282

07A02
07A22
07A42
07A62
07A2A

14204
14224
1'4244
14264
14284

07A04
07A24
07A44
07A64
07A2C

14206
14226
H246
14266
14286

07A06
07A2.6
07A46
07A66
07A2E

14300
14320
14340
14360
14380

07BOO
07B20
07B40
07B60
07B28

14302
14322
14342
14362
14382

07B02
07B22
07B42
07B62
07B2A

14304
14324
14344
14364
14384

07B04
07B24
07B44
07B64
07B2C

14306
14326
14346
14366
14386

14400
14420
14440
14460
14480

07COO
07C20
07C40
07C60
07A48

14402
14422
14442
14462
14482

07C02
07C22
07C42
07C62
07A4A

14404
14424
14444
14464
14484

07C04
07C24
07C44
07C64
07A4C

14500
14520
14540
14560
14580

07DOO
07D20
07D40
07D60
07B48

14502
14522
14542
14562
14582

07D02
07D22
07D42
07D62
07B4A

14~04

14524
14544
14564
14584

14600
14620
14640
14660
14680

07EOO
07E20
07E40
07E60
07A68

14602
14622
14642
14662
14682

07E02
07E22
07E42
07E62
07A6A

14700
14720
14740
14760
14780

07FOO
07F20
07F40
07F60
07B68

14702
14722
14742
14762
14782

14800
14820
14840
14860
14880

07C08
07C28
07C48
07C68
07EOC

14900
14920
14940
14960
14980

07D08
07D28
07D48
07D68
07FOC

1401 5/360

1401 8/360

1401 8/360

1401 5/360

1401 8/360

07808
07828
07848
07868
07E08

14010
14030
14050
14070
14090

07810
07830
07850
0787Q
07A18

14012
14032
14052
14072
14092

07812
07832
07852
07872
07AIA

14014
14034
14054
14074
14094

07814
07834
07854
07874
07AIC

14016
14036
14056
14076
14096

07816
07836
07856
07876
07A1E

14018
14038
14058
14078
14098

07818
07838
07858
07878
07E18

07908
07948
07968
07F08

14110
14130
14150
14170
14190

07910
079.30
07950
07970
07B18

14112
14132
14152
14172
14192

07912
07932
07952
07972
O?BIA

14114
14134
14154
14174
14194

07914
07934
07954
07974
07BIC

14116
14136
14156
14176
14196

07916
07936
07956
07976
07B1E

14118
14138
14158
14178
14198

07918
07938
07958
07978
07F18

14208
14220
14240
14268
14288

0780A
078:2A
0784A
0786A
07E28

14210
14230
14250
14270
14290

07A10
07A30
07A50
07A70
07A38

14212
14232
14252
14272
14292

07A12
07A32
07A52
07A72
07A3A

14214
14234
14254
14274
14294

07A14
07A34
07A5'!
07A74
07A3C

14216
14236
14256
14276
14296

07A16
07A36
07A56
07A76
07A3E

14218 0781A
14~38 0783A
14258 0785A
14278 0787A
14298 07E38

07B06
07B26
07B46
07B66
07B2E

14300
1432B
14348
14368
14380

0790A
0792A
0794A
0796A
07F28

14310
14330
14350
14370
14390

07B10
07B30
07B50
07B70
07B38

14312
14332
14352
14372
14392

07B12
07B32
07B52
07B72
07B3A

14314
14334
14354
14374
14394

07B14
07B34
07B54
07B74
07·B3C

14316
14336
14356
14376
14396

07B16
07B36
07B56
07B76
07B3E

14318
14338
14358
14378
14398

0791A
0793A
0795A
0797A
07F38

14406
14426
14446
14466
14486

07C06
07C26
07C46
07C66
07A4E

1440B
1442B
1444B
1446B
1448B

0780C
0782C
0784C
0786C
07E48

14410
14430
14450
14470
14490

07CI0
07C30
07C50
07C70
07A58

14412
1<1432
14452
14472
14492

07C12
07C32
07C52
07C72
07A5A

14414
14434
14454
14474
14494

07C14
07C34
07C54
07C74
07A5C

14416
14436
14456
14476
14496

07C16
07C36
07C56
07C76
07A5E

14418
14438
14458
14478
14498

0781C
0783C
0785C
0787C
07E58

07D04
07D24
07D44
07D64
07B4C

14506
14526
14546
14566
14586

07D06
07D26
07D46
07D66
07B4E

1450B
14528
14548
14568
14588

0790C
079:2C
0794C
07915C
07F48

14510
14530
14550
14570
14590

07D10
07D30
07D50
07D70
07B58

14512
14532
14552
14572
14592

07D12
07D32
07D52
07D72
07B5A

14514
14534
14554
14574
14594

07D14
07D:34
07D54
07D74
07B5C

14516
14536
14556
14576
14596

07D16
07D36
07056
07D76
07B5E

14518
14538
14558
14578
14598

0791C
0793C
0795C
0797C
07F58

14604
14624
14644
14664
14684

07E04
07E24
07E44
07E64
07A6C

14606
14626
14646
14666
14686

07E06
07E26
07E46
07E66
07A6E

14608
14628
14648
14668
14688

0780E
078:2E
0784E
0786E
07E68

14610
14630
14650
14670
14690

07EI0
07E30
07E50
07E70
OiA78

14612
14632
14652
14672
14692

07E12
07E32
07E52
07E72
07A7A

14614
14634
14654
14674
14694

07E14
07E34
07E54
07E74
07A7C

14616
14636
14656
14676
14696

07E16
07E36
07E56
07E76
07A7E

14618
14638
14658
14678
14698

0781E
0783E
0785E
0787E
07E78

07F02
07F22
07F42
07F62
07B6A

14704
14724
14744
14764
14784

07F04
07F24
07F44
07F64
07B6C

14706
14726
14746
14766
14786

07F06
07F26
07F46
07F66
07B6E

14708
14728
14748
14768
14788

0790E
0792E
0794E
0796E
07F68

14710
14730
14750
14770
14790

07FI0
07F30
07F50
07F70
07B78

14712
14732
14752
14772
14792

07F12
07F32
07F52
07F72
01B7A

14714
14734
14754
14774
14794

07F14
07F34
07F54
07F74
07B7C

14716
14736
14756
14776
14796

07F16
07F36
07F56
07F76
07B7E

14718
14738
14758
14778
14798

0791E
0793E
0795E
0797E
07F78

14802
14822
14841
14862
14882

07COA
07C2A
07C4A
07C6A
07E2C

14804
14824
14844
14864
14884

07COC
07C2C
07C4C
07C6C
07E4C

14806
14826
14846
14866
14886

07COE
07C2E
07C4E
07C6E
07E6C

14808
14028
14848
14868
14888

07EOA
07E2A
07E4A
07E6A
07EOE

l.4810
14830
14850
1487-0
14890

07C18
07C38
07C58
07C78
07EIC

14812
14832
14852
14872
14892

07ClA
07C3A
07C5A
07C7A
07E3C

14814
14834
14854
14874
14894

07CIC
07C3C
07C5C
07C7C
07E5C

14816
14836
14856
14876
14896

07CIE
07C3E
07C5E
07C7E
07E7C

14818
14838
14858
14878
14898

07E1A
07E3A
07E5A
07E7A
07EIE

14902
14922
14942
14962
14982

07DOA
07D2A
07D4A
07D6A
07F2C

14904
14924
14944
14964
14984

07DOC
07D2C
07D4C
07D6C
07F4C

14906
14926
14946
14966
14986

07DOE
07D2E
07D4E
07D6E
07F6C

14908
14928
14948
14968
14988

07FOA
07F2A
07F4A
07F6A
07FOE

14910
14930
14950
14970
14990

07D18
07D38
07D58
07D78
07FIC

14912
14932
14952
14972
14992

07DlA
07D3A
07D5A
07D7A
07F3C

14914
14934
14954
14974
14994

07D1C
07D3C
07D5C
07D7C
07F5C

14916
14936
14956
14976
14996

07D1E
07D3E
07D5E
07D7E
07F7C

14918
14938
14958
14978
14998

07FIA
07F3A
07F5A
07F7A
07FIE

~

tzj

1401 5/360

079:~8

\D
0\

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

1401 5/360

15000
15020
15040
15060
15080

07880
078AO
078CO
078EO
07A88

15002
15022
15042
15062
15082

07882
078A2
078C2
078E2
07A8A

15004
15024
15044
15064
15084

07884
078A4
078C4
078E4
07A8C

15006
15026
15046
15066
15086

07886
078A6
078C6
078E6
07A8E

15008
15028
15048
15068
15088

07888
078A8
078C8
078E8
07E88

15010
15030
15050
15070
15090

07890
078BO
07800
078FO
07A98

15012
15032
15052
15072
15092

07892
078B2
07802
078F2
07A9A

15014
15034
15054
15074
15094

07894
078B4
078D4
078F4
07A9C

15016
15036
15056
15076
15096

07896
078B6
07806
078F6
07A9E

15018
15038
15058
15078
15098

07898
078B8
07808
078F8
07E98

15100
15120
15140
15160
15180

07980
079AO
079CO
079EO
07B88

15102
15122
15142
15162
15182

07982
079A2
079C2
079E2
07B8A

15104
15124
15144
15164
15184

07984
079A4
079C4
079E4
07B8C

15106
15126
15146
15166
15186

07986
079A6
079C6
079E6
07B8E

15108
15128
15148
15168
15188

07988
079A8
079C8
079E8
07F88

15110
15130
15150
15170
15190

07990
079BO
07900
079FO
07B98

15112
15132
15152
15172
15192

07992
079B2
07902
079F2
07B9A

15114
15134
15154
15174
15194

07994
079B4
07904
079F4
07B9C

15116
15136
15156
15176
15196

07996
079B6
07906
079F6
07B9E

15118
15138
15156
15178
15198

07998
079B8
07908
079F8
07F98

15200
15220
15240
15260
15280

07A80
07AAO
07ACO
07AEO
07AA8

15202
15222
15242
15262
15282

07A82
07AA2
07AC2
07AE2
07AAA

15204
15224
15244
15264
15284

07A84
07AA4
07AC4
07AE4
07AAC

15206
15226
15246
15266
15286

07A86
07AA6
07AC6
07AE6
07AAE

15208
15228
15248
15268
15288

0788A
078AA
078CA
078EA
07EA8

15210
15230
15250
15270
15290

07A90
07ABO
07ADO
07AFO
07AB8

15212
15232
15252
15272
15292

07A92
07AB2
07AD2
07AF2
07ABA

15214
15234
15254
15274
15294

07A94
07AB4
07A04
07AF4
07ABC

15216
15236
15256
15276
15296

07A96
07AB6
07A06
07AF6
07ABE

15218
15238
15258
15278
15298

0789A
078BA
078DA
078FA
07EB8

15300
15320
15340
15360
15380

07B80
07BAO
07BCO
07BEO
07BA8

15302
15322
15342
15362
15382

07B82
07BA2
07BC2
07BE2
07BAA

15304
15324
15344
15364
15384

07B84
07BA4
07BC4
07BE4
07BAC

15306
15326
15346
15366
15386

07B86
07BA6
07BC6
07BE6
07BAE

15308
15328
15348
15368
15388

0798A
079AA
079CA
079EA
07FA8

15310
15330
15350
15370
15390

07B90
07BBO
07BOO
07BFO
07BB8

15312
15332
15352
15372
15392

07B92
07BB2
07B02
07BF2
07BBA

15314
15334
15354
15374
15394

07B94
07BB4
07B04
07BF4
07BBC

15316
15336
15356
15376
15396

07B96
079B6
07906
07BF6
079BE

15318
15338
15358
15378
15398

0799A
079BA
0790A
079FA
07FB8

15400
15420
15440
15460
15480

07C80
07CAO
07CCO
07CEO
07AC8

15402
15422
15442
15462
15482

07C82
07CA2
07CC2
07CE2
07ACA

15404
15424
15444
15464
15484

07C84
07CA4
07CC4
07CE4
07ACC

15406
15426
15446
15466
15486

07C86
07CA6
07CC6
07CE6
07ACE

15408
15428
15448
15468
15488

0788C
078AC
078CC
078EC
07EC8

15410
15430
15450
15470
15490

07C90
07CBO
07COO
07CFO
07AD8

15412
15432
15452
15472
15492

07C92
07CB2
07C02
07CF2
07AOA

15414
15434
15454
15474
15494

07C94
07CB4
07C04
07CF4
07AOC

15416
15436
15456
15476
15496

07C96
07CB6
07C06
07CF6
07ADE

15418
15438
15458
15478
15498

0789C
078BC
0780C
078FC
07E08

15500
15520
15540
15560
15580

07080
070AO
070CO
070EO
07BC8

15502
15522
15542
15562
15582

07082
070A2
070C2
070E2
07BCA

15504
15524
15544
15564
15584

07D84
070A4
070C4
070E4
07BCC

15506
15526
15546
15566
15586

07086
070A6
070C6
070E6
07BCE

15508
15528
15548
15568
15588

0798C
079AC
079CC
079EC
07FC8

15510
15530
15550
15570
15590

07090
070BO
070DO
07DFO
07BD8

15512
15532
15552
15572
15592

07092
070B2
07002
070F2
07BOA

15514
15534
15554
15574
15594

07094
07DB4
07DD4
070F4
07BOC

15516
15536
15556
15576
15596

07D96
070B6
07006
07DF6
0790E

15518
15538
15558
15578
15598

0799C
079BC
0790C
079FC
07F08

15600
15620
15640
15660
15680

07E80
07EAO
07ECO
07EEO
07AE8

15602
15622
15642
15662
15682

07E82
07EA2
07EC2
07EE2
07AEA

15604
15624
15644
15664
15684

07E84
07EA4
07EC4
07EE4
07AEC

15606
15626
15646
15666
15686

07E86
07EA6
07EC6
07EE6
07AEE

15608
15628
15648
15668
15688

0788E
078AE
078CE
078EE
07EE8

15610
15630
15650
15670
15690

07E90
07EBO
07EOO
07EFO
07AF'8

15612
15632
15652
15672
15692

07E92
07EB2
07E02
07EF2
07AFA

15614
15634
15654
15674
15694

07E94
07EB4
07E04
07EF4
07AFC

15616
15636
15656
15676
15696

07E96
07EB6
07E06
07EF6
07AFE

15618
15638
15658
15678
15698

0789E
078BE
0780E
078FE
07EF8

15700
15720
15740
15760
15780

07F80
07FAO
07FCO
07FEO
07BE8

15702
15722
15742
15762
15782

07F82
07FA2
07FC2
07FE2
07BEA

15704
15724
15744
15764
15784

07F84
07FA4
07FC4
07FE4
07BEC

15706
15726
15746
15766
15786

07F86
07FA6
07FC6
07FE6
07BEE

15708
15728
15748
15768
15788

0798E
079AE
079CE
079EE
07FE8

15710
15730
15750
15770
15790

07F90
07FBO
07FOO
07FFO
07BF8

15712
15732
15752
15772
15792

07F92
07FB2
07F02
07FF2
07BFA

15714
15734
15754
15774
15794

07F94
07FB4
07F04
07FF4
07BFC

15716
15736
15756
15776
15796

07F96
07FB6
07FD6
07FF6
07BFE

15718
15738
15758
15778
15798

0799E
079BE
0790E
079FE
07FF8

15800
15820
15840
15860
15880

07C88
07CA8
07CC8
07CE8
07E8C

15802
15822
15842
15862
15882

07C8A
07CAA
07CCA
07CEA
07EAC

15804
15824
15844
15864
15884

07C8C
07CAC
07CCC
07CEC
07ECC

15806
15826
15846
15866
15886

07C8E
07CAE
07CCE
07CEE
07EEC

15808
15828
15848
15868
15888

07E8A
07EAA
07ECA
07EEA
07E8E

15810
15830
15850
15870
15890

07C98
07CB8
07C08
07CF8
07E9C

15812
15832
15852
15872
15892

07C9A
07CBA
07COA
07CFA
07EBC

15814
15834
15854
15874
15894

07C9C
07CBC
07COC
07CFC
07EDC

15816
15836
15856
15876
15896

07C9E
07CBE
07CDE
07CFE
07EFC

15818
15838
15858
15878
15898

07E9A
07EBA
07EOA
07EFA
07E9E

15900
15920
15940
15960
15980

07088
070A8
07DC8
070E8
07F8C

15902
15922
15942
15962
15982

0708A
07DAA
070CA
070EA
07FAC

15904
15924
15944
15964
15984

0708C
07DAC
07DCC
070EC
07FCC

15906
15926
15946
15966
15986

0708E
070AE
07DCE
070EE
07FEC

15908
15928
15948
15968
15988

07F8A
07FAA
07FCA
07FEA
07F8E

15910
15930
15950
15970
15990

07098
070B8
07D08
07DF8
07F9C

15912
15932
15952
15972
15992

07D9A
07DBA
07DOA
07DFA
07FBC

15914
15934
15954
15974
15994

0709C
070BC
0700C
07DFC
07FDC

15916
15936
15956
15976
15996

0709E
070BE
070DE
07DFE
07FFC

15918
15938
15958
15978
15998

07F9A
07FBA
07FDA
07FFA
07F9E

The total storage requirement of the
30 is the sum of the following:

Table 16.

~odel

.---

1.

Size of the user1s DOS/360 supervisor

2.

Size of the 1400 system to be
simulated

3.

Amount of storage reserved for partitions other than the one in which the
Emulator Program is resid.ent.

4.

I

l--I 11

I

Size of the generated Emulator Program

Requirements (1t through (4t can be
easily determined. The size of the
generated Emulator Program, requirement
(5), can be ~2!i~gt~g by using the list of
storage estimates in this appendix~

I

1
I

690

I
I

r
---t
I 13

550

,.
I

I

300

520

I
I 21
..,
I 22
I

530

1BO

~yte2

Fixed Overhead
CAT ALOG=YES
FETCH=YES
SYSIO=ipl (use Table 16)

3400
270
100

I

840

1090

700

950

12

20

I

I

23

I

I

890

I

140

940

1170

I
1

1020

800

1030

660

30

I

180

440

I

670

I

~------~~~~=='~=F.==----~-------+1

31

I

450

700

930

I

,
---f
520
,
---1
780
1

~-----~ --~------~--~-,~-------~
I 32
I 130
990
1210 I 1060
,

..,
I 33
I
L..

•

580

840

I

1090,

----f

920

I

,
I

1770
DISKDR=n
(n¢O)
DISKDR=130n
1110
DISKDR=1405
1405
700
DVOL=YES
SCAN=YES ani SCAN360=dO
630
SCAN=YES and SCAN360=YES
880
r RACKOP=YES
300
TRACKOP=YES (1405) and OSINQRY¢YES
800
T RACKOP=Y ES (not 1405)
and OSINQRY¢ YES
2980-100n
(where n = no. of sectors)
300
VERIFY=YES
124n
SEC TORS=n (not 1405)
200
SECTORS=n (1405) and OSINQRY¢YES
TAPEDR=n

If 1402 is to be simulated on a
2540 directly for card read and punch and
the 1403 output to disk is to be simulated
by assigning SYSLST to a 2311 extent, then
SYSIO=003, or a storage requirement of 330
bytes as shown in Table 16.

I

1030

(n¢Ol

TAPEMOD=~XEDPAR

~~mpl~:

I
f

, .

1180

t------~I----·--~------r------+-,

I

1

"
I
880
,
-+1-~·--=f
720,
600
,
I
,
lOla
I
890
,
I
----t
1330, 1170
,

~---t

I
The storage estimates for parameters
listed more than once should be included
for each statement that is true. Parameters that do not appear in the list do not
generate additional cod.ing or have been
included in the fixed overhead figure. Due
to the vast number of possible ways to generate the Emulator Program, and since certain parameters share routines or constants
with other parameters, the values obtained
from the list should be used only as a
guide. A "trial" generation is the only
method of determining the exact amount of
storage required. The following list contains the estimates of bytes required for
the Emulator-Program generation:

I

400

I

I

l----;

5.

I

I I = 0 I 1 = 1
1 = 2, 1 = 3 I
I
I
I'~
I
0 I 260
490 I
330
,
' I
I .
, 260 I 520
750 I
600
,
..- - -.....
, - - - r - I----l.-----+,
-----f
I 02
I 550 I 800
1030 I
880
,
l-I
I
"
I 03
I 400 ,660
890 I
130
,
~------~I----~'-----+------++
-f
, 10
, 140 I 400
630,
470
I

lip
..
I 00
I
I 01

~

Amount of storage reserved for
magnetic-tape I/O buffers (value
assigned to the symbolic parameter
B(J FS IZE)

30 SYSIO Storage Estimates

~od.el

i

TAPLD~D=YES

TAPERRS=LOG or LST
rAPERRS=LOGCHAR or LSTCHlR

550
200

RDR1400=1402
READRSS=YES

Appendix G: Calculation of

~odel

'150
600
240
830
700

30 Storage Requirements

97

COLBINR=Y ES
RDR1400=1442
READRSS=YES
COLBINR=Y ES
PCH1400=1402 and
PUN:HSS=YE S
COLBINP=Y ES
P:H1400=1402 and
PUNCHSS=Y ES
COLBl NP=YE S
PCH1400=1442 and
PUNCHSS=YES
COLB I NP=YE S
PCH1400= 1442 and
PUNCH SS=YE S
COLBINP=Y ES
PCH1400=1444 and
PUNCH SS=YE S
COLBINP=Y ES
P:H1400=1444 and
PUNCH SS=YE S
COLBINP=YES
PTR 1400=1403
Pf R1 40 0 = 1 40 4
PTR 1 400=1443
CARRCTL=YES
PFR=YES or COM
COL51=YES

1230
450
100
1530
PCH 360= 2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442
PCH360=2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442
PCH360=2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442

640
100
840
500
100
140
660
100
480
490
50
400
490
50
480
350
50
380
580
1100
450
510
270
100

ERROPNG=YES and OSDUKP=NO
100
OSDUMP=YES and ERROPNG=NO
130
OSDUMP=YES and ERROPNG=YES
160
OS ADDR=Y ES
50
50
OSA LTER=YE S
OSINQRY=YES
120
OS I NQR Y= YE 5 and. D1SKDR=0
2980
OSINQRY=YES and DlSKDR¢O(not 1405)2980-100n
(where n = no. of sectors
and is less than 30)
OSINQRY=YES and DISKDR¢0(1405)
2980

If any of the following are true add only
the value which is largest for any of the
true statements. If none are true, add
nothing.

os DISK=YES
OSDUa? or ERROPNG=YES
OSTAPE=YES
OSINQRY~NO

CATALOG=YES
OSENTER=YES
OSDSPLY¢NO
HALTS=YES
DVOL=YES
FETCH=YES
fIMER=YES

~~m~!~_!QI!§h~i-!2I_£Q!EYting_[1ogel_~~

storage

Reguire~

1.

DOS supervisor size

2.

Size of 1400 system being
simulated (1000 bytes per
K)

3.

Amount of storage
reserved for partitions
other than the one in
which the Emulator Program is resident.

4.

Tape 1/0 area (same as
BUFSIZE value)

5.

Emulator-Program size

Total main storage required

600
570

510
560
400
210
laO
150
100
100
150

APPENDIX H:

Table 17.

The total storage requirement of the
Model 40 is the sum of the following:
The constant 16,384 or the value
aSSigned to RELOC times 1024, whichever is greater (beginning of 1400
memory)

2.

Size of the 1400 system to be
simulated

lip I 1 = 0 I 1 = 1 I 1 = 2 I 1 = 3 I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I 00
I
0 I 260 I 490 I
330
I
~-------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
I
01
I
260
I
520
I
750
I
600
I

t-------+-------+-------+-------+---------1
I
02
I
550 I 800 I 1030 I
880
I

~------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
03
I 400 I 660 I 890 I
730
I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I
10
I
140 I 400 I 630 I
470
I
~-------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
I 11
I 400 I 660 I 890 I
740
I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
! 12
! 690 I 940 I 1170 I 1020
I
~-------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
I 13
I 550 I 800 I 1030 I
880
I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I 20
I 300 I 520 I 720 I
600
I
~------+-------~-------+-------+--------~
I 21
I 530 I 780 I 1010 I
890
I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I 22
I 840 I 1090 I 1330 I 1170
I

I

3.

Amount of storage reserved for magnetic tape and disk I/O buffers (value of
symbolic parameter BUFSIZE)

4.

Amount of storage reserved for partitions above the partition for which
this calculation is being done.

5.

Size of the generated Emulator Program

Requirements (1) through (4) can easily
be determined. The size of the generated
Emulator Program, requirement (5), can be
estimated by using the list of storage

~-------+-------+-------+-------+---~-~~~~~

estimates in this appendixe

I

The storage estimates for parameters
listed more than once in the list should be
included for each statement that is true.
Par~"neters that do net appear in the list
do not generate additional coding or have
been included in the fixed overhead figure.
Due to the vast number of possible ways to
generate the Emulator Program, and since
certain parameters may share routines or
constants with other parameters, the values
obtained from the tables should be used
only as a guide. A -trial- generation is
the only method of determining the exact
amount of storage required. The following
list contains the estimates of bytes
required for the Emulator-Program generation:

Fixed Overhead
CATALOG=YES
FEI'CH=YES
EOJAADR=nnnnn
EOJBADR=nnnnn
HALTS=YES
TIMER=YES
SYSIO=ipl (use Table 17)

Model 40 SYSIO Storage Estimates

r-------T-------.-------T-------T---------,

1.

Parameter

CALCUIATION OF MODEL 40 STORAGE REQUIREMENTS

Bytes
6850
790
200
20
20
600
150

Example: If 1402 is to be simulated on a
2540 directly for card read and punch and
the 1403 output to disk is to be simulated
by assigning SYSLST to a 2311 extent, then
SYSIO=003, or a storage requirement of 330
bytes as shown in Table 17.

23
I 700 I 950 I 1180 I 1030
I
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I 30
I 180 I 440 I 670 I
520
I
~-------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
I 31
i 450 i 700 i 930 i
780
i
.-------+-------+-------+-------+---------~
I 32
I 730 I 990 I 1210 I 1060
I
~------+-------+-------+-------+--------~
IL-______
33
I _______
580 I ______
840
I _______
1090 I ________
920
I
~

~

~

~

~

Parameters (can't)
2360
DISKDR=n
(n*O)
2360
DISKDR=130n
DISKDR=1405
1045
DVOL=YES
(for 1311 support)
1100
DVOL=YES
(for 1405 or 1301 support)
860
685
SCAN=YES and SCAN360=NO
1200
SCAN=YES and SCAN360=YES
350
TRACKOP=YES
800
TRACKOP=YES(1405) and OSINQRY*YES
TRACKOP=YES (not 1405)
2980-100n
and OSINQRY*YES
(where n = no. of sectors)
455
VERIFY=YES
148n
SECTORS=n
(not 1405)
200
SECTORS=n (1405) and OSINQRY*YES
TAPEDR=n
(n*O)
TAPE MOD=MXEDPAR
TAPLDMD=YES
TAPE RRS= LOG
TAPERRS=LST
TAPERRS=LOGCHAR

Appendix H: Calculation Of Model 40 storage Requirements

1830
920
250
940
990
700
99

TAPERRS=LSTCHAR
TAPEDR*O and/or DISKDR*O
RDR1400=1402
READRSS=YES

680
200
1160
630
100
1440

COLBINR=YES

RDR1400=1442
READRSS=YES
COLBINR=YES
PCH1400=1402 and
PUNCHSS=YES
COLBINP=YES
PCB1400=1402 and
PUNCHSS=YES
COLBINP=YES
PCB1400=1442 and
PUNCBSS=YES
COLBINP=YES
PCB1400=1442 and
PUNCHSS=YES
COLBINP=YES
PCH1400=1444 and
PUNCHSS=YES
COLBINP=YES
PCB1400=1444 and
PUNCBSS=YES
COLBINP=YES

725
350

PCH360=2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442
PCH360=2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442
PCH360=2540
PCH360=2520 or 1442

700
100
730
630
130
630
780
130
550
600
50
450
630
70
550
480
50
420

OSDISK=YES and/or OSTAPE=YES
OSADDR=YES
OSALTER=YES
OSDSPLY=YES or nn
OSENTER=YES

100
645
35
80
125

OSINQRY=YES

935

OSINQRY=1400
815
OSINQRY=YES and DISKDR=O
2980
OSINQRY=YES and DISKDR*O(not 1405}2980-100n
(where n = no. of sectors
and is less than 30)
OSINQRY=YES and DISKDR*O (1405)
2980
OSENTER=YES and/or OSINQRY*NO
505
OSENTER=YES and/or OSALTER=YES and/or
515
OSADDR=YES and/or OSDSPLY=YES
RELOC*O
300
Sample Worksheet for Computing Model 40
Storage Requirements
1.

Use the constant 16,384
or the value assigned to
RELOC times 1024, whichever is greater

2.

Size of 1400 system being
simulated (1024 bytes per
K)

PTR1400=1403
Pl'R1400=1443
PTR1400=1404
CARRCTL=Y ES
~FR=YES or COM
COL51=YES

580
480
1200
550
270
100

OSDUMP=YES and ERROPNG=NO
OSDUMP=YES and ERROPNG=YES
ERROPNG=YES and OSDUMP=NO
OSDISK=YES
OSTAPE=YES

1120
1150
1170

100

3&

Tape I/O area (same as
BUFSIZE) value

4.

Size of partitions above
the partition for which
this calculation is being
done

5.

Emulator-Program size

770

665

Total main storage required

APPENDIX I:

Two sample programs are provided with
the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the
Models 30 and 40. One sample program is
used with an Emulator Program generated for
either a 1401 or a 1460 program. The other
sample program is used with an Emulator
Program generated for a 1440 program. The
name used to catalog the sample programs in
the Source Statement Library is EU3SPRGM
for the Model 30, and EU4SPRGM for the
Model 40.

SAMPLE PROGRAMS

drive (the system residence volume), a card
reader/punch, a printer, and a 1052
Printer-Keyboard. Optionally, the configuration may include a tape unit. The minimum storage capacity required for the
sample program, using the ~nulator Program
generated as described in this section, is
24K for the Model 30, and 32K for the Model
40.

GENERATING THE SAMPLE EMULATOR PROGRAM
The sample programs are designed to:
• Read data from the card reader.
• Print the data on the printer.
• Punch the data into cards on the card
punch.
• Read the punched cards on the card
reader.
• Print the data from the punched cards
on the printer.
If the System/360 configuration includes a
tape unit, the sample progr~~ also reads
and writes on tape.
The sample programs consist of 1400
object programs and the source statements
as well as the necessary DOS and Emulator
Program control cards for execution.
Execution may be accomplished either with a
user-generated Emulator Program that has
been cataloged in the Core-Image Library,
or with the Emulator Program generated and
cataloged as described in this appendix.
The sample programs require a minimum system configuration of at least one 2311 disk

The input required to generate the
sample Emulator Program for use with either
the 1401 or 1460 sample program is shown in
Figure 10. In card 004, the user must specify EU30 for the Model 30, or EU40 for the
Model 40. All underscored parameters in
control cards 004 through 008 must be tailored to the user's System/360 configuration. Table 8 can be used to select model
numbers for the punch, printer and reader
in control cards 004 and 005. Control
cards 006, 007, and 008 should be omitted
if the system configuration does not
include a tape drive. If the configuration
includes a tape drive, P.SYSnnn w in control
cards 007 and 008 must specify valid DOS
assigned programmer logical units. If
other than standard assignments are
desired, a // ASSGN control card must be
provided for TAPE1.' See paragraph on
WExecution of sample Program. w
The input required to generate the
sample Emulator Program for use with the
1440 sample program is shown in Figure 11.
In card 004, the user must specify EU30 for
the Model 30, or &040 for the Model 40.
All underscored parameters in centrol cards

r---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------,
I // JOB
EUJOBl
001
I

002
I
I // OPTION LIST,DECK,XREF
~03
I
I // EXEC ASSEMBLY
X
004
I
I EUSAMPL {EU30} PCH1400=1402,PCH360=nnnn,PTR1400=1403,PTR360=nnnn,
EU40 RDR1400=1402,RDR360=nnnn,SIZ1400=4,OSINQRY=1400,
X
005
I
I
BLKSIZ1=0081,BUFSIZE=0081,HALTS=YES,
X
006
I
I
TAPEDR=1,TAPE1=SYSnnn,TAPE2=SYSnnn,TAPE3=SYSnnn,
X
007
I
I
TAPE4=SYSnnn,TAPE5=SYSnnn,TAPE6=SYSnnn
008
I
I
I
END ACOMPOl
009
I
I /*
010
I
-JI
/i
011
IL______________________________________________________________________________________
-Figure 10.

Emulator Program Generation for 1401/1460 Sample Program
Appendix I:

Sample Programs

101

r---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------,
// JOB
EUJOB2
001
I

002
!
003
I
X
004
I
~EU40f RDR1400=1442,P~R360=~~nniSIZ1400=4iOSINQRY=1400~
X
005
I
BLKSIZ1=0081,BUFSIZE=0081,HALTS=YES,
X
006
I
TAPEDR=1,TAPE1=SYSnnn,TAPE2=SYSnnn,TAPE3=SYSnnn,
X
007
I
TAPE4=SYSnnn,TAPE5=SYSnnn,TAPE6=SYSnnn
008
I
END ACOMPOl
009
I
/*
010
I
_____________
= _________________________________________________________________________
JI
/i
011
// OPTION LIST,DECK,XREF
// EXEC ASSEMBLY
EUSAMP2 (EU30t PCH1400=1442,PCH360=nnnn,PTR1400=1443,PTR360=nnnn,

-Figure 11.

Emulator Program Generation for 1440 Sample Program

004 through 008 must be tailored to the
user's System/360 configuration. Table 8
can be used to select model numbers for the
punch, printer, and reader in control cards
004 and 005. Control cards 006, 007, and
008 should be omitted if the system configuration does not include a tape drive.
If
the configuration includes a tape drive,
-SYSnnn- in control cards 007, and 008 must
specify valid DOS assigned programmer logical units.
If other than standard assignments are desired, a // ASSGN control card
must be provided for TAPE1. See paragraph
on -Execution of the Sample Program."

GENERATING A USER-WRITTEN EMULATOR PROGRAM
If the sample programs are to be
executed with user-written Emulator Programs, several parameters must be included
in the users' Emulator Program generation.
For the 1401/1460 sample program, the parameters SIZ1400=4 (or larger) and OSINQRY=
1400 or YES must be included. For the 1440
sample program, the parameters SIZ1400=4
(or larger), PCH1400=1442, RDR1400=1442,
PTR1400=1443, and OSINQRY=1400 or YES must
be included. Optionally, if tape support
is desired, the necessary tape simulation
parameters must be included.

CATALOGING THE EMULATOR PROGRAM
The output of the Emulator-Program
generation is a punched card deck which
includes the necessary DOS control cards
and System/360 emulator object module to
catalog the Emulator Program in the CoreImage Library. The emulator object module,
which is punched out following the /S DOS
control card, must be repositioned within
the card deck. The proper position for the
object module is marked by a punched card
-***REPLACE WITH OBJECT MODULE***-.
Be
sure to remove this card when repositioning
the object deck.
(Refer to Figure 2 for an
example of the cards for the catalog run.)
102

EXECUTION OF THE SAMPLE'PROGRAM
Because the Emulator Program is executed
using a 1400 object deck, i t is necessary
to retrieve the sample 1400 object programs
and the DOS and Emulator Program control
cards contained in the source statement
library. Both an object deck and a source
statement deck are punched out for both
sample programs. Only that object deck for
which the Emulator Program was generated
should be retained (either the 1401/1460
object program or the 1440 object program).
The following control cards are required to
punch out and display the sample programs.
/ / JOB PUNCH AND DISPLAY SAMPLE PROGRAMS
/ / EXEC SSERV
DSPCH Z.EU3SPRGM (for Model 30)
or
DSPCH Z.EU4SPRGM (for Model 40)
1*
/S

After obtaining the punch card output of
the sample programs, select the object deck
and control cards to be used with the
generated Emulator Program. The correct
card deck for the 1401/1460 sample program
is shown in Figure 12, while the correct
card deck for the 1440 sample program is
shown in Figure 13.
The DOS control cards provided with the
sample program aye for use with either the
sample Emulator Program or with a userprepared Emulator Program.
If the sample
program is for use with the sample Emulator
Program, perform the following operations.
• Discard the // ASSGN card if system
configuration does not include tape, or
if standard tape drive assignments were
made during DOS system generation.
If
standard tape drive assignments were
not made, complete the // ASSGN card as
follows:
// ASSGN SYSnnn,X'cuu'

where "nnn" is the programmer logical
unit assigned to the TAPE1=SYSnnn parameter during Emulator Program generation, and "cuu· is the device address
of the tape drive.
• Discard the // UPSI card.
• Key punch the name of the sample Emulator Program, (EUSAMPL for the 1401/1460
program and EUSAMP2 for the 1440 program) in the operand field of the
// EXEC card.
If the sample program is for use with a
user-prepared Emulator Program, perform the
following operations:
• Discard the // AsSGN card if the system
configuration does not include tape, or
if standard tape drive assignments were
made during DOS generation. If standard tape drive assignments were not
made, complete the // ASSGN card as
follows:
// ASSGN SYSnnn,X'cuu'
where "nnn· is the programmer logical
unit assigned to the TAPE1=SYSnnn pa-

rameter during Emulator Program generation, and "cuu" is the device address
of the tape drive.
• Discard the // UPSI card if the system
configuration does not include tape, or
if the user's Emulator Program includes
the parameter HALTS=YES.
• Key punch the user's Emulator Program
name in the operand field of the
// EXEC card.
Complete the preparations for executing the
sample program by placing a /* card at the
end of the sample program data cards. Do
not include a /& card since the /* card
only indicates the end of a data file and
not the end of job. The sample program
provides a /& card for end of job.
During execution, the operator must perform several operator service functions. A
copy of SYSLOG, which includes operator
responses to the operator service functions, is shown in Figure 14. A copy of
the output data printed on SYSLST is shown
in Figure 15.

Appendix I:

Sample Programs

103

0001
0002
JOB SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE EMULATOR PROGRAM
1401/1460
0003
0004
// ASSGN SYSNNN,X'CUU'
SPECIFY 1400 TAPE 1 IF SYSTEM HAS TAPE
// UPSI 01
0005
// EXEC
INSERT NAME OF EMULATOR PROGRAM
0006
" 1400 S1401.1,1",1~,T.00730
0007
.008015,022026,030034,041,045,053L0721001026
/0991,001/00111610 1
0008
L096116,105106,l10110BI01/199,027A099029<027BOOII00 B026
0009
,008015,022029,036040L071131,1041081001/080,001V006006IlM217159,004174M BOOTOOI0
L070162,116117,124131,136140,1471481001M218M003S224005AVI08005KM007220 LOAD0011
L069192,156170,174181,189001,QOI0011001M219000<000A223159B193219 B124
LOAD0012
L071224,197205,212216,218219,221224BI00S219B174220 M124170B15607< 0011 LOAD0013
33353 /332 //,001101 B680 M%T0913W M%T0996W .001001 B483B B437A 1 MO 000410014
3865580280-2~c708/04 B378U M080W80 ,408 A/11410 <408 A/13/04 B378-MW80 001510015
44154180 4-,438 A/11440 <438 A/13/06 C/04/06 B437/ B598 U%U1R B540A 1 M002610016
49555080280 2 M080813 M%U1734W B526L-B488 U%U1B U%U1E B502 U%UIM U%UIR 003910017
55054 M%U1734R B572L B593K B581 U%UIB B550 M813180 4 B550 U%U1U MV1418 004910018
604550 M180179-M/16102 4 M/18102 4 M/14180-M180179-4-M%TO-22W .002002 B006010019
65951680 1 M080280 2 B709A B662 H708 Fl /280 M912307-FT 2 /307 / BOOO=F007110020
11024K /280 M/02224 2 .999999 B723 - - - - - 008610021
81401_1
~
- 009210022
81564 SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM UNDER DO 009310023
879645
IF SYSTEM HAS A TAPE MOUNT SCR 009410024
94363ATCH ON TAPE UNIT 1, TURN ON SSW B-AND RESPOND START_I_IF NO TAPE 009610025
0663, RESPOND START_I_PLACE CARDS THAT WERE PUNCHED IN READER AND RES 009810026
6950POND START_I_SAMPLE PROGRAM COMPLETE_00_00_20_080_01__/*_/&
010010027
00608 /333080
011110028
001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0029
002 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0030
003 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0031
004 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0032
005 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0033
006 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0034
007 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0035
008 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0036
009 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0037
010 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0038
011 ABCDEFGBIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0039
012 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0040
013 ~~CDEFGHIJKL~NOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SA~~LE PROGR&~
0041
014 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0042
015 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0043
016 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0044
011 ABCDEFGBIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0045
018 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0046
019 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0047
020 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0048
*
0049
*
0050
*
USER MUST SUPPLY /* CARD
0051

*
*
//

Figure 12.

tOll

Control Cards, 1400 Object Deck, and Data for 1401/1460 Sample Program

*

0052
0053
// JOB 1440 SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE EMULATOR PROGRAM
0054
// ASSGN SYSNNN,X'CUU'
SPECIFY 1400 TAPE 1 IF SYSTEM HAS TAPE
0055
// UPSI 01
0056
// EXEC
INSERT NAME OF EMULATOR PROGRAM
0057
// 1400 S1440.161"1.1,,T,01222
0058
,008015,022029,036058L070086,043087,050075,083054S058B0751M%G1001RBU01 BOOT0061
<054050<058043L071231,231040B075
B131S226B181227 M131177B16307< 0011 LOAD0062
L072195,188181,177170,200204,212219B075M007227M226000<000A230166B200226 LOAD0063
L071162,155154,147143,139138,223225B075,004181MM225M003S231005AV100005K-LOAD0064
L070130,124120,l12108,226226,228228B108V0060061/073M%G1001R,001M224166 LOAD0065
41301_1
000410066
00609 ,333 BI08
000610067
49401=i
000610068
00609 .414 B108
000810069
57501-1
000810070
00609-,,495 B108
000810071
72101=1
001110072
72256 B/41 M%TOT24W M%TOU08W .001001 B892B B827A M%G1333R M412680 M%Y1 001210073
77855601W Cv12V08 B754U M412W80 ,798-AV15800 <798 AV17V08-B754 B/72 M% 002010074
83356G1414G MW80493 M%GI414G ,840 AvI5842 <840 AV17V10 CV08V10-B839/ B 003110075
88957 40 U%U1R B963A M%G1333R M412680 M%Y1601W-M412574-M%U1495W B949L B004110076
94655897-U%U1B-U%U1E-B925 U%UIM U%UIR-B/72 M%G1414G M%U1495R B 07L B 3 005010077
01555K B 16 U%U1B B985 M574493-M%G1414G B985 U%U1R-B/72 MV19415 M%G14 006010078
565614G B/72 MV21415 M%G1414G B/72 M%G1414G M%TOU56W .002002 B/41 M%G 007010079
/12551333R M412680 M%Y1601W B/94A B/09 H/71 F1 MT23691 FT M%YI601W-/69 007910080
/67551 BOOO H/93 MV22493 M493492 BOOO FK /680 Mu55624 M%Y1601W .999999 008910081
S2263 BS15 ~ SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM UN 009910082
S8564DER oOS
IF SYSTEM HAS A TAPE, MOU 010210083
T4962NT SCRATCH ON TAPE_ UNIT 1., TURN ON SSW-B AND RESPOND START_I_IF 010410084
U1162NO TAPE RESPOND START I SAMPLE PROGRAM COMPLETE PLACE CARDS JUST 010610085
U7350PCHED IN READER AND RESPOND START ! 00 00 20 080 01 /* /&
010810086
00605 B722
- - - - - 011910087
001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0088
002 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0089
003 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0090
004 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 S&¥~LE PROGRA}1
0091
005 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST~lWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0092
006 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0093
007 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0094
008 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0095
009 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0096
010 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0097
011 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0098
012 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0099
013 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0100
014 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0101
015 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0102
016 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0103
017 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/14~0/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0104
018 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0105
019 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0106
020 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGRAM
0107
*
0108
*
USER MUST SUPPLY /* CARD
0109

*

Figure 13.

Control Cards, 1400 Object Deck, and Data for 1440 Sample Program

Appendix I:

sample Programs

105

L--

BG II JOB EUJOB1
BG II OPTION LIST,DECK,XREF
BG II EXEC ASSEMBLY
BG EOJ EUJ OB 1

---

(a)

----

Generating the Emulator Program

----

BG II JOB CATALOG EUSAMPL
BF II OPTION CATAL
BG
PHASE EUSAMPL,+16384
BG
INCLUDE,(ACOMPOO)
BG
PHASE EUSAMPLX,+20480
BG
INCLUDE,(ACOMP01)
BG
PHASE $$BEU4M1
BG
INCLUDE,($$BEU4M1)
BG
PHASE $$BEU4M2
BG
INCLUDE,C$$BEU4M2)
BG
INCLUDE
BG
ENTRY EUENTRY
BG II EXEC LNKEDT
BG EOJ CATALOG
(b)

Cataloging the Emulator Program

BG II JOB PUNCH AND DISPLAY SAMPLE PROGRAMS
BG II EXEC SSERV
BG EOJ PUNCH
(c)

Retrieving the Sample Program

BG II JOB SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE EMULATOR PROGRAM
1401/1460
BG II EXEC EUSAMPL
BG 111400 S1401,1,1",1"T,00730
BG EC30I BEGIN 51401
BG IF SYSTEM HAS A TAPE MOUNT SCRATCH ON TAPE UNIT 1, rURN ON SSW B
AND RESPOND START
BG IF NO TAPE, RESPOND START
BG fC80I 1400 STATUS:
1=00373; A=00001i B=OOOOI INSTN BLOCK=.001001B
BG EC821 HALT
BG EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION
BG switch
BG EC461 S-SW ON =
BG EC45D TYPE S-SW
BG b
BG EC461 S-SW ON = B
BG EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION
BG start
BG PLACE CARDS THAT WERE PUNCHED IN READER AND RESPOND START
BG EC801 1400 STATUS:
1=00658; A=00002; B=00002 INSTN BLOCK=.002002B
BG EC821 HALT
BG EC40D TYPE IN FUNCTION
BG start
BG EC311 EOJ
51401
BG EOJ SAMPLE
(d)

Figure 14.

106

Executing the Sample Program

SYSLOG Output for EU40 Sample Program Running in the Background

J

SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM UNDER DOs
001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
002 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
003 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
004 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
- -- -00-5 -ABCDEFGH-IJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
006 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
007 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
008 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
0.09 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVriXYZ0123456789
010ABCD-SFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVriXYZ0123456789
011 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
012 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
013 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
0.14 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
015 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
016 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
017 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
018 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRsTUVWXYZ0123456789
019 ABCDEFGHIJKLttt..NOPQRSTUVW'XYZ0123456789
020 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789

1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/14-60
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/146-0
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
14.0.1/,1440/1460
1401/1440/1460

SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE

PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
-PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM

PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRM4
PROGRAM

SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM UNDER DOS
001
002
0.03
004
005
006
007
008
009

010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVriXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
JffiCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGlfIJ:KLMNOPQRfiTU-V;JXYZ()123-456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVriXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVwXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789

1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/144-0/i-460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460
1401/1440/1460

SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE

PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
'PROGRJ.LM
S~~LE PROGRAM
SAMPLE PROGRAM
SAMPLE PROGRAM
S~f.1R:r..:E P~QGRM

SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
S~WLE

SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE

PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM

SAMPLE PROGRAM COMPLETE

Figure 15.

SYSLST output for Sample Program

Appendix I:

Sample Programs

107

By TNL: GN33-7012

This appendix describes the programming

• One 2311 Model 1 Disk Storage Drive for
DOS System Residence.

restrictions and considerations applicable
to Model 25 users utilizing the 1Q01/1qqO/
1460 Emulator Program for Compatibility
Support/30 to execute 1401, 1440, or 1460
object programs under control of the Disk
Operating System (DOS). Unless otherwise
noted in this a ,(:pendix, di sc ussions
throughout this publication of the 1401/
1440/1460 Emulator Program for the Model 30
apply to the Model 25.

• Whatever system configuration is
required for operation of the user's
Disk Operating System.
Note:

One 2400- or 3400-Series Magnetic
unit (7- or 9-track) may be substituted for this device.
(If SYSIPT, SYSPCH,
and/or SYSLST are assigned to 7-track tape
units, the Data Conversion Feature is
required. )

Tape

The following features are required for
a minimum Model 25 configuration for the
1Q01/1Q40/1460 Emulator Program under DOS:

The Emulator Program under DOS,can request I/O operations on the following
System/360 devices:

• System/360 Model 25 with a 2025 Processing unit containing at least'24,576
(24K) bytes of program storage.

• 1442 Card Read Punch

• 1400 Series Compatibility Feature
(#4440) and 1401/1440/1460 DOS Compatibility Feature (# 4Q70) •

• 2501 Card Reader

• Storage Protection Feature (#7520) for
Multiprogramming.

• 1403 Printer

• 2520 or 2540 Card Read Punches

• 1404 Printer (for continuous-forms or
cut-card onerationsl

• One card reader (1442, 2501, 2520, or
2540) (see Note)

• 1443 Printer
• One card punch (1442, 2520, 2540, or
2560 with 2540 Emulation or Control
Feature) (see Note)
• One printer (1403, 1404, or 1443)
Note)

• 1052 Printer Keyboard (for operator
communications)

(see

$

2311 Model 1 Disk Storage Drive

p

2401, 2415, or 3Q20 Magnetic Tape Units

• One 1052 Printer-Keyboard
The input/output device correspondence
between a 1401, 1440, or 1460, and a
System/360 Model 25 is as shown in Table
with the differences shown in Table 18.

• Integrated 2311 Attachment (#4598) for
attaching u'(: to four 2311 Model 1 Disk
Storage Drives,... includes File Scan
capability.
Table 18.

Differences in Input/Output Device Correspondence for Model 25

r-------------I

,

II

I

1401/1Q40/1460 I/O Device

,

,

System/360 I/O Device

,

-------------+--------------------------f

, IBM 2QO 1 or 3Q20 (Model 3 or 5) Magnetic
,
1 Tape Unit, or 2415 Magnetic Tape Unit
,
1 and Control
,
r---------- ,------+1-"'--,
l
I IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1405
, IBM 2311 Model 1 Disk Storage Drive
,
I
Model 1 Disk S t o r a g e * ,
I
I
-------~I--,
_______________________
l1
I *IBM 1301 Disk Storages" ___
and 1405 Model 2 Disk Storages are __
not
supported
L-__________________________
,
,

IBM 729, 7330, or 7335 Magnetic Tape
Unit

108

Table 19.

Input/Output Feature correspondence for Model 25

r-----------------------------------------~--------------------------------------------,

I

1401/1440/1460 I/O Feature
I
Model 25 I/O Feature
I
~------------------------------------------t-------------------------------------------~
I IBM 1402 Punch Feed Read and Control
i IBM Punch Feed Read (#5890); and Punch
i
I Unit (#5890 and #5895)
I Feed Read Control (#5895) on Integrated
I
I
I
I 2540 Attachment (#4595) on the 2025, or
I
I
I on the 2821 Control Unit
r--------------------=-=-------------------t--------------------------------------------~
I IBM Column Binary FeatUre (#1990), or
I Standard for 2540 on Integrated 2540
I
I
I
I Attachment (#4595)
I IBM Binary Transfer Feature (11468), or I On Multiplexor Channel (#5248) or Selector I
I Channel (16960):
I
I IBM Card Image Features (#1531 and
I
IBM Column Binary Feature (ll~90 on the I
I #9035)
I
I
2821 Control Unit if 2540, or
I
I
I
IBM Card Image Feature (#1531) if 2501
I
or 2520, or
I
I
I
I
I
IBM Card Image Feature (#1532) if 1442
I
~------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------~
I IBM 1402 51-Column Interchangeable Read I IBM 2540 51-Column Interchangeable Read
I
I Feed (#4151)*
I
I Feed (14150) and Feed Adapter (#1013)
r------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------~
IBM 1403 Preferred Character Set (#5523)
IBM 1403 Multiple character Set Feature**
and Adapter (#5524)
(#5110) on Model 2, Model 25 Adapter
IBM 1416 Interchangeable Train Cartridge
(#9725), and Interchangeable Chain
e~~ipped with Preferred Character Set
cartridge Adapter (#4740) when attached
Print Chain
via Integrated 1403 Attacbment (14590)
with Multiple Character Set Adapter
(#5100) on the 2025; or
IBM 1403 Universal Character Set** for
Model 2 (#8641) or Model Nl (#8640) with
prerequisite Interchangeable Train
cartridqe Adapter or Interchanaeable
Train cartridge, and appropriate
Universal Character Set Adapter for the
2821 Control Unit
~------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------~
! IBM Scan Disk (#6396)
! Standard for 2311 on Integrated 2311
I
I
I
I Attachment (#4595)
.------------------------------------------~-------------------------------------------~
I *When this feature is installed, reading speed is permanently reduced from 1000 cpm I
to 800 cpm.
I
I

I
I
I **with this feature, printing speed is dependent upon the number of characters in the I
,L_______________________________________________________________________________________
character set and whether unprintable characters are included in the print line.
JI

ADDITIONAL FEATURES SUPPORTED
Additional System/360 features supported
by the Emulator Program under DOS are:
• Timer Feature
• Either Multiplexor Channel (#5248), or
Selector Channel (16960). The two are
mutually exclusive.
• Tape Switching Unit (2816)
• Universal Character Set
• Multiple Character Set
The input/output feature correspondence
between a 1401, 1440, or 1460 system and a
System/360 Model 25 is given in Table 19.
Appendix J:

The Model 30 Emulator Program under DOS
when run on the Model 25 provides support
for all 1401, 1440, and 1460 standard
operations and instructions, plus the following special features (for those items
followed by an asterisk, refer to the
Input/Output Feature Correspondence List):
Advanced Programming for the 1401
Bit Test
Column Binary*
Expanded Print Edit
51-Column Interchangeable Read Feed*
High-Low-Equal Compare
Multiply-Divide
Print Storage
Additional Print Control
Punch Feed Read
Space Suppression
Sense Switches

Emulator Program Considerations for Model 25

109

Scan Disk*
Direct Seek for the 1311
Track Record for the 1311
Binary Transfer for the 1460*
Indexing and Store Address Register for
the 1460

Table 20.

Example of Field Lengths Affecting MICR Devices on Model 25

r-----------------------T-----------------,
I
I
Delay
I
I
I

1400 Instructions

In addition to those restrictions speci-

fied for the Model 30, the following programming restrictions must be considered:
1.

2.

3.

IBM 1301 Disk Storages, and IBM 1405
Model 2 Disk Storages are not supported due to Model 25 machine
limi tia tions.
Floating Point Arithmetic, Sterling
Arithmetic, and the Integrated Communications Attachment are mutually
exclusive with the Emulator Program.
Long data fields in emulated 1400program instructions impose the same
restriction on the use of magnetic ink
character (MICR) devices attached to
the Model 25 as those attached to the
Model 30. Examples of the delays
involved with field lengths of various
1400 instructions are given in Table
20.

CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to those considerations
specified for the Model 30, the user must
take into account the following programming
considera tions :
le

The channel configuration is limited
to either one multiplexor or one selector channel.

2.

Disk operations are limited to four
2311 Disk Storages, and one of these
must be reserved for DOS.

I le.

The following group of messages, prefixed by the message code EC~nx, pertains
to the Operator Service Functions:
EC40D

Operator Action:

END name AT hh.mm.ss
Cause: The operator has entered END
to request an end-of-job termi. .tion
of the 1400 program. Wname W is the
program name from the // 1400 control card. If the user specified
TIMER=YES at Emulator program
generation and the timer bas been
turned on by the operator, the tiae
of day (Wbb· is the hour, . . . . is
the minute, and WSSW is the second)
is printed as the seco:ad half of the
message.

Not applicable.

system Action: Control is released
automatically to DOS job control.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Cause: This message is issued when
Operator Service Functions haye been
requested.
System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.
Programmer Action:

Not applioaale.

Operator Action: The operator
replies with one of the following:
ADDRESS
ALTER
CANCEL
DELETE
DISK
DISK n
DISPLAY
DSPLYV
DUMP
DVOL DISKn
DVOL DISKn=xxxxxx
END

ENTER
INQUIRY (or INQUIRY 1400)
INQUIRY phasename
NEWPAC
RESET
RETRY
START (or EOB)
STATUS

SWITCH
TAPE
TAPE n
See RAvailable FUnctions R in the
ROperator Service FUnctions R section
for a detailed description of
response formats and the resulting
functions.
HEX

ADDRESS

xxxx

Cause: This message is displayed
when the operator enters address
RADDRESS ddddd R (decimal) in
response to message EC40D, where
ftddddd R is a valid 1400 address for
the generated system in the range of
1 to 15999. The ftXXXXR is the hexadecimal equivalent of the entered
decimal address.
System Action;
issued.

Message EC40D is

Programmer Action:

Cause: This message is displayed if
the operator types the response
RTAPER or RTAPE n R to message EC40D.
The resPOnse -TAPE- produces a display of-all 1400 tape assignments
and associated buffer block sizes
fer each 1400 drive. The response
RTAPE n- indicates that the operator
wishes to display or alter a 1400
tape assignment as specified by Rn"
(where WnR is digit from 1 to 6) on
a programmer logical unit identified
by SYSnnn. Message EC43D is issued
to display the present status of the
1400 tape drive and allow the operator to retain or change the current
assignment. Tape density (yyy BPI)
is displayed only for 7-track tapes.
If the tape drive is unassigned, the
device address (DR cuu), the designation for 7- or 9-track tapes (n
TR) and tape density (yyy BPI) are
not displayed.
System Action: Message EC40D is
issued following message EC43I. If
message EC43D is issued, the system
waits for an operator response.

Not applicable.
Programmer Action:

I
I

EC42D

I

Operator Action:
TYPE DATA
Cause:

This message is displayed if

the operator types the response
ENTER to message EC40D. This allows
the operator to change the contents
of 1400 storage beginning at the
1400 address specified in the ENTER
response.
System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.
Programmer Action:

Not applicable.

See message EC40D.
Operator Action: Message EC431
requires no response. Message EC43D
requires one of the following
responses:
• START (or EOB) to retain the
present assignment.
• wSYSnnn" to change an assignment, where "SYSnnn w is the programmer logical unit (SYSOOOSYS221) to which the simulated
1400 tape drive is to be
assigned.

Not applicable.

Operator Action: The data is
entered, using the special character
- R to indicate that a wordmark is
associated with the next character
typed. The data must be typed as
uper- or lower-case characters as
required. Special characters must
be entered as indicated by Table 11.
For example, if the operator replies
_NNNN, four characters in upper case
are entered at the address specified
in the ENTER reply, with a wordmark
associated with the first character.
EC43D/I TAPES n ON SYSnnn, MAX BLK=xxxxx DR
cuu, n TR, vvv BPI
EC43D/I TAPE n ON SYSnnn, MAX BLK=xxxxx
SYSnnn NOT ASSIGNED
EC43D/I TAPE n UNASSIGNED, MAX BLK=xxxxx

Note: A programmer logical unit
currently assigned to a 1400
tape drive must first be unassigned from that device before
reassignment can be made, or
message EC141 is issued.
• wUA R to unassign the simulated
1400 tape drive from a programmer logical unit.
EC44D/I DISK n ON SYSnnn, PART n DR cuu
EC44D/I DISK n ON SYSnnn, SYSnnn NOT
ASSIGNED
EC44D/I DISK n UNASSIGNED
Cause: This message is displayed if
the operator types the response
wDISK w or "DISK n- to message EC40D.
The response -DISK w to message EC40D
Appendix K:

Emulator Program Messages

117

indicates that the operator wishes a
display of all 1400 disk assignments
and associated disk part for each
1400 drive. The response ~DISK nW
to message EC40D indicates that the
operator wishes to display or alter
a specific 1400 disk assigruHQ.t as
indicated by the digit 0, 2. 4, 6,
or 8 typed after DISK. Message
EC44D is issued to display the present status of the 1400 disk drive
and allows the operator to retain or
change the current assignment.

Operator Action: The operator
replies by typing in the desired
switch or switches. If all sense
switches are to be turned off, a
blank (space bar> followed by EOB is
entered. To retain present status
of sense switches, the operator
replies ·START· (or EOB). Message
EC461 is typed out following the
user's response to confirm the
sense-switch settings.
EC46I

Cause: This message displays the
current sense-switch status. The
message text is followed by a listing ("xxxxxx") of the sense switches
that are on. This message follows
the reply SWITCH to message EC40D to
inform the operator of the current
sense-switch status, and then, is
issued again to confirm the operator
response to EC45D.

System Action: Message EC40D is
issued following message EC44I. For
message EC44D the system waits for
an operator response.
Programmer Action:
Operator
requires
requires
with one

Not applicable.

Action: Message EC44I
no response. Message EC44D
that the operator reply
of the following responses:

Programmer Action:

• ·SYSnnn,x· to change an assignment, where "SYSnnn" is the programmer logical unit (SYSOOO SYS221) to which the simulated
1400 disk drive is to be
assigned, and ·x· is a 0 or 1 to
indicate which half of the new
2311 disk unit, or a 0, 1, 2, or
3 to indicate which quadrant of
the new 2314 disk unit is to be
used.

Operator Action:

• ·UA· to unassign the simulated
1400 disk drive from a programmer logical unit.
TYPE S-SW
Cause: The operator requested the
SWITCH operator service function and
HALTS=YES was specified at Emulator
program generation. A display of
the current sense switches, message
EC46I, will precede this message.
Note that sense switch A is not displayed or altered by this function.
System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.
Programmer Action:
118

System Action: Message EC40D or
EC45D is issued.

• ·START (or EOB)· to retain the

Note: A programmer logical unit
currently assigned to a 1400
disk drive must first be unassigned from that device before
reassignment can be made, or
message EC14I is issued.

EC45D

S-SW ON = xxxxxx

Not applicable.

EC41I

Not applicable.
Not applicable.

1400 ADDRESS LIMIT, FUNCTION ENDED
Cause: This message is displayed
only following the use of the ENTER
or DISPLAY operator service fUnction. The message indicates that
the maximum generated 1400 storage
address has been exceeded during
execution of the requested fUnction.
System Action: The system will
respond with the appropriate action
as follows:
• If the message is in response to
the ENTER function, the entered
data is ignored and message
EC40D is displayed.
• If the message is in response to
the DISPLAY function, only those
positions up to the maximum 1400
storage address are displayed,
followed by message EC40D.
Programmer Action: The programmer
must ensure that the ENTER or DISPLAY requests do not exceed the
maximum 1400 address.
Operator Action: The operator
should first verify the previous
ENTER or DISPLAY request. If the
response was incorrect, the correct
command should be entered in
response to message EC40D, or

If the request was correct, and is
essential for satisfactory job completion, the job can be terminated
by replying CANCEL or END to message
EC40D, or
If the request was correct but unnecessary for successful job completion, the operator can respond START
to message EC40D to resume emulator
processing.
EC48I

FUNCTION NOT GENERATED

Cause: This message is displayed
when the Emulator program for the
Model 40 encounters an invalid 1400
character. ·xxxxxxxx· identifies
the source of the error condition
(DISK, TAPE, READER, or ENTERING).
If the error occurred while the
operator was using the ENTER operator service function or during the
execution of a Read Console Printer
instruction, messages EC46I and
EC42D are issued.
If the source of the error is disk,
tape, or card reader, message EC49D
is issued.

Cause: This message indicates that
the operator requested an operator
service function which was not specified for this Emulator program
generation.

If the error occurred on the reader,
the card in error is typed.

This is probably a user error.

This is probably a user error.

system Action:
issued.

Message EC40D is

System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.
Programmer Action:

Programmer Action: If the desired
operator service function is not
present in the Emulator program,
reassemble the EmUlator program to
generate the desired function and
catalog to the core image library,
or
Correct any assembly errors, and
reassemble and recatalog the Emulator program, or
If any new operator services do not
function on a recently cataloged
Emulator program, check the linkage
editor diagnostics for errors which
would have prevented the new program
from being cataloged. The old Emulator program may have been used.
Correct the diagnostics, reassemble
and recatalog the Emulator program.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

2.

Have the emulator assembly
listing, and the linkage editor
output available.
.
Have the system log, printer
output, and job stream
available.

Operator Action: The operator must
reply with one of the supported
operator service functions.
EC49D

INVALID 1400 CHARACTER DETECTED ON
xxxxxxxx

Not applicable.

Operator Action: The operator may
respond with CANCEL or END and terminate the job regardless of the
source of the error. In addition,
the following are valid operator
responses:
• For disk -- Enter Process to
continue with record that contains the invalid character.
• For tape -- Enter BYPASS to skip
the record with the invalid
character.
Enter PROCESS to continue with
the record that contains the
invalid character.
Enter DISPLAY to display the
record in error (if TAPERRS is
not equal to NO).
• For Reader -- Enter PROCESS to
continue with the record that
contains the invalid character,
or
Perform the RETRY operator service function.
• For ENTERING -- reenter data
following message EC42D
The following group of messages, prefixed by the message code EC5nx, pertains
to unit-record equipment and are displayed
only during 2540 punch operations, or when
stacker selection, or when simulating 1442
Appendix K:

Emulator Program Messages

119

read punch updating on either a 2520 or
2540. The most common causes for these
messages are:

•

Card jams

a

Double punching

•

Multiple punches in rows 2 through 7

EC50D

4.

Replace blank cards and cards
removed from hopper in hopper.

5.

Ready the punch.

6.

Reply with START or EOB.

If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:

PUNCH ERROR
cause: This message indicates that
a 2540 or 2520 equipment check has
occurred. The last card in the
stacker is the card in error. This
message is always preceded by a
standard DOS operator intervention
message.

EC51D

1.

Execute the ROD command and
retain the listing.

2.

Execute EREP and retain the
output.

PFR PUNCH ERROR
Cause: A punching error was
detected during a PFR operation.
The card in error is in stacker Pl.
The punch-check station may also
contain an incorrectly punched card.

This is probably a hardware error.
system Action: The system waits for
an operator response.

This is probably a hardware error.
Programmer Action:
Operator Action:
on a 2520:

Not applicable.
system Action: The system waits for
an operator response.

If error occurred

Programmer Action:
1.

Remove last card from stacker
one:

Operator Action:

• If performing punch-only operation, discard card.

1.

Remove cards from punch hopper.

2.

If the end-of-file light is on,
press the stop key to reset the
end-of-file circuits.

3.

Press and hold the punch start
key to clear the punch feed.

4.

Remove the last four cards from
stacker Pl. The last two cards
are correct; prepunching in the
first two must be
reconstructed.

5.

Place the two reconstructed
cards, the two correct cards,
and the cards removed from the
hopper, in that sequence, in
the hopper.

6•

Ready'~ the

7.

Reply with START or EOB.

• If performing combined read and
punch operation, reconstruct
prepunching.
2.

Remove cards from hopper.

3~

Press NPRO key -- two cards
enter stacker one.

4.

Replace reconstructed card (if
performing combined read and
punch operation), two cards
that were run out, and cards
removed from the hopper in the
hopper.

5.

Ready the 2520.

6.

Reply with START or EOB.

If error occurred on a 2540:
1.

Remove cards from hopper.

2.

Press and hold start key to
clear punch feed.

3.

Remove last four cards from
stacker Pl. Last two cards are

blank; first two should be
discarded.
120

Not applicable.

I

EC52D

I

punch.

If the problem recurs, execute EREP
and retain the listing to complete
your problem determination action.
PFR READ ERROR
Cause: A reading error was detected
during PFR operation. The card in
error is at the punch station. The

punch-check station may also contain
an incorrectly punched card.

System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.

System Action~ The system waits for
an operator response.

Prograrome r Action~ Thp progra~~er
must supply the operator with guidelines to handle each of the five
types of error conditions.

Programmer Action:

Not applicable.

Operator Action: The operator must
type in one of the following
replies:

Operator Action:
1.

Remove cards from punch hopper.

2.

If end-of-file light is on,
press stop key to reset end-offile circuits.

3.

Press and hold punch start key
to clear punch feed.

• IGNORE -- the printer command
causing the error is ignored and
processing continues.

4.

Remove last three cards from
stacker Pl.

• RETRY -- the printer command is
retried.

5.

The first of these ~nree cards
may have to be reconstructed
because it has been read and
punched but not punch checked.

• SERVICE -- full operator services are made available, and
message EC40D is issued.

6.

The second card caused the
validity check. Correct it as
necessary.

7.

place these three cards, after
any necessary corrections, in
front of the cards removed from
the hopper. Place this deck in
the hopper.

I

If the problem recurs, execute EREP
and retain the listing, and have the
system log and printer output available to complete your problem determination action.

IEC59D

REPLY AGAIN TO 1404 MESSAGE

I

Cause: This message is displayed
after the operator replied SERVICE
or with an invalid response to message EC58D and additional corrective
action is required.

8.

Ready the punch.

9•

Reply with START or EOB.

• SKIP 1 -- which causes the
printer to skip 1 and retry the
operation.
-

System Action: The system waits for
an operator response.

If the problem recurs, execute EREP
and retain the listing to complete
your problem determination action.
EC58D

Programmer Action:

1404 aaaaaaaaaa CCSw=yyxxxx SNS=xx

Operator Action: The user must
again reply SKIP 1, RETRY, IGNORE,
or SERVICE.

Cause: This message indicates that
a 1404 printer error occurred. The
type of error is identified by
Baaaaaaaaaa B, where ·aaaaaaaaaa B is
one of the following:
EQUIP CHK (equipment check)
INTERV REQ (intervention required)
BUSOUT CHK (busout check)
COMM RFJCT (command rej ect)
DATA CHECK (data check)
The hexadecimal representation of
the channel command word (CCW) command code is displayed by .yyB in
the CCSW while the hexadecimal
representation of the status bytes
from the CCB is given by ·xxxx·.
The sense bytes are displayed by
SNS=xx.

Not applicable.

If the problem recurs, execute EREP
and retain the listing, and have the
system log and printer output available to complete your problem determination action.
The following group of messages, prefixed by the message code EC6nx, pertains
to magnetic-tape devices:
EC60I

MESSAGE RESPONSES ARE B=BYFASS,
P-PROCESS
Cause: This message is displayed to
indicate that a tape error has
occurred and that the 1400 Tape
Error Recovery routine, as specified
at Emulator program generation, has

Appendix K:

Emulator Program Messages

121

prior to the display of this message. The functions of the oneletter options are:

been entered. This message is displayed only if TAPERRS=LST or LOG
was specified during program
generation.

B

System Action:
displayed.

The tape block in error is
bypassed and is not given to
the 1400 program. Processing
continues with the next blockc
The 1400 program is not informed that a block has been
bypassed.

Message EC62D is

Programmer Action:

Not applicable.

Operator Action: One of the options
(B=BYPASS or P=PROCESS) indicated in
this message must be given in
response to message EC62D.
EC61I

MESSAGE RESPONSES ARE B=BYPASS,
PROCESS, H=HEX-DISPLAY

P

The tape block in error is
passed to the 1400 program as
is.

P=

Cause: This message is displayed to
indicate that a tape error has
occurred and that the 1400 Tape
Error Recovery routine, as specified
at Emulator Program generation, has
been entered. This message is
issued only if TAPERRS=LSTCHAR or
LOGCHAR was specified during program
generation.
System Action:
displayed.

EC63I
Not applicable.

Operator action: One of the options
(B=BYPASS, H=HEX-DISPLAY, or P=
PROCESS) indicated in this message
must be given in response to message
EC62D.
TAPE BLOCK IN ERROR
Cause: This message is displayed to
indicate that a tape error has
occurred, the operator has responded
to the standard DOS-issued error
message with IGNORE, and the Tape
Error Recovery routine has been
entered.
System Action: The tape block in
error is printed on SYSLOG or SYSLST
as specified by the TAPERRS parameter. Non-BCD characters appear as
asterisks (*). If an invalid
response is made, either message
EC60I or EC61I is issued, followed
by a reissued message EC62D. The
system then waits for an operator
response.
Programmer Action: Set up operator
procedures to handle this error.
Operator Action: The available
operator responses to this message
are one-letter options (B, P, or H)
indicated in messages EC601 and
EC61I, one of which is issued just
122

The tape block in error is displayed in hexadecimal format
exactly as it was read into
Systerrv360 rrain storage, except
that parity has been corrected
by the channel. After this
response, the operator again
has the option of bypassing or
processing (B or Pl.

Message EC62D is

Programmer Action:

EC62D

B

TAPE n BLOCK SIZE EXCEEDED
Cause: A record block, either read
or written on 1400 tape unit -n B
exceeds the maximum block size specified by the user during Emulator
program generation (ftBLKSIZEu=
nnnnn ft ), as modified by the // TAPE
control card. This message is
always preceded by message EC80I
(status of 1400 registers and current instruction). A 1400-style
storage dump is provided on SYSLST
unless a no-dump option (a -1 ft ) was
specified in parau~ter ftb- in the
// 1400 control card. If the user
has specified an ftSft for the testmode option in the // 1400 control
card, a System/360 main storage dump
also is provided.
This is probably a user error.
System Action:
terminated.

The job is

Programmer Action: Check the 1400
program for the maximum block size
required for execution. If the
total buffer size exceeds that specified in the BOFSIZE parameter,
reassemble the Emulator program
increasing the size of the BUFSIZE
parameter, or
If the total buffer size does not
exceed the size indicated by BUFSIZE, use a // TAPE card to redistribute the individual buffer space.

If the problem recurs, do the fo1loving to complete your problem
determination action:
~~~§~:

1.

Have the emulator assembly
listing, and the linkage editor
. output available.

This message indicates that
the dist pack is not initialized to
the proper 1400 format •
This is probably a user error.

2.

Have the system log, printer
output, and job stream
avaiiab1e.
g~Qgu.!!!!~-1£1ion:

~EY§~:

An end-of-vo1ume indication
(tape mark) has been detected by the
tape device assigned to SYSIPT
before end of file (/*) was reached.

Initialize the
disk pack using the DOS Initialize
Disk ut·ility prog·ram·, then run the
Clear Disk utility to format the
tracks. The parameters of the clear
disk utility depend on the device
type being emulated.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:

~Y§i~~!ctiQn:

A standard DOS
operator intervention message is
issued.

1.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
and printer output available.

2.

Have the control cards for the
Initialize Disk and Clear Disk
utility programs.

Q£~~~tor-1£iiQn:

Mount the next
tape volume on SYSIPT and reply
START or EOB.

Operator Action: Check that the
correct-pack-Is mounted.
~sg§~:
An end-of-volume indication
has been detected by the tape drive
assiqned to SYSPCH.

£~~~~:

~Y§i~~-1£iiQn:

A standard DOS
operator intervention message is
issued.

This message indicates that
an error has been detected during
disk verification (optionally specified). The drive number and the
beginning sector address is indi
cated. This is ~ollo~ed by one or
more lines of 100 characters that
represent the data that should have
been recorded on disk. This data
may be used in a subsequent operation to rebuild the record affected.
The 1400 program is nQi informed of
the dis): error.
4

Operator Action: ~ount a new tape
vo1ume-on-SYSPCH and reply START or
EOB.

Cause: An end-of-vo1ume' indication
has-been detected by the tape drive
assigned to SYSLST.

This is probably a hardware error.
~I§!~~-!£liQn:

~Y§i~~_!ctiQn:

A standard DOS
operator intervention message is
issued.

Qperstor~£iiQn:

~ount a new tape
volume on SYSLST and reply START or
EOB.

The following group of messages, prefixed by the message code EC?nx, pertains
to disk devices:

The system waits for
an operator response.

g£Qg£s~er_!£tiQn:

Reinitia1ize the
disk pack or execute CLEAR DISK and
resubmit the job.

If tme problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

Appendix K:

Have the emulator assembly
listing, and the linkage editor
output available.
Emulator Program

~essages

123

KeV1sea

Apr1~

l~,

l~jl

By TNL: GN33-7012

2.

Have the system log, printer
output. and job stream
available.

Qper£to£-1£ii2n: The operator may
type the r~sPQnse START to indicate
that the record in error is to be
accepted as is and that processing
is to continue. The operator may
also type the response END or CANCEL
to cause the job to be terminated.

is the volume serial number (EBCDIC
charactersl of the correct disk
pack, "n" is the 1400 disk drive
number (0, 2, 4, 6, or 8;, and "cuu"
is ~he hexadecimal channel and
device address of the disk drive on
which the disk pack is mounted.
vol~me serial number displayed is
initially established by a 1/ DVOL
control card or by the operator
using the DVOL DISKn=xxxxxx operator
service function.
This is probably a user error.

Cause: The extent limit assigned to
SYSLST (disk extent) has been
exhausted.

SYstem Action:
!ssued:-----.
..

~essage

EC40D is

This is probably a user error.
~y§te~_A£!iQn:

Message EC32I is
issued and the job is canceled.

£1:Qg~!!!.!!!~.-!£1iQ!l:
Check that the
assignments are correct and that the
correct packs have been mounted.

RLQg1:E!!!!~!_!s!iQn:

Increase the
for the required system unit
and resu bmit t he job.

exten~

Cause:

The extent limit assigned to
(disk extent) has been
exhausted.

SYSPCH

This is probably a user error.

QE~~~1Q!-!£!iQn:

This messaqe indicates that the operator must either
take corrective action or terminate
th~ 1400 program.
The operator can
use the DSPLYV operator service
function to display the volume serial number of the pack currently
mounted on this device to assist in
the evaluation of the corrective
action. However, before further
processing can be continued, the
operator must perform one of the
following corrective actions:

ActiQ,n: Message EC32I is
issued and the job is canceled.

~.Y.§1~m

fro!rr£ll~_!£tiQl!:

Increase the
extent fer the required system unit
and resubmit the job.

.Q:Q~!siQ!:-!£iiQE:

Not applicable.

• Mount the correct disk pack on
the specified drive and reply
with the NEWPAC function, Q~
• Change the disk drive configura~
tion using the DISK n function,
Q£:

~~12!

!RQNG-f!~!L_~Qy~!_Z~!X_Q!~!_~_QN

lllLcu.!!
~sy§~:

This message is displayed if
tqe Emulator program is accessing
the wrong disk pack. where "xxxxxx"

121.J

• Change the volume serial number
against which the pack is to be
verified, with the DVOL DISKn=
xxxxxx function, where "xxxxxx"
is the volume serial number of
the proper pack, Q£:

• Discontinue volume serial number
checking for this 1400 drive
using the DELETE function~ This
function must be used with caution when performing write
oper ations.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete-yourproble-m
determination action:
1.

Have the log sheet, printer
output, and job stream
available.

2.

Obtain a 1400 dump and a 360
system dump before the job is
canceled.

3.

Issue the ROD command, execute
EREP, and have the output
available.

Have the emulator assembly
listinq and the linkaqe editor

out-put -'a -vailaOi:)-te •

2.

1.

-

Have the log sheet, printer
output, and job stream
available.
These messages are displayed
if the Emulator program is accessing
the wrong 1301 or 1405 disk pack,
where message EC78I displays the
volume serial number of the physical
pack which is being accessed. Message EC78D always follows and identifies the volume serial number
(MOUNT xxxxxx) which was requested
on the 1/ DVOL control card for'this
drive. DISK n indicates which part
of the 1301 or 1Q05 drive is being
simulated, while DR cuu indicates
the hexadecimal channel and device
address of the System/360 device
being accessed.
£S~2~:

This message is displayed in
response to the operator~s selection
of the DSPLYV operator service func~
tion following the display of message EC75I. "n" is the 1400 disk
drive number (0,2,4,6, or 8),
"cuu" is the hexadecimal channel and
device address of disk drive "n",
and "xxxxxx" is the volume serial
number (EBCDIC characters) of the
disk pack.
~g~§~:

~Y§tem !~tiQn:

Message EC40D is

issued.

This is probably a user error.
Q~gto~-!ctiQn:

The operator must
respond with one of the valid corre~
ct:ive act--ton-s described und-er message EC75I.

~I§i~m-Af1ign:

The system waits for
an operator response.

R£ogram~

Actign:

Correct the

1/ DVOL card or supply the correct
volumes and resubmit the
Cause: A 1400 disk scan was not
successfully completed. An end of
cylinder condition has not yet been
detected.

job~

The operator must
perform one of the followinq corrective actions!

QE~ratQ£-1£!iQn:

This is probably a hardware error.
•
~~§!~m

A£1iQn: The system waits for
an operator response.

Q~~!~~_!£!iQn:

If the user wishes
to retry the scan operation, he
types in the word START. If the
user does not wish to retry the
operation, he may enter END or CANCEL to terminate the job.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determin at ion act ion:

~ount the correct disk pack on
the specified drive and reply
with the NEWPAC functions.

• Abnormally terminate the job
using the END or CANCEL operator
service functions. The job can
be resubmitted after correcting
the volume serial number entries
for the simulated 1301 or 1Q05
dis~ pack on the II DVOL control
card.
The following group of messages, pre~
fixed by the message code EC8nx or EC9nx,
pertains to program messages:
Appendix K:

Emulator Program

~essages

125

~cv~~cu

~~~~~

iJ,

iJ/i

By TNL: GN33-7012

1400

STA~US

I=nnnnn A=nnnnn B=nnnnn

1]~!!_~1Q£~~iiiiiiii---------------

Cause: A i400 halt or error has
been-encountered or the operator has
requested the STATUS or ALTER operator service functions.

1.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output available.

2.

Have the iob stream, loq sheet,
printer output, and program

This is a

display of the 1400 storage address
registers and eight characters from
1400 storage within an eight-byte
range of where the I-STAR is pointing. certain 1400 special characters (such as the record mark} are
not printed on the model 30. When
message IC801 is displayed after a
1400 pt'ogra m error, the A- STAR and
B-STAR values may be invalid because
of storage wraparound.
Variable, depending
on program status as indicated in
associated message.

~y§te~ctiQn:

listing available.
QE~~~!Q£-!ctiQn:

If message EC40D
is issued in conjunction with this
message, respond as indicated in the
EC40D text.

A 1400 halt other than end
has
occurred, and the user has specified
operator restart (a "1") in parameter "e" of the II 1400 control card.
This message is preceded by the typing out of message EC80I.
Ca~§~:

of job (see message EC81I)

~~§t~~_A£!ion:

issued.
QE~to~_ActiQn:

Message EC40D is

Reply to asso-

ciated messaqe.

~I2g~~~~!_!£1ion:

Correct the procausing the halt or give
correct operating instructions to
the operator and resubmit the job.

bl~m

A 1400 halt other than end
of .job (as specified in "EOJAADR=
nnnnn" andlor "EOJBADR=nnnnn" at
Emulator program generation or as
specified for an EOJ I-address in
the II 1400 control card) has
occurred and the user has not specified opera tor re sta rt (a "1 If) in
parameter "e" in the 1/ 1400 control
card. This message is preceded by
the typing out of message EC801
(status of 1400 registers and current instruction). A '400-style
storage dump is provided on SYSLST
unless a nold ump option (a "1") vas
specified in parameter "b" in the 1/
1400 control card. If the user has
specified an "S" for the test-mode
option in the II 1400 control card,
a System/360 main storage dump is
also provided.
~~~§~:

~llteJL!£!i2n:

storage dump is provided and job is terminated unless
operating in test mode. In test
mode, message FC40D is issued.
~~Qg~~~~~I_!£!j2n:

Resubmit the job
with the II 1400 parameter "e" set
to 1 to permit operator restart, ~

Correct the problem causing the halt
and resubmit the job.
If the problem recurs, do the folloving to complete your problem
determination action:
126

If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
,.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and the linkage editor
output available.

2.

Have the log sheet, printer
output, and job stream
available.

QE~~~!Q!-A~!ion:

Not applicable.

A 1400 program error has
been detected. This message is
always followed by message Ee80I
(status of 1400 registers and
instruction block) •

£~~§~:

A 1400-style storage dump is provided on SYSLST if OSDUMP=YES was
specified at Emulator Program
generation and unless a no-dump
option (a "1") was specified in
parameter "b" in the 1/ 1400 control
card. If the user has specified an
Us" for the test mode option (parameter "q") in the I I 1400 control
card, a main storage dump is also
provided, followed by message EC40D.
This message is also issued when the
1400 operation is valid, but emulator supnort for the function was not
genera ted.

Page of GC27-6940-4
Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33-7012

~Y§!~~-A£!iQn:

The job is terelina ted unless pa ra me te r "g" vas
specified on the II 1400 control
card.
(1) A 1400 read instruction
has been incorrectly specified; or
(21 a 1400 read instruction which is
not supoorted by the Emulator program (e.g., column binary) has been
specified.

£.£!!.§~:

~£Qgr£mm~£_!£!i2n:
Determine the
operation being attempted from the
1400 program listing, the console
log, and dumps. Verify that support
for the operation vas generated by
checking the 1400 program listing.
Reassemble the Emulator program with
the required sUPP0I:'t.

This is probably a user error.
~~!ctiilll~

The job is_

termina ted.
Check the failing 1400 parameter for
assembly errors and missing or incorrect object cards. If CS/30,
examine MNOTES to determine if the
Emulator progra~ is overlaying simulated 1400 storage.'
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:

£~Qggm.!!!m;:-A£1iQ!! :

If the f ai lin g
program specifies any of these readel; instructions:
• Column binary.
• 51 column interchangeable read

feed.
• Read stacker selection.

1.

2.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output a va ilab Ie.
Have the job stream, log sheet,
printer output, and program
listing available.

The 1400 program or overlay
section being cataloged consists of
more than 27 internal phases.

~£g§~:

~Y§i~ID_!~iQn:

Then insure that the parameters to
support the feature are specified in
the Emulator assembly.
If the read instruction is for a
feature not supported by the Emulator, a user-written simulation routine is required. Correct the error
and resubmit the job.

If the oroblem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

Have the emulator asseiii"bly
listing and linkage editor output available.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
printer output, and program
listing available.

The job is

termi:na ted.
R~Qg~~~~~~_!£!iQn:

If the program
does not have overlays, ~1!od_l
cataloging ma y be used. Th.e lib"
parameter on the II 1400 control
card must be a "1". ~ethod 1 cataloging will conserve
improve retrieval time, QI

space-and

If m~iho~l cannot be used, reorganize the program so that there are
no more than 27 internal phases.
If the problem recurs, do the folloving to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output available.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
printer output, and program
listing available.

QperatQ~

Actio!!:

Not applicable.

~~~~:
(1) A punch instruction for
an unsupported operation has been
s?ecified in the 1400 progra~ (e.g.,
punch-feed-read, column-binary); or
(2) a punch-feed-read or columnbinary inslruction has been specified in the 1400 program vhen a magnetic device is being used to simulate the unit-record device.

This is probably a user error.
~Y21~~£!iQn:

termina ted.

Appendix K:

The job is

Emulator Program Messages

127

g£Qg~~~~~_!£ii2n:

If the failing
program specifies any of the following punch instructions:
• Column binary
• Punch-feed-read
• Punch stacker selection

Then insure that the parameter to
support the feature is specified in
the Emulator assembly. If the
instruction is for a feature not
supported by the 1400 Emulator program, then a user-written simulation
routine is required. Correct the
parameters and resubmit the job.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

2.

~~~l!

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output av aila ble.
Have the job stream, log sheet,
printer output, and program
listing available.

!!YAL1Q_Q£~~!!!QH_QH_RRI!!~~

QE~~lQI-1£liQn:

Not applicable.

The Emulator program has
encountered a control card that is
not supported. The first four
characters of the unsupported control card are identified by "YY1Y".
£~~§~:

This

1S

probably a user error.

~I~!g~_!ctiQn:

The job is

termina ted.
~IQgrE~~~!_!£!iQn:

Check that
System/3bO control cards do not follow the II 1400 card or that the
flagged control card is supported by
this assembly of the emulator program. If the 1400 control card is
not supported, reassemble the emulator to provide support.

If the problem recurs, do the following tB complete your problem
determination action:
1.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor map
available.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
an~ printer output available.

A 1404 print instruction has
been specified but is not supported
by this particular Emulator program
generation.

~sy~~!

This is probably a user error.
~~~!~~_!£!iQn:

The job is

A II LC data delimiter card
is required before the last data
card, but is not present.

£s~§~:

terminated.
This is probably a user error.
~~Qg~gmm~I_A£ijQn:

128

Check all printer parameters specified in the emulator assembly and the· print
instructions issued by the failing
program. If the 1400 program is
issuing print instructions not supported by the emulator, a user simulation routine is required. Make
the necessary corrections and resubmif: the job.

Before the job
is resubmitted, correct the control
cards or give the operator instructions so that he can enter the
address of your EOJ routine.

If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problew
determination action:

If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:

~y~!~_!£1i2n:

Last card indicator
(sense switch Al is turned on, and
message EC40D is issued.

FrggIE~!~_!£1iQll:

1.

Rave the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output a vailab Ie.

1.

Have the emulator assembly
listinq and linkage editor output available.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
and printer output available.

2.

Have the job stream, loq sheet,
and printer output available.

I
I

EC951

Operator Action: The operator must
either enter the address of the
user's end-of-job routine using the
~~TER operator serJice function, or
terminate the job.

Operator Action:

STACKER 8/2 IGNORED

1400 CONSOLE PRINTER NOT SUPPORTED

Cause: A 1402 stacker command has
been specified for stacker 8/2 on
either a magnetic device when punching, or a unit-record device other
than a 2540. This message is displayed only for the first 8/2 stacker command issued.

Cause: This message is issued if
the OSINQRY parameter is not specified as ·1400· or ·YES w , and a 1400
read or write console printer
instruction has been encountered.

System Action: 8/2 cards are
stacked to normal stacker.

System Action: Message EC80I is
issued, followed by message EC40E.

Programmer Action:

Programmer Action: Check the emulator assembly listing for OSINQRY=
1400 or YES. If these parameters
are not present, and the function is
desired, reassemble the emulator
with one of these parameters
specified ..

Operator Action:
EC96I

Not applicable.
Not applicable.

CARRIAGE CONTROL CARD ERROR
Cause: The 1400 program specified a
carriage-control channel punch which
is not included in the carriage control card.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
and printer output available.
Not applicable.

This is probably a user error.

If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:

This is probably a user error.
System Action:
terminated.

Programmer Action: Correct the carriage control card and resubmit the
job.
If the problem recurs, do the following to complete your problem
determination action:
1.

1.

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output available.

2.

Have the job stream, log sheet,
and printer output available.

The job is

Have the emulator assembly
listing and linkage editor output available.

Operator Action: The parameter w:s=
nnnnnW in message EC80I is the
address of the first storage position of the 1400 message area. The
operator can use the DISPLAY operator service function to display the
message. To continue processing,
enter START or EOB.

Appendix K:

Emulator Program Messages

129

Page of GC27-6940-4
Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33-7012

Indexes to systems reference library
manuals are consolidated in the publication
!~~_~§~~mL]£Q_]i§~_QE~£~!ing~Y§i~ID~_

MasterTnd-eJr-Gr24-5063. -For -additional
-----------,
information about any subject listed below,
refer to other publications listed for the
same sub;ect in the Master Index.
Where more than one page reference is
qiven, the major reference is first.
Abnormal termination 39,40
Address conversion table
(Model 40}
80-96
ADDRESS function 52
Address stopping
52
Allocating storage
10
ALTER function 52
Altering 1400 storage
11
Alternate mode 32
Assembly-run output 7
A-storage address register
(A-STAR)
9,49
Background partition 9
Background program 2
Backspace key
57
B-address 27,30
(Also see B-stora ge addre 5S regi sterl
Basic Feature Special Instructions (Model
30)
64- 67
Compatibility Feature Initialize Mode
(CFIM}
64
Compatibility ~eature Mode Set

-(CFMSl

65

-

Compatibility Feature Load Constants
(CFLC)
67
Compatibility Feature Loan Variables
(CFLV)

66

Compatibility Feature Store Constants
(CF SC)
66
Compatibility Peature store Variables
(CF SVl
66
BCDIC-8
2,33
Bill-feed operations 30
Bill-feed-read operations 30
BLKSIZu parameter 14,41
~ootstrap card
10,48-51
B-storage address reqister
(B-STAF)
9,49
Buffer areas
28,42
BUFSIZE narameter 14, 10
C~NCEL function
53
Card buffer area 2°
Card errors 29
Card-imaqe punching 22,23
Card-image reading 22,23
Card Punch Parameters
COLBINP
13

PCH1400 13
PCH360 13
PFP
13
PUNCHSS 13-14
:ard Reader Parameters
COLBINR
13
COLS1
13
-PER _13_
RDR1400
14
RDR360 14
READRSS
14
SSQUA.NT 14
Card read speed
14,40
CARRCTL parameter 11,30-31
Carriage-control tape 11,30,44
Carriage-control-tape image 30,38
:arriage-control-tape pointer
17,30
Cataloging 46-48
Cataloqing overlay programs
control card 39
proced ure
47- 48
restriction 39
Cataloging Use~1s Emulator Program 9
CATALOG parameter 9
Catalog run
47-48
CB control card
45,29
CCTL control card 43,38
CCTL1 control card
43
CCTL2 control card q~
CFIM instruction 64
CFLC instruction 67
CFLF instruction ,69-70
CFLT instruction 69
CFLV instruction 66
CFMF instruction 69
1

ci~§ i~sfi~~lfon

6~

CFMT instruction
68
CFSC instruction 66
CPSV instruction 66
Channel-overflow condition
30
Channel-overflow latch
30
Clearing storaqe to blanks 22
Clear storaqe cards 10,48
COLBINP narameter 13
COLBINR parameter 13
Column-binary operations 29
COL51 parameter 13
Console inquiry 37
Console messages
(See Operator message~
Console typewriter 2,10
continuous forms operations
18,30
Continuous paper tape 5
Control cards
38- qS
ASSG N 38
CCTL
43
DVOL 42-43
BXEC 38
JOB
38
TAPE
q1-42
UPS"!: 38
140038-41
Index

131

Cut-card operations 18,30
Cylinder overflow 24~34
Cyclic Check 24
Data check 15,29
Data lenqth 29,31
DELETE function 53
Differences in Printer graphics
37
Direct~access simulation
33-35
Disk
buffer area
20
buffer size 17
compatibility 1
control field 26~34
errors 22,34
extents 23
files
24
Parameters (See Disk Pa rameters)
record verification
11
throuqhput 41
Disk drive assignments 16-11,53
DISK function
53
Disk pack initialization 34-35~1
Disk Parameters
D1SKDR
16
DISKTYP 16
DtSKu 16
DVOL
16-17
D1301u
17
OSDISK 17
SCAN 11
SCAN310
17
Disk part option 40
DISKDR parameter
16
DISKTYP parameter 16
DISKu parameter 16
DISPLAY function 54
Displayinq 1400 storage 11
DSPLYV function
54
Dual-density tapes 32
Dumps
control card
11
name of 50
operator ccmmand 54
DUMP function 54
DVOL control card 42·43,38
DVOL DISKn function 54
DVOL parameter 16-17
D1301u patameter 17
E~ITINV

parameter 18
Emulator Control Cards
CCTL 43
CCTL1
43
CcrL2 43
DvaL
42
TAPE 41 ... 42
1400 . 38- 41
Emulator/DOS exclusions
5
Emu lator Progra m
gener at ion 6-9
macros 6~7
minimum reguirements 2
name 8-9
Emulator-Program parameters
BLKS IZu
14
132

BUFSIZE 14
CARRCTL
11
CATALOG 9
COLBINP
13
COLB1NR 13
COL51
13
D1 SKDR
16
DISKTYP
16
DISKu
16
DVOL 16 ... 11
D1301u
11
EDIT1NV 18
EOJAADR 9
EOJBADR 9
ERROPNG 9-10
FETCH
10
HALTS
10
10CDATE 10
MPGMBLK
10
OSADDR
10
OSALTER 11
OS DISK
11
OSDSPLY i i
OSDUMP
11
o SENTER 11
OSINQRY 11
OSTAPE
15
PCH 1400 13
PCH360
13
PFR 13
PTB ASGN 18
PTBLNG
17
PTR 1 400 17
PTB 360
18
PUNCF SS 13-14
RDR1400 14
RDF360
14
READRSS 14
FELOC
11~ 2
SCAN 17
SCAN360 11
SECTORS
17
SEND
12 ~ 2
S17.1400
12
SI'l360 12
SSQU ANT
14
SYSTO
12
SYSROPT 12
,. APEDR
15
TAPEMOD 15
TAPEFRS
15
TAPEu 15-16
TAPLDf1D
16
TIMFR
13
TRACKOP 11
USRPROG
13
VERIFY 17
FND function
54
End of extent 23~30
End of file
29-30
End-of-job halt 9~40
ENTER function 55
End-of-reel condi tion 29 ... 30
EOJAADP uarameter 9
EOJBADR parameter 9
ERPOPNG parameter 9-10
Error recovery 32-33,26

Error recovery messages
Extents 23,30
fETCH control card
Fetchinq 49-51

26

FETCH parameter 10
'Petch run 49-~1
File organization support
31
Porms cont~ol character 31

qq-51

Index

132.1

Halts 52,60
Halts, end of job 9,60
HALTS parameter 10,62
Header labels 32
Initialization phase 20
Input data representation 2
Input/Output device correspondence 5
Input/OUtput device independence 26
Input/Output devices 3
Input/Output error recovery 32-33,36
Input/Output feature correspondence 5
Input/Output simulation 28-37
INQU IRY function

55

Inquiry programs 46
Instruction-storage address register
(I-STAR) 49,52
Interphase communication region 20
Interrupt key
FOPT requirements 26
for operator services 52
with halters 10
Interval interrupts 13
Interval timer i3
Inverted print edit 18
IOCDATE parameter 10,22
Job control cards
Job transition 1
Key length

38-43

2,35

Label checking 10,32
Last card latch 51
LC control card 44,23
Length of print line 18
Loader card 48
Load-mode files 23
Load-mode operations
on disk 16,34
on tape 14,32

Macro Note messages 18-19
Magnetic character reader 5
Magnetic ink character reader (MICR)
devices 22,23
Magnetic tape data representation 33
Magnetic tape drive assignments 15-16
Magnetic tape files, multireel 31-32
Magnetic tape simulation 31-33
Main phase 20
Message code 111
MICR devices 22,23
Minimum throughput 26
Mixed-parity records 15,31-32
Mixed-parity tapes 15,31-32
Mode setting 33,42
Move-mode files 23
Move-mode operations 34
MPGMBLK parameter 10,2
Multiphase 1400 programs 22
Multiple overlay phases 46

Multiprogramming 2,10
Multiprogramming considerations 2,3
Multireel magnetic tape files 31-32
Multireel output files 29-30
NEWPAC function 55
Non-contiguous phases 47
Non-contiguous storage 21
Nonprocess runout 56
Offset address 21
Operator messages 111-129
Operator restart 40
Operator Service Functions 52-57
ADDRESS 52
ALTER 52
CANCEL 53
DELETE 53
DISK 53
DISPLAY 54
DSPLYV 54
DUMP 54
DVOL DISKn 54
OVOL DISK n=xxxxxx 54
END
54
ENTER 55
INQUIRY 55
NEWPAC 55
RESET 55
RETRY 55
START 56
STATUS 56
SWITCH 56
TAPE 56-57
OSADDR parameter 10,52
OSALTER parameter 11,52
OSDISK parameter 16,53
OSDSPLY parameter 11,54
OSDUMP parameter 11,54
OSENTER parameter 11,55
OSINQRY parameter 11,55
OSTAPE parameter 15,56
Overlap
processing 32,34
supported 5
Overlay program considerations 47,48
Overlay programs 47-48,50
(Also see Overlays)
Overlay section 46-49
Overlay transfer cards 47
Overlays 46-51
PCH1400 parameter 13
PCH360 parameter' 13,28
Performance ratios 24
PFR operations
(See Punch-feed-read operations)
PFR parameter 13,28
PMS Subfeature Special Instructions (Model
30) 68-70
Compatibility Feature Load from
Compatibility (CFLF) 69,70
Compatibility Feature Load to
Compatibility (CFLT)
69
Compatibility Feature Move from
Compatibility (CFMF)
69
Index

133

Compatibility Feature Move to
Compatibility (CFMT)
68
Pool of buffers 14
Preprinted forms 17,31
PR control card 45,28
Printer
device end 30
graphics 35-37
operation 30-31
Printer Parameters
CARRTCL 17,30,31
EDITINV 18
PTRASGN 18
PTRLNG 18
PTR1400 18
PTR360 18
Printer simulation 30-31
Printing speed 4
Process errors 21
Processing overlap 32,34
Program check 2,21
Program generation 7,8
Program Mode switch 33;42
Programmed Mode Switch Subfeature 3
Programming considerations 22-26
Programming errors, effects of 22
PTRASGN parameter 18
PTRLNG parameter 18
PTR1400 parameter 18
PTR360 parameter 18
Punch-feed-read (PFR) operations 13,28-29
Punch operations 13-14,28-30
Punch overlap 13-14,28-30
Punch Parameters
COLBINP 13
PCH1400 13
PCH360 13,28-29
PFR 13,28-29
PUNCHSS 13-14,29
Punch stacker selection 13-14,29
PUNCHSS parameter 13-14,29
Q latch

11,55

RDR1400 parameter 14
RDR360 parameter 14
Read ahead 37,38
Reader-punch-stacker selection 13-14
Reader stacker selection 14,28
Reading speed 4
Read Operation Control Cards
CB 44,29
FETCH 44,49-51
IP 44
LC 44,28
PR 45,28
51 45,29
Read-punch updating 23,28
READRSS parameter 14
Reassignment of SYSIO 21,23
Register usage 20,21
RESET function 55
Restrictions 21,22
RETRY function 55-56
Sample program 101-103
SCAN parfuTteter 17
SCAN360 parameter 17
134

Sector count 24
Sector overlay operations 34
SECTORS parameter 18
Seek operations 34
Selective tape listing 21
SEND parameter 12
c:c.

C'I _ _ _ _ _ ..... ..: .1-_1.-

")0

.::>t:11;::,t:

JO,JU

;::'W.1.I..L;l1

Sense switch A 56
Sense switch setting 63
Sense switch status 63
Simulated printer 11
Simulation of I/O devices 28-37
SIZ1400 parameter 12
SIZ360 parameter 12
Special instructions (Model 40) 71-77
Address Modify 75
Clear Entire 1400 Storage to Blanks 74
Clear 1400 Locations 0-80 to Blanks 75
Edit Analyze 76
Edit Get, Put 76
Multiway Brapch 72
Return to 1400: I-Fetch 75
Return to 1400~ I-Fetch at
A-Address 75
Scan for Groupmark with Wordmark in 1400
Storage 75
Scatter/Gather 72
Scatter/Gather Binary Data 75
Scatter/Gather Load Mode Tape -73,74
Split-cylinder sequential file 31
SSQUANT parameter 14
Stacked-disk option 34-35
Stacked-job environment 1
Stacked packs 23-24,34-35
Stacker-select operations 14,22
Stacker-select simulation 28
Stand-alone compatibility 23-24,34-35
Stand-alone emulation 23-24,34-35
Standard sequential file 31
START function 56
STATUS function 56
Storage
allocation 10,11
layout 20:10
protection check 3
requirements 97-100
Storage size
DOS Supervisor 11
simulated 1400 system 12
System/360 12
Substitute blank 26,47
SWITCH function 56
SYSIN 2
SYSIO parameter 12
SYSIPT
on disk 16
on tape 9
with SYSIO 12
SYSLOG 11,15
SYSLST
on disk 16
on tape 9
with SYSIO 12
SYSOUT 2
SYSPCH
on disk 16
on tape 9
with SYSIO 12

Page of GC27-6940-4
Revised April 15, 1971
By TNL: GN33-7012

SY SRI'R ~
SYSRCPT parameter

12

Tape
Tape
_T_ap_€
Tape
TAPE

buffer 7,14
buffer area 41-42
buffer pool 11
buffer size 10
control card 41-42
~ape density
15
TAPEDR parameter 15
- Tapeerror-hloc-ks 15
Tape error recovery 32-33
~ape errors
22,32-34
TAPE function 56
Tape labels 29-30
Tapemark 28-30
TAPEMOD parameter 15
Tape parameters
BLKS TZu 14
B UPSIZE
14
OSTAPE ., 5
TAPEDR 15
TAPEMOD 15
TAPERR S 15
TAPEu 15-16
TAPLDMD 16
TAPERRS parameter 15
Tapes, dual density 32
Tape support
TAPEu parameter 15-16
TAPLDMD parameter 16
Test mode 41,10
Throughput 26,14
Time dependent programs 21
TPfER parameter
T?~CKOP

parameter

13

17

Track record onerations 3q
Tria 1 qenera tion 7
Tyne-A forms control character

31

rynblocked records 2,29
Unit-record errors 22
Unit-record operation correspondence 25
Unit-record sunport 1
Unprintable cha~acters 15
Unstacked packs 23-24,34-35
User-written simulation routines 27-28
USFP-ROG'Oar-a meter 13
Utility programs
C lea r Disk
34
DOS Initialize Disk 34-35,1
file-to-file 2
Variable-line nrintinq 17
Verification of dis~ records
VEFTFY parameter 17
Volume labels
32
volume protection 26
Volume serial number
verification 16-17,54

17

Word senarator character 15,37
Wraparound 21
Write check operations 34
Write disk check interloc~ switch
Write operations 32
Wrong-length r~cord checks 24

11400 control card

17

38-41

Index

135

Technical Newsletter

File Number

S360-35

Re:FormNo.

GC27-6940-4

This Newsletter No. GN33-7012
Date:

April 15, 1971

Previous Newsletter Nos. None

IBM SYSTEM!360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAMS
CQMPATTBILITY SUPPORT/30
COMPATIBILITY SUPPORT/40
PROGRAM NUMBER FOR CS/30: 360N-EU-484
PROGRAM NUMBER FOR CS/40: 360N-EU-485
•

IBM Corp. 1968, 1969, 1970

This Technical Newsletter provides replacement pages for your publication.
Pages to be inserted and/or removed are:
Cover, ii
3-6
11, 12
27, 28, 28.1

29, 30
39, 40
107, 108

123-128
131,

135, 136

A change to the text is indicated by a vertical line to the left of the
change.
Summary of Amendments
This Technical Newsletter contains information on:
• the addition of the IBM 3420 Magnetic Tape Unit
• adding user routines by means of INCLUDE cards
• the removal of message EC721
In addition, other minor changes have been made to the text.
Please insert this page in your publication to provide a record of
changes.

~:

IBM France, Centre d'Etudeset Recherrhes, Programming Publications, Department 841,06 La Gaude, F.rance
PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Technical Newsletter

File Number
Re: Form No.

S360-35
GC27-6940-4

This Newsletter No.
Date

October 14,

GN33-7021
1
Q71
~
/
I do

Previous Newsletter Nos, GN33 -7012
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAMS
COMPATIBILITY SUPPORT/30
COMPATIBILITYSUPPORT~O

PROGRAM NUMBER FOR CS/30: 360N-EU-484
PROGRAM NUMBER FOR CS/40: 360N-EU-485

e

IBM Corp. 1968, 1969, 1970

This Technical Newsletter provides replacement pages for your publication.
Pages to be inserted and/or removed are:
Cover, ii
7-12
29, 30, 30.1

39, 40, 40.1
43, 44

61, 62
97, 98

51, 52

A change to the text is indicated by a ve rHeal line to the left of the change.

Summary of Amendments
This Technica! Newsletter describes minor changes to the Emulator Programs
available with Release 26 of DOS.
Note: Please insert this page in your publication to provide a record of
changes.

IBM France, Centre d'Etudes et Recherches, Programming Publications, Department 841,06 La GIlIIJe, Frame
PRINTED IN U.S.A.

READER'S COMMENT FORM
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System:
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Programs:
Compatibility Support/30, Compatibility Support/40
GC27-6940-4

Please check or fill in the items below, adding explanations and other comments
in the space provided.
Which of the following terms best describes your job?
II Programmer
II Manager
II Operator

II Systems Analyst
II Engineer
II Mathematician

II Instructor

II Student/Trainee

II
II
II
II

Customer Engineer
Systems Engineer
Sales Representative
Other (explain)

Does your installation subscribe to the SRL Revision Service?

II Yes

II No

How did you use this publication?
II
II
II
II
II

As an introduction
As a reference manual
As a text (student)
As a text (instructor)
For another purpose (explain)

easy to read

Did you

Did you find the material organized for convenient use?

II Yes

II No (explain below)

II Yes

II No (explain below)

Specific criticisms (explain below)
Clarifications on pages ___________________________________________________________
Additions on pages
Deletions on pages _________________________________________________________________
Errors on pages ____________________________________________________________________

Explanations and other comments:

Thank you for your cooperation.

No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.

GC:lI-b~4U-4

YOUR COMMENTS PLEASE . . .
This manual is one of a series which serves as reference sources
for systems analysts, programmers and operators of IBM systems. Your answers to the questions on the back of this form,
together with your comments, will help us produce better publications for your use. Each reply will be carefully reviewed by
the persons responsible for writing and publishing this material.
All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM.
Please note: Requests for copies of publications and for assistance in utilizing your IBM system should be directed to your IBM
representative or to the IBM sales office serving your locality.

FOLD

FOLD

FIRST CLASS
PERM!T NO. 116
KINGSTON, N. Y.

BUSINESS

REPLY

MAIL

NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A.

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY

IBM CORPORATION
NEIGHBORHOOD ROAD
KINGSTON. N. Y. 12401

ATTN: PROGRAMMING PUBLICATIONS
DEPARTMENT 636

FOLD

FOLD

International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road, White Plains, N.Y.10601
[USA Only]
IBM World Trade Corporation
321 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
[In terna tional]

GC27-6940-4

(j)
()
IV
-.,J

I

en
\0

"'oI"
"'"

International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road, White Plains, N.Y. 10601
IUSA Only]
IBM World Trade Corporation

821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017

IInternational]



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2003:08:14 23:12:48-07:00
Modify Date                     : 2009:09:03 23:05:58-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2009:09:03 23:05:58-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.13 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:be14207f-457d-48dc-a06f-f4b15c70f64e
Instance ID                     : uuid:d7baec57-2c37-4f45-aeda-969afa3ae73c
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 148